Re: The Search for Planet X : นักดาราศาสตร์ได้คำตอบเริ่มต้น อะไรจุดระเบิด “ซูเปอร์โนวา”

[hacksecret]

Nerc MST Radar Facility
NMRF
HAARP Like Facility
+52° 25' 28.26", -4° 00' 19.59"
Capel Dewi, Carmarthenshire, Wales, United Kingdom
near Aberystwyth, Wales, UK



This one is different but included anyway

The Natural Environment Research Council (NERC) Mesosphere-Stratosphere-Troposphere (MST)
Radar at Aberystwyth

SOURCE: NERC
mst.nerc.ac.uk...



www.thelivingmoon.com...

National MST Radar Facility
NMRF
HAARP Like Facility
+13° 27' 26.68", +79° 10' 30.74"
Gadanki, near Tirupati, in southern Andra Pradesh, India



Visiting the National MST Radar Facility in Gadanki,
near Tirupati, in southern Andra Pradesh, India

ABOUT NATIONAL MST RADAR FACILITY

Indian scientists have carried out pioneering research work in the fields of astronomy
and astrophysics, solar/interplanetary medium, earth's upper atmosphere/ionosphere,
aeronomy/middle atmosphere and weather/climate phenomena. The nationally coordinated
Indian Middle Atmosphere Programme (IMAP) was implemented during the period 1982-89
with well focussed campaign experiments with ground based, balloon, rocket and
satellite based techniques. The IMAP programme led to the decision to conduct
in-depth studies of atmosphericdynamical phenomena by developing a versatile
ground based radar technique...

...The MST Radar is a state of the art instrument capable of providing estimates of
atmospheric parameters with very high resolution on a continuous basis which are essential
in the study of different dynamical processes in the atmosphere. It is an important research tool
in the investigation of prevailing winds, waves ( including gravity waves) turbulence,
and atmospheric stability & other mesoscale phenomena . A reliable three dimensional model
of the atmosphere over the low latitudes improves our understanding of the climatic
and weather variations...

Establishment of NMRF

Attaching great importance to the scientific utilisation of the Indian MST Radar,
the Government of India decided to create an autonomous Scientific Society called
the National MST Radar Facility (NMRF). This society is affliated to the Department Of Space.
The NMRF was registered on January 11, 1993 under the Indian Societies Act 1860.
This society is administered by a Governing Council under the chairmanship of
Dr. K. Kasturirangan, Secretary DOS with, Director , NMRF as the member secretary .
The present Director of NMRF is Prof D. Narayan Rao .The Governing Council consists
of other eminent scientists, representatives of the National Laboratories and some of
the funding agencies.The Governing Council sets broad policy guidelines to ensure
the effective scientific utilisation of the facility, supported by a Scientific Advisory Commitee
& a Finance Commitee.

Location Of NMRF

The scientific requirements dictated that the Indian MST Radar should be located preferably
below 15 degrees North latitude. Hence after careful consideration of the various constraints,
a site at Gadanki Village, near the temple town of Tirupati in the Chitoor district of Andhra Pradesh
was selected for locating the Indian MST Radar . NMRF is located off the Chitoor -Tirupati
main road in a picturesque landscape spreading over an area of about 42 acres.
Regular train and bus services are operated between Tirupati and Bangalore/Madras.
On request NMRF may provide transport between Tirupati and Gadanki.

SOURCE: The National MST Radar Facility (NMRF)
www.isro.org...



www.thelivingmoon.com...

Cherenkov Radiation around Antennas



Image courtesy ISRO

Jicamarca Radio Observatory
HAARP Like Facility
Lima, Peru
11° 57' 04.82" S 78° 52' 27.43" W



Image courtesy Colorado University

Introduction

The Jicamarca Radio Observatory is the equatorial anchor of the Western Hemisphere
chain of incoherent scatter radar (ISR) observatories extending from Lima, Perú,
to Søndre Strømfjord, Greenland. It is part of the Geophysical Institute of Peru
(Instituto Geofísico del Perú, or IGP) and receives the majority of its financial support
from the National Science Foundation of the U.S. through a Cooperative Agreement
with Cornell University.

The Observatory is the premier scientific facility in the world for studying the equatorial ionosphere.
It has a 2-MW transmitter and a main antenna with 18,432 dipoles covering an area of
nearly 85,000 square meters.

SOURCE: Jicamarca Radio Observatory
jicamarca.ece.cornell.edu...

Piura facility: Jicamarca Radio Observatory

The Observatory is about a half-hour drive inland (east) from Lima, Peru at a geographic
latitude of 11.95° south and a longitude of 76.87° west.
The altitude of the Observatory is about 500 m ASL. It is about 10 km from the Carretera Central,
the main highway east in Peru.

The Jicamarca Radio Observatory was built in 1960-61 by the Central Radio Propagation
Laboratory (CRPL) of the National Bureau of Standards (NBS).

Station Database
jro.igp.gob.pe...



Image Courtesy Cornell University

The Jicamarca Radio Observatory - Cornell University
jicamarca.ece.cornell.edu...

The 49.92 MHz ISR is the principal facility of the Observatory. The radar antenna consists
of a large square array of 18,432 half-wave dipoles arranged into 64 separate modules
of 12 x 12 crossed dipoles. Each linear polarization of each module can be separately phased
(by hand, changing cable lengths), and the modules can be fed separately or connected in
almost any desired fashion. There is great flexibility, but changes cannot be made rapidly.
The individual modules have a beam width of about 7 deg, and the array can be steered
within this region by proper phasing. The one way half power beam width of the full array
is about 1.1 deg; the two way (radar) half power width is about 0.8 deg. The frequency bandwidth
is about 1 MHz. The isolation between the linear polarizations is very good, at least 50 dB,
which is important for certain measurements. Since the array is on the ground and
the Observatory is the only sign of man in a desert region completely surrounded by mountains,
there is no RF interference. The transmitter consists of four completely independent modules
which can be operated together or separately. Only two of these modules are currently in
operation. Each can deliver ~1.5 MW peak power, with a maximum duty cycle of 6%,
and pulses as short as 0.8-1.0 µs. Pulses as long as 2 ms show little power droop;
considerably longer pulses are probably possible. Two additional modules with
the same properties will eventually be available.
The third is more than 90% complete; the fourth is well advanced but its completion
will require additional funding. The drivers of the main transmitter can also be used
as transmitters for applications requiring only 50- 100 KW of peak power...

SOURCE: Jicamarca Radio Observatorywww.kurasc.kyoto-u.ac.jp...

MUCH BIGGER THAN HAARP
Main Array



Visit the Jicamarca Radio Observatory homepage
jro.igp.gob.pe...



www.thelivingmoon.com...

Jindalee Operational Radar Network
JORN
JP 2025
Laverton, West [color:3e7e=#E0E060 ! important][color:3e7e=#E0E060 ! important]Australia
-28° 19' 36.29", +122° 0' 18.84"

Two Part System



Projects JP 2025 - Jindalee Operational Radar Network (JORN)

The JORN project arose out of extensive research undertaken by the Defence Science and
Technology Organisation (DSTO) into over-the horizon radar(OTHR) beginning in the early 1970s.
As part of the 1987 Defence White Paper, the Government placed a high priority on wide area
surveillance of the north and north western approaches to Australia and OTHR was seen to be
the most cost effective solution. As a consequence, in December 1990, the Government approved
the design and construction of JORN.

The Jindalee Operational Radar Network (JORN) consists of two OTHR, one near Longreach,
Qld. and the other near Laverton, WA, jointly operated from the JORN Coordination Centre (JCC)
at RAAF Base Edinburgh, SA by No 1 Radar Surveillance Unit. The radars are an advanced
development of the Australian designed Jindalee radar at Alice Receiver Site, Laverton WA
- click on image to enlargeSprings which is in operational use as well as being a research
and development facility used by DSTO for ongoing OTHR improvement. JORN radars are
capable of all weather detection of air and surface targets inside an arc of up to 3,000 km
range extending from Geraldton in the west around to Cairns in the east. JORN makes
a crucial contribution to broad area surveillance of Australia's strategically important
northern approaches.

SOURCE:
Australian Department of Defence
Defence Materiel Organisation
www.defence.gov.au...

Electronic Warfare & Radar Division - DSTO, Australia
www.dsto.defence.gov.au...



Courtesy Australian Department of Defence



Courtesy Australian Department of Defence




www.thelivingmoon.com...

Jindalee Operational Radar Network
JORN
Longreach, Queensland, Australia
-23° 39' 29.53", +144° 8' 49.58"

JORN Part Two

Communications '92: Communications Technology, Services and Systems; Getting It All Together

The Jindalee Operational Radar Network Communications and the Operational Concept
Nicholson, P1; Cameron, A2

Abstract: The operational concept of the Jindalee over-the-horizon operational radar network
(JORN) is the centralised control and co-ordination of remote sensors. The radar sites are
in Laverton, WA and Longreach, Queensland, while the co-ordination centre is situated in Adelaide,
South Australia. An extensive communications network is needed to control the radars and
their associated frequency management systems, transfer partly processed data for final analysis
at the co-ordination centre, and pass track information to the command support systems of
the Australian Defence Force and other users. The principle of operation, configuration and
concept of the Jindalee project are briefly outlined to provide the context of the communications
requirement. The communications infrastructure to support this operational concept is then
described together with the main factors which have influenced the design of JORN communications.

Papers Available Here
search.informit.com.au...;dn=563982181256363;res=IELENG




Consultancy Projects

Jindalee Operational Radar Network

RayTec Consulting has since its inception offered sub-contract services on the JORN project
across a broad spectrum of Systems Engineering disciplines from Requirements Analysis and Design,
Verification and Validation to Integration and Test.

SOURCE: www.raytec.com.au...

Electronic Warfare & Radar Division



High frequency surface wave radar. Credit DSTO

Electronic Warfare & Radar Division

Electronic Warfare & Radar Division provides scientific leadership and support to
the Australian Defence Organisation on the exploitation of the electromagnetic spectrum
to enhance the performance of our own sensors, weapons, platforms and command systems,
together with the ability to destroy the effectiveness of adversarial systems.

Weapons Systems Division

Weapons Systems Division provides scientific leadership and support covering all aspects
of weapon systems - including sensors, guidance, propulsion and warheads, and their integration
into combat platforms and command and control systems.

Command, Control, Communications & Intelligence Division

Command, Control, Communications & Intelligence Division provides scientific leadership
and support for Defence command, intelligence,communications, and business processes,
at both the operational and theatre levels of command. Support to the Australian
Defence Organisation includes Information Operations with special capabilities in
Information Security and Digital Forensics; Communications with special capabilities in
Satellite Communications, Mobile Networks and Network Management; Intelligence Processing
and Analysis with special capabilities in signals analysis, communications analysis,
automated fact extraction, and speech processing. The Division has organised its work program
to have a strong emphasis on support achieving the goals as outlined in
the Network Centric Warfare roadmap.

Intelligence, Surveillance & Reconnaissance Division

Intelligence, Surveillance & Reconnaissance Division provides scientific leadership and
support for strategic intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance systems,
with a focus on the needs of the intelligence community.

Land Operations Division

Land Operations Division provides scientific leadership and support to the Land Force
through structured and analytical approaches to capability development.

SOURCE: DSTO
www.dsto.defence.gov.au...




www.thelivingmoon.com...

Poker Flat Research Range
Near Chatanika, Alaska
+65° 7' 23.90", -147° 28' 7.05"

Still looking for the actual array in this area but Poker Flats covers
a wide terrain and the array is most likely hidden in the trees

Gate sign says NASA is lurking about and they mention the Aurora studies...




HAARP likely not Primary Ionospheric array in Alaska by Guy Cramer
www.superforce.com...

How to hide a HAARP by Guy Cramer

This first photo shows HAARP




The second photo shows HAARP with a camouflaged Array




The third image shows a completely concealed array, road and power
generation center, to show how easy it is to hide a large facility in a
location
like Alaska.



"The above illustrations demonstrate the capability to effectively conceal large land areas
containing hardware and buildings. In a similar initiative comprising the the most
comprehensive infrastructure concealment program since World War II, the design team
of Dr. Resnick, Lt. Col. Timothy R. O'Neill, PhD (U.S. Army, Ret.) and Mr. Guy Cramer have
produced remarkable results. Using specially designed "Fractal Based" camouflage
patterns in projects related to concealment of critical infrastructure under the auspices
of the US Department of the Interior's Bureau of Land Management, the team continues
to achieve desired objectives such as those shown below."

SOURCE: Guy Cramer Hyperstealth Tech
www.superforce.com...

We have found this one...

Chatanika Incoherent Scatter Facility
EISCAT Like Facility
Poker Flats
+65° 7' 1.34", -147° 27' 37.23"



Also found one small Array...
+65° 7' 55.61", -147° 27' 14.98"



And several 'suspicious' areas like this one



But Poker Flats is still a work in progress

It is said Russia has several HAARP like facilities, bt so far I have only found SURA

Back ib the scalar weapon and Tesla research days there are several objext left in Russia
that are very impressive. As they deal with antennas and as they are cool
I will add them here as well...

You will also have to visit my pages at the bottom of each post as I am only using
a few of the images and a little of the text... the full collection is on each page as I get new data...

First one is...

URDF-3 (Unidentified Research and Development Facility-3)
Baikal-1, Semipalatinsk, Kazakhstan
50°10'12.69"N, 78°22'36.84"W

This first appeared as a CIA satellite image



U.S. satellite reconnaissance photo of suspected Soviet beam weapon installation
near Semipalatinsk. Published July 28, 1980. (Courtesy Aviation Week & Space Technology)

Much has been written about the CIA search for Russia's Tesla Beam Weapon facility
and it is even one of the biggest cases for the Remote Viewing Project Stargate that
the CIA ran. One of the things that was a positive hit from the RV Team was
the hugh crane at the site...

Well that crane is STILL THERE...




Space Nuclear Facility test capability at the Baikal-1 and IGR sites Semipalatinsk-21, Kazakhstan

Hill, T. J.; Stanley, M. L.; Martinell, J. S. Presented at the Nuclear Power Engineering
in Space Nuclear Rocket Engines, Kazakhstan, Russia, 22-26 Sep. 1992

The International Space Technology Assessment Program was established 1/19/92
to take advantage of the availability of Russian space technology
and hardware. DOE had two delegations visit CIS and assess its space nuclear power
and propulsion technologies. The visit coincided with the Conference on Nuclear Power
Engineering in Space Nuclear Rocket Engines at Semipalatinsk-21 (Kurchatov, Kazakhstan)
on Sept. 22-25, 1992. Reactor facilities assessed in Semipalatinski-21 included the IVG-1 reactor
(a nuclear furnace, which has been modified and now called IVG-1M), the RA reactor,
and the Impulse Graphite Reactor (IGR), the CIS version of TREAT. Although the reactor
facilities are being maintained satisfactorily, the support infrastructure appears to be degrading.
The group assessment is based on two half-day tours of the Baikals-1 test facility and a brief
(2 hr) tour of IGR; because of limited time and the large size of the tour group, it was impossible
to obtain answers to all prepared questions.Potential benefit is that CIS fuels and facilities
may permit USA to conduct a lower priced space nuclear propulsion program while achieving
higher performance capability faster, and immediate access to test facilities that cannot be
available in this country for 5 years. Information needs to be obtained about available data
acquisition capability, accuracy, frequency response, and number of channels. Potential areas
of interest with broad application in the U.S. nuclear industry are listed.

SOURCE: Harvard Abstracts
adsabs.harvard.edu...

Here is the crane sketch from the CIA RV Team members




Here is the large crane on Google Earth




Credit for the find and info gathering goes to
admiraltogo
Fort Smith, AR
Google Earth poster

This base was also the spot where the Russians tested their version of a Nuclear Rocket



www.thelivingmoon.com...

Strange Towers in a Russian Forest
Tesla Generators
Sychëvka, Moskovskaya Oblast' (Russia)
+55°55'26.15"N,36°49'10.97"



Update 2007-12-02 09:59:49

"These were part of the experiments do by the SU with Teslas work towards power transmission
and communication. Pictures all over the place on the internet. Nothing mysterious or new about it.
Or perhaps its a secret installation for taking over the world. Take you pick."

Below is the entry gate from Google Earth images... the caption translates to...
"Isled. the center of the high energies"




Test benches VNITS - ALL-UNION SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH INSTITUTE OF CEMENT VEI
(high-voltage scientific research center of All-Russian electrotechnical institute).

Satellite View of the Instalation near Sychëvka, Moskovskaya Oblast' (Russia)



www.thelivingmoon.com...

The Russian Woodpecker
Duga Radar Array, Chenobyl, Ukraine
51°18'20.17"N, 30°04'02.60"E



"Woodpecker" Duga radar array, Chenobyl, Ukraine by Necator



РЛС Дуга-1 Чернобыль-2 (Radar arch-1 Chernobyl-2) by DM.HANTER

History

The Soviets had been working on early warning radars for their anti-ballistic missile systems
through the 1960s, but most of these had been line-of-sight systems that were useful for raid analysis
and interception only. None of these systems had the capability to provide early-warning of a launch,
which would give the defenses time to study the attack and plan a response.
At the time the Soviet early-warning satellite network was not well developed,
so work started on over-the-horizon radar systems for this associated role in the late 1960s.

The first experimental system, Duga-1, was built outside Mykolaiv in the Ukraine,
successfully detecting rocket launches from Baikonur Cosmodrome at 2,500 kilometers.
This was followed by the prototype Duga-2, built on the same site, which was able to track
launches from the far east and submarines in the Pacific Ocean as the missiles flew towards
Novaya Zemlya. Both of these radars were aimed east and were fairly low power,
but with the concept proven work began on an operational system. The new Duga-3 systems
used a transmitter and receiver separated by about 60 km.[2]

en.wikipedia.org...



Чорнобиль-2. Приймальні антени (Chernobyl-2. Receiving Antenna) by djcrok



MANY more pictures

www.thelivingmoon.com...

[hacksecret]

China Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation (CRIRP)
HAARP Like Facility
Ionospheric Laboratory
Ionospheric Laboratory, Xinjiang (Sinkiang) Region
40°24'15.91"N, 93°38'09.74"E

So far I have only found ONE of China's Arrays and one EISCAT type dish.

Not much data to go on either but the name...
CRIRP
China Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation




This facility is closest to Urumchi (Urumqi), Xinjiang Region, China.
Actually the whole region is filled with odd markings and will be a
whole thread
on its own but not related to radio waves...

Ionospheric sounding network and data in China

Wu Jian Jiao Peinan Xiao Zuo Wan Weixing Liu Ruiyuan Zhao Zhengyu
LEME, China Res. inst. of Radiowave Propagation, Beijing;

This paper appears in: Antennas, Propagation and EM Theory, 2000. Proceedings. ISAPE 2000. 5th International Symposium on
Publication Date: 2000
On page(s): 688-691
Meeting Date: 08/15/2000 - 08/18/2000
Location: Beijing, China
ISBN: 0-7803-6377-9
References Cited: 10
INSPEC Accession Number: 6963766
Digital Object Identifier: 10.1109/ISAPE.2000.894880
Current Version Published: 2002-08-06

Abstract Ionospheric sounding has been conducted routinely for more than 60 years in China.
A complete network of ground-based sounding sites covers the Chinese subcontinent,
including vertical and oblique sounding, GPS measurement of ionospheric TEC and scintillation,
VLF receivers measuring the lower ionosphere etc. In this paper, we give a picture of
the sounding network, equipment situation and data acquired with emphasis on vertical
ionosonde network

SOURCE: IEEE
ieeexplore.ieee.org...

The Ionospheric Sounding in China

The ionospheric sounding in China has a long history and has a well spread network,
which is still keeping routine operation, providing a good background to do the ionospheric
long-term prediction and short-term forecasting. The ionospheric sounding in China started
in early 1940s (Wu et al., 2002). Fig.1 shows the ionospheric sounding network in China.
The sounding equipments and operation periods are listed in Table 1. Among them 11
ionosonde stations are still in operation in China mainland. The data at integer UT hours
are sent to forecasting center in Beijing twice a day through Internet.

There is also a daily exchange of ionospheric data with Russian (for 4 stations) and
with Australia (for 4 stations) respectively. A method of predicting the ionospheric F2 layer
in the Asia and Oceania Region (AOR Method [Sun X.R., 1987]) was adopted as a regional
ionospheric long-term prediction method in China and its surrounding area. Then this was
cooperated with the International Reference Ionosphere and became the Reference
Ionosphere in China (CRI) [Liu et al., 1994].

www.irf.se...



Preliminary studies on ionospheric forecasting in China and its surrounding area

R. Liua, Corresponding Author Contact Information E-mail The Corresponding Author,
Z. Xua, J. Wub, S. Liua, B. Zhanga and G. Wangb

Polar Research Institute of China, 451 Jinqiao Road., Shanghai 200136,
China bChina Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation, Xinxiang 453003, China

Abstract

The ionospheric sounding in China has a long history and has a well spread network,
which is still keeping routine operation. The autocorrelation method is adopted for
the short-term forecasting of ionospheric characteristics. The performances of the forecasts
at Chongqing have been examined for different combination of parameters and algorithms
by estimating the prediction errors. Preliminary results show that for predictions of more than
10 h ahead the “at once” method with f0F2 is preferable. For predictions of less than 10 h
ahead the “iterations” method with View the MathML source is the best. A corrected method
of the International Reference Ionosphere used in China region (the CRI model) is described
in this paper. By introducing an effective ionospheric index Ice into the CRI model
the regional forecasting could be realized.

SOURCE:
Science Direst

Home Address:
National Key Lab of Electromagnetic Environment, China Research
Institute of Radiowave Propagation (CRIRP), P.O. Box 6301, Beijing
102206, China,






www.thelivingmoon.com...

Zhong Shan Antarctic Polar Station (China)
69º 22' 23.63" S 76º 22' 19.11" E

Introduction

Of the two Chinese scientific stations in Antarctic, the one in Zhong Shan is closely
conjugated with the Svalbard area in the northern hemisphere.
This makes it a valuable place for coordinated measurements both with the EISCAT
Svalbard Radar (ESR) and the Polar satellite. In 1991 a cooperation agreement was signed
between the Ionospheric Laboratory of the China Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation
(CRIRP) in Xinxiang, China, and the Department of Physical Sciences, University of Oulu, Finland,
to build an auroral photometer system for the Zhong Shan station (Kaila et al, 1997).
The multichannel scanning photometer agreed upon was constructed in Oulu by April 1995,
and delivered to China in May. Measurements were supposed to start in March 1997,
to be continued during the local winter time until October (the same schedule of measurements
is planned for every year). However, due to problems mentioned above, the current status of
the system is unknown!

The Zhong Shan Station, Antarctica
www.thelivingmoon.com...

Sheshan, Shanghai, China
EISCAT Like Facility
31°5′41.98″N, 121°11′29.72″E



The Sheshan 25m radio telescope is an alt-az antenna run by SHAO.
The telescope is located in the Sheshan area, about 40km west of Shanghai.

This one is in the middle of the Old Jesuit Cathedral lot. They have an observatory there as well



Observatory and Church




www.thelivingmoon.com...

http://www.strategypage.com/militaryforums/69-23748.aspx

http://www.worldtribune.com/worldtribune/06/front2453769.0986111113.html

China radar at South Pole could sabotage U.S. spy satellites

Special to World Tribune.com
EAST-ASIA-INTEL.COM
Thursday, February 2, 2006

Beijing announced plans last week to build a high-frequency radar on the South Pole.
Analysts say the radar could be used to disrupt U.S. intelligence satellites.


China's Zhongshan Station in Antarctica on Jan. 24.
AP Photo /Xinhua, Zhang Zongtang

The radar will be built at China’s Zhongshan Station, where Beijing has set up of
a space environment lab.

National security analysts say the South Pole site, because of its remoteness,
could be used by China to develop anti-satellite lasers capable of blinding or disrupting U.S.
reconnaissance satellites, most of which pass over the pole.The station will consist of 20 antenna units,
including 16 units for the main antenna and four for the auxiliary antenna. Each antenna is 20 meters high.
The high-frequency radar can detect ionospheric convection within a range of 3,000 kilometers.

Chinese officials told Xinhua the station would be used to measure the polar space environment.

China’s space program, unlike the U.S. space program, is directly related to Chinese military operations.

A Pentagon report on the Chinese military last year said China was “working on,
and plans to field, ASAT systems.”

http://eies.ats.aq/Ats.IE/ieGenRpt.aspx?idParty=9&period=1&idYear=2009
Antarctic Treaty

Electronic Information Exchange System

Party: China

2009/2010 Pre-Season Information
http://spaceweb.oulu.fi/projects/optical/zhongshan.html
The Zhong Shan photometer

spaceweb@oulu.fi - last update: 8 May 1996, 0825 UT (RR)
The Space Physics Group of Oulu has developed an auroralphotometer to be operated
in the Chinese Zhong Shan station in Antarctic. This station is closely conjugated with
the Svalbard area.

Important note: This message was received on 8 May 1996 from China:
The trip to Zhongshan of the Chinese Antactic Research Expedition had met some trouble
in the way. The ice breaker "Snow Dragon" was already arrived the Great Wall station in
the end of 1995. Some part of the ship was gone wrong. Most of the expedition members have
to back with the ship. The photometer and other instruments including Japanese instruments
have been returned to China too. We and the photometer have to wait next trip to Zhongshan.

Introduction

Of the two Chinese scientific stations in Antarctic, the one in Zhong Shan is closely
conjugated with the Svalbard area in the northern hemisphere. This makes it a valuable place
for coordinated measurements both with the EISCAT Svalbard Radar (ESR) and the Polar satellite.
In 1991 a cooperation agreement was signed between the Ionospheric Laboratory of
the China Research Institute of Radiowave Propagation (CRIRP) in Xinxiang, China,
and the Department of Physical Sciences, University of Oulu, Finland,
to build an auroral photometer system for the Zhong Shan station (Kaila et al, 1997).
The multichannel scanning photometer agreed upon was constructed in Oulu by April 1995,
and delivered to China in May. Measurements were supposed to start in March 1997,
to be continued during the local winter time until October (the same schedule of measurements
is planned for every year). However, due to problems mentioned above, the current status of
the system is unknown!

The Zhong Shan station



Figure 1. Locations of Zhong Shan station (ZHO), South Pole (SP) and Magnetic South Pole (MSP).
The line drawn over the station shows the scanning area at the altitude of 250 km.
The Zhong Shan station is located at 69.4°S, 76.4°E (Figure 1). Table 1 lists the most important figures
related to this location. Note that the Zhong Shan station is at high enough latitude to be,
most of the time, inside the polar cap or at the polarward edge of the auroral oval.

Table 1: The Zhong Shan station Geographic location 69.4°S, 76.4°E Geomagnetic latitude, MLT midnight, and geographic conjugate point are calculated with geocgm s/w from NSSDCA B field azimuth is calculated towards west from south Geomagnetic latitude -76.8° MLT midnight 21:28 UT B elevation and azimuth 71.5°, 102.5° Geogr. conjugate point 78.2°N, 0.6°W
Figure 2a shows the height of the sun in Zhong Shan as a function of time of year and
UT in isocontour lines of constant elevation angles of 0°, 6°, 12°, and 18° below horizon.
The best conditions for optical measurements are when the sun is lower than -18° from the horizon, i.e.,
during the nights between March and September. In mid-winter this makes over 13 hours of
measurements per night. By extending the measurements to cover elevations up to -12° during
winter daytime one reaches the cusp/LLBL region in the afternoon hours (11:00 UT = 16:00 LT = 13:30 MLT).



Figure 2. Degrees of light and darkness in a) Zhong Shan and b) Kilpisjärvi during a year
as indicated by the height of the sun from the horizon. The Zhong Shan station is magnetically
conjugated with the Svalbard area, the conjugate point being about 400 km west of the island (Figure 3).

Note that, with increasing magnetic activity, this point moves southward by few degrees.
The EISCAT Svalbard Radar (ESR) can cover approximately the same area. Several groups will
also provide, e.g., CCD-based all-sky cameras on Svalbard and in Greenland’s east coast covering
the conjugate area of Zhong Shan.


Figure 3. EISCAT Svalbard Radar (ESR), Kilpisjärvi (KIL) and the Zhong Shan conjugate point.

It is interesting to check if there are common periods of darkness between Northern Scandinavia
and Zhong Shan. The map of sun’s height for Kilpisjärvi, Finland, is drawn in Figure 2b in the same format
as was done for Zhong Shan. It can be seen that there are two periods, one in spring (March) and
one in fall (September), when the stations can make simultaneous optical measurements.
These periods occur around the local magnetic midnights, and can be several hours long
when allowing measurements in the not optimal -12° sun elevation angles. The common periods
get shorter closer to the modelled conjugate point.

The photometer constructed in Oulu will not be the only instrument to be operated in Zhong Shan.
In addition to normal magnetic measurements made by the Chinese, the National Institute of
Polar Research (NIPR) in Japan has, in cooperation with the Polar Research Institute in Shanghai, China,
a TV-camera, an all-sky-camera, a photometer, and an imaging riometer in Zhong Shan.

Instrument

The instrument installed in Zhong Shan is a scanning, five channel auroral photometer with
the possibility to measure the background light by tilting the individual filters at preset intervals.
The wavelengths measured are listed in Table 2.

Table 2: Photometer channels Wave- length (nm) Source Sensiti- vity p/Rs 425.2 N2+ 1NG (0-1) R-band 5.7 426.7 N2+ 1NG (0-1) R-band 7.5 427.8 N2+ 1NG (0-1) P-band 8.3 486.1 H+ 10. 630.0 O(1D) 1.4
The basic lines are the blue nitrogen line 427.8 nm and the red oxygen line 630.0 nm,
an often used combination to measure the energy characteristics of the precitating electrons
(Rees and Luckey, 1974; Rees and Roble, 1986). The proton line 486.1 nm can be used to
study the proton precipitation. In addition, the N2+ 1 NG band shape depends on
the rotational temperature of neutral molecules in the emission source region.
By measuring the P-branch and two parts of the R-branch we can determine this temperature
and use it to define yet another energy parameter for the precipitating electrons.
The field of views of the channels are 3° for the proton line, and 2° for the others.
The proton precipitation is typically much more diffuse than the electron precipitation,
and we can thus improve the sensitivity of the channel by using wider spatial integration.
The photometer is operating in pulse counting mode and it is controlled from a standard 386 PC.
The accumulated pulses are read from the counter card with a sampling frequency that can be
as high as 100 samples/second. The absolute time is kept correct with a GPS clock,
and the elevation angle (measurement direction) with an absolute angle encoder.
Data is written into a hard disk in a binary format.

Measurements

The photometer will be measuring continuously during the dark periods.
This will total up to about 2210 hours of measurements per year from March the 2nd to
October the 13th (full moon periods are also included). Measurements will be made either
at fixed direction towards the magnetic zenith or with a scanning angle of 160°
(higher than 10° above the horizon). The scanning plane, determined by the magnetic field
direction and realized by proper orientation of the instrument, is drawn in Figure 1 as
a line at the altitude of 250 km, which is typical height for the 630.0 nm emission.
For the N2+ lines the region covered is about half of this. Several different modes in
which the instrument can be run are listed in Table 3.

Table 3: Measurement modes Mode # Description Integration- times (sec) 1 2 3 11 13

Normal mode; fixed direction or scan	0.05-0.5
Fast mode with individual integrationon times for different channels; fixed direction	0.01-1
Midex mode; both fixed direction and scan	0.1-0.3
Mode 1 with fast scanning speed	0.1-0.3
Mode 3 with fast scanning speed	0.1-0.3

The instrument will be operated mostly in modes 1 and 11, either with a fixed direction or with
a scan. Sometimes the photometer will be operated in the mixed modes 3 and 13,
in which 800 seconds of field aligned measurements alternate with a full back and forth scan
of 160°. Mode 2 will be used only in special events. Since it is not possible to get the data
from Zhong Shan during the Antarctic winter time, the related satellite studies will suffer from
a considerable time delay. However, it is planned that the raw data products, e.g.,
in the form of quick-look-plots, will be made publicly available as soon as possible,
and interested parties with complementing data sets are invited to take part in
the subsequent data analysis.

Discussion

As already mentioned, the Zhong Shan station will be most of the time in the polar cap region
or at the polarward edge of the auroral oval. Also the optical cusp/LLBL region can be accessed
in the afternoon sector. Accordingly, different optical phenomena can be studied as
the photometer measures several important emission lines simultaneously with high temporal resolution.
In the dayside these include, e.g., dayside auroral breakups and their relation to reconnection
processes (e.g. Farrugia et al., 1995), cusp related Pc 3 range optical pulsations (Engebretson et al., 1990),
and the 1400-1600 MLT sector bright spots (e.g., Vo and Murphree, 1995). The ability of the instrument
to measure the background light makes the measurements more reliable also during these
less optimal dayside hours. Because of the GPS timing the data can be compared with satellite
and other measurements without timing errors.

The Zhong Shan measurements have a value of their own. However, together with other measurements,
either by ground-based instruments in the conjugate northern hemisphere or by satellites,
they are even more important. For example, the EISCAT Svalbard Radar measurements may obtain
optical support from the Zhong Shan station during the light Arctic summer, when similar measurements
are not possible in the northern hemisphere. One may also try to study conjugate optical phenomena
during the short periods of common darkness in Zhong Shan and Northern Scandinavia.
The Oulu group plans coordinated optical measurements between Zhong Shan and Kilpisjärvi
in March and September each year. Finally, the Cluster and other satellite projects will provide
possibilities for further coordinated studies.

Acknowledgements

The financial support of the University of Oulu for the photometer hardware is
gratefully acknowledged. Collaboration between the University of Oulu and CRIRP, China,
has been possible due to the grants for visiting scientists from the Academy of Finland.

References

• Engebretson, M. J., B. J. Anderson, J. L. J. Cahill, R. L. Arnoldy, T. J. Rosenberg, D.
  L. Carpenter, W. B. Gail, and R. H. Eather, Ionospheric signatures of cusp latitude Pc 3
  pulsations, J. Geophys. Res., 95, 2447-2456, 1990.
  
• Farrugia, C. J., P. E. Sandholt, S. W. H. Cowley, D. J. Southwood, A. Egeland, P.
  Stauning, R. P. Lepping, A. J. Lazarus, T. Hansen, and E. Friis-Christensen,
  Reconnection-associated auroral activity stimulated by two types of upstream dynamic
  pressure variations: interplanetary magnetic field Bz~0, By, J. Geophys. Res., 100,
  21753-21772, 1995.
  
• Kaila, K.U., C. Chong, Z. Qunshan, H. Holma, R. Rasinkangas, and J. Kangas: Auroral
  photometer measurements in Antarctic: The Zhong Shan station. Satellite-Ground Based
  Coordination Sourcebook, edited by M. Lockwood, H.J. Opgenoorth, M.N. Wild, and R.
  Stamper, 183-191, 1997.
  
• Rees, M. H. and D. Luckey, Auroral electron energy derived from ratio of spectroscopic
  emissions. 1. Model computations, J. Geophys. Res., 79, 5181-5186, 1974.
  
• Rees, M. H. and R. G. Roble, Exitation of O(1D) atoms in aurorae and emission of the
  [OI] 6300 - Å line, Can. J. Phys., 64, 1608-1613, 1986.
  
• Vo, H. B. and J. S. Murphree, A study of dayside auroral bright spots seen by the Viking
  auroral imager, J. Geophys. Res., 100, 3649-3655, 1995.
  

[hacksecret]

Nasa Exposed, Real 2012 Nibiru Planet X Evidence Found



http://www.escapetheillusion.com/blog/2008/05/south-pole-telescope-spt-2012-conspiracy/

South Pole Telescope (SPT) – 2012 Conspiracy?

Written by Escape The Illusion

Last Updated: May 24, 2008



The South Pole Telescope (SPT) is a microwave telescope, measuring 10 meters in diameter,
located at the South Pole – Antarctica. The telescope has been in use since February 16, 2007 –
it is funded by the National Science Foundation. According to the SPT collaboration, the “primary” objective
of the telescope is to find clusters of galaxies and research dark energy.

However, there have been reports of “suspicious-secretive behavior” and potentially leaked photos
of Nibiru (Planet X) at the site. Many believe the SPT is being used to find and observe the planet Nibiru
or related brown dwarf star – Nemesis. Check out the online video below for all of the juicy details!
Is it a cover-up?



http://yowusa.com/planetx/2006/planetx-2006-04a/1.shtml

South Pole Telescope(SPT) — America’s New Planet X Tracker

Yowusa.com, 26-April-2006
Jacco van der Worp
Foreword by Marshall Masters



America is now spending huge sums to deploy the massive The South Pole Telescope (SPT) in Antarctica.
The final installation will be the size of a mini-mall and will require a massive C-130 airlift
effort to transport pre-assembled modules and a large staff to the most desolate, inhospitable and
inaccessible region of the world. Why? Because Planet X / Nibiru was first sighted in 1983 and
this discovery spurred the USA to build the SPT — humanity's new Planet X tracker.
Amongst independent researchers like us at YOWUSA.COM and the equally committed researchers
with whom we share data, the 1983 IRAS observation of Planet X / Nibiru has always been a hot topic.
On a private level, we often discuss how the NASA's IRAS spacecraft first captured infrared images of it
back in 1983 with the same lament. Given the lack of corroboration, how can you publish a story
that can easily be shot down as a rumor? That was then.

Now we have the corroboration we've lacked for years, The South Pole Telescope (SPT). Far more
powerful capable and survivable than the 1983 IRAS spacecraft and Hubble Space Telescope put together,
this manned observatory will soon begin tracking Planet X / Nibiru from the pristine skies of Antarctica.

Why is America spending a massive fortune to transport this massive facility with massive C-130 airlift
to the most desolate, inhospitable and inaccessible region of the world to track this massive inbound?
Because this is where astronomers will find their ultimate Kodak moment and this is good news.
Their resulting multi-spectrum observations will translate into life-saving data.


Foreword by Marshall Masters

A key person in the revealing content of this article is a former US intelligence officer by the name of
John Maynard. These days, he is best known for his involvement with Dr. Steven Greer’s DisclosureProject.
With regards to this article, his explanation of how our government first began tracking Planet X / Nibiru in 1983
is now being corroborated with the deployment of the South Pole Telescope (SPT) in Antarctica.

When I starting YOWUSA.COM in 1999, I received a good deal of help from John. Not one to remain idle,
he took a position with the World Bank, to begin running their Africa desk following his retirement from
the National Reconnaissance Office (NRO). The NRO develops, deploys and operates America’s
reconnaissance satellites for “customers” like the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and
the Department of Defense (DOD). As a former intelligence handler, John’s goals were two-fold.
First, the release of information he’d seen pass across his desk regarding space threats and extraterrestrials.
Second, and of equal importance to him, was teaching those who committed to publishing on these topics
how to avoid confrontation with the Machiavellian-oriented groups within our government.
His advice greatly shaped the manner in which we publish our findings to this very day.
When I started this site in 1999 along with Jacco van der Worp, Steve Russell and Janice Manning,
our focus was solely on Earth changes. Rather than follow the footsteps of a narrow Earth-centric
debate centered on humanity’s impact on the biosphere, we opted to see if there was an off-world causality.
In late 2000, we determined there was, and this led us to our present research efforts with regards
to Planet X / Nibiru.

In late 2000, I also had several conversations with John regarding Planet X. Actually,
I probed him rather hard. Having worked on the Denver-based Space Imaging satellite project
for Lockheed Martin, I knew if a large incoming object was on the way,
the Hubble or some other deep space bird had likely imaged it. My hunch was on the money.



John finally told me it had been imaged by NASA’s IRAS infrared sensing satellite in 1983 and
that the mechanical failure story was used as a cover story. As he explained it to me, the IRAS data
started pouring in, and that’s when they found Planet X. During one sweep, it stood out like a sore thumb;
worse yet, it is approaching from the South. This was especially bad news because the vast majority of
the world’s most capable observatories are north of the Equator, and the decision was made to devote
the remaining lifespan of the IRAS spacecraft to the observation of this one object.
After releasing the mechanical failure cover story, controllers used the IRAS’s remaining fuel
to maintain a constant track on the object until they finally lost all control of the spacecraft.

Why IRAS Was Sacrificed

The reason why it was necessary to expend the IRAS’s remaining fuel is that tracking an object
to determine its speed and trajectory requires multiple observations. This is because the more observations
you make, the more you increase the accuracy of your tracking calculations. This is why many
Near Earth Object (NEO) announcements are alarming at first and then gradually become less threatening.
As new observations are made, the chance of impact typically decreases through more accurate calculations.
At the time, John’s explanation was helpful in spurring on my own research efforts but I have not felt obliged
to discuss this until learning of the new South Pole Telescope (SPT) soon to be installed in Antarctica.
The very existence of the SPT corroborates John’s revelation about the IRAS in three significant ways.

• VISIBILITY
  

In the visible light spectrum, dust-shrouded Planet X remains a needle in a haystack.
However, it has a powerful infrared signature and so it is much easier to track in light spectrums
outside those our eyes can detect.

• EPHEMERIS
  

When tracking an object, observation data is collected to create an ephemeris, an astronomical table
that predicts where the object will be on any given day of the year. With planets like our own,
this is a fairly straightforward proposition. However, with long period objects like Planet X,
it is a different case altogether because they do not run on time like a fascist train, and most especially
one with a 3600-year orbit such as Planet X as Zecharia Sitchin pointed out during an exclusive
interview with Yowusa.com.

YOWUSA.COM, 01-June-02
Will Planet X /
Nibiru Return in 2003?

… the assumption that the 3600 years, as a perfect mathematical given, is also at all times
the actual orbital period, is untenable: Even the orbit of Halley's Comet, about 75 years,
varies from 74 to 76 or so. All attempts to pinpoint a precise date for future arrivals of the planet
and/or of the Anunnaki are thus difficult questions. Therefore, tracking this object like this for
a few years is not enough. It has to be observed as often as possible, if not continuously.

• EARTH RELATIVE TO PLANET X DURING THE FLYBY
  

Over the years, we’ve discussed various flyby disaster scenarios ranging from mild global warming
to an extinction-level event (ELE). Recently, we’ve found accurate historical accounts of the last two
flybys in The Kolbrin Bible; those being the worst-case scenario of the Deluge (Noah’s flood) and
the best-case scenario of Exodus.
The reason why these two events were dramatically different with regards to the severity of
catastrophic events was the position of the Earth relative to that of Planet X as it flew through the system.
Given the long-period eccentricities of this object’s orbit, it's virtually impossible to render a long-range
prediction of where Earth will be in our solar system relative to the Sun and Planet X when the object
finishes its inbound leg, crosses the ecliptic and its perihelion (closest point to the Sun) and then begins its
outbound leg back to the far reaches of the Kuiper Belt where its aphelion (furthest point from the Sun) lies.

If we’re lucky, Earth will be in opposition to Planet X as it crosses the ecliptic on the opposite side
of the Sun from us. If not, return your seat to its fully upright position, and fasten your seatbelt.
Consequently, knowing which scenario is going play out in advance depends on the accuracy of our ephemeris.

What is the Best Planet X Tracking Solution?

This finally brings us to the meat of the matter. Our government already knows a good deal about Planet X,
but in order to handle what comes next requires the most precise ephemeris possible, and this means that
launching another satellite is not the solution. NASA just announced that the next solar maximum starting
in 2007 will be more intense by as much as 50% of the previous solar maximum. Keep in mind; the previous
solar maximum was so intense that they had to invent a new ultra high severity Y class to describe
massive solar flares. In terms of spacecraft, the last intense solar maximum year was 1958. Back then,
the space above our planet was not cluttered with spacecraft, but now it is and they are vulnerable
to solar flares. Nowadays, all it takes is a few catastrophic solar flares headed our way and we’ll see our
cable television service stripped down to a few basic channels and we’ll all be back to 28K dial-up for a while
(providing we can get it through AOL and EarthLink). This is why the need for a permanent,
powerful tracking station in the Southern hemisphere became obvious. Unlike a spacecraft, preventing damage
to a ground-based observation platform during a solar flare event is simple. Turn it off. Turn it all off.
Then fire up the camp stoves for a day or so and sip hot chocolate while you play 7-card draw.
If you turn a satellite completely off, getting it turned back on is not easy. Especially when it has been damaged
by a solar flare. It is like being in a remotely isolated phone booth in the middle of Backhoe Wyoming
in the dead of winter and you’re running out of quarters – fast. Speaking of the dead of winter, that brings us to
the matter at hand. The South Pole Telescope (SPT) and Jacco’s initial findings. –Marshall Masters

The Internet is currently abuzz with interest for what is fondly called Planet X. Whether Planet X is nothing
but wild speculation or the subject of serious investigation, if you know what to look for, chances are
you will find it. The debate about whether it exists at all or not continues to rage.
Yet, most scientists in need of research funding will stay clear of going against accepted theory;
when asked, they will proclaim the official dogma: "There is no such celestial body.
If there were, we would have observed it by now. We have not; therefore, it cannot be there
(Quod erat demonstrandum -- which was to be proven)." Coming from the mouths of reputable astronomers,
this usually kills any debate before it even starts. Or perhaps it does not quite kill it totally;
in spite of vehement denial by almost everybody connected to the astronomical society,
the Planet X debate simply refuses to die off. Better yet (or worse, depending on your point of view),
it grows stronger almost day by day. Thanks to the continuing stream of mission and project announcements that,
on the surface, seem to defy logic altogether, this debate lives on. We will look at one of these seemingly
logic-defying projects in this article. We see a strong indication that something is afoot indeed, something quite big.

A Telescope on Antarctica



The above title should have raised at least your eyebrows if you keep up with the news and know a bit
about international politics. But it is true; a telescope, a rather large one at that, is under construction
on Antarctica, which is the South Pole continent. Most people would not want to be found dead on
that barren, frigid world, and chances are you would end up frozen to death if you go there. The continent
is a cold and lifeless hell; it is no place for any human activity, for sure. Nevertheless, the University of Chicago,
together with those of Berkeley, Case Western Reserve and Illinois, and the Smithsonian Astrophysical Society
are working on a project to build a telescope on Antarctica, at a stone’s throw from the geographical
southernmost tip of the world.

Airborne Composites
Latest news, March 2006

This month Airborne Composites, The Netherlands, will complete the manufacturing of the Back up Structure
for the South Pole Telescope (SPT) at their Ypenburg, The Hague premises. Early 2005, Airborne was selected
as contractor for the delivery of this 10 meter diameter carbon fiber dish by General Dynamics VertexRSI
in San Jose, USA.

Each component is designed so that it can be broken into parts that will fit in an LC-130 aircraft,
which can carry about 11 metric tons and has a maximum cargo bay width of 3 meters. The installation window
on the South Pole is only 2 months due to the severe weather conditions. The SPT is planned to be ready for
operation in 2007. The ready-to-assemble parts are being built right now in places around the world and
will soon be flown to Antarctica to be assembled on-site.

Moving South or Into Space

The project website states they want to look at Cosmic Microwave Background Radiation,
in order to help determine the structure and age of the universe and to confirm whether the expansion of
the universe is actually accelerating.

South Pole Telescope

A new 10 meter diameter telescope is being constructed for deployment at the NSF South Pole research station.
The telescope is designed for conducting large-area millimeter and sub-millimeter wave surveys of faint,
low contrast emission, as required to map primary and secondary anisotropies in the cosmic microwave background.

Remarkable progress has been made in the characterization of the cosmic microwave background radiation (CMB)
over the last several years. It was nearly 30 years after the initial discovery of the CMB by Penzias and
Wilson in 1965 before small differences in its intensity were measured by COBE and its spectrum was shown
to be a blackbody to high precision.



Yet, this statement does not explain why the telescope needs to be in such a remote, inhospitable location
as near the South Pole. Central Siberia offers equally dark night skies and a stable atmosphere too;
it has almost equally cold winters, and it is much more easily accessible from the US and Europe,
the origins of the construction parts of the telescope and the places the crews come from.

When you take a look at the total cost in terms of money and effort of transport, construction and
maintenance of a telescope on the South Pole, putting a similar telescope into a space orbit could well be
cheaper than placing it on the South Pole. One cannot help but think there is an additional reason
to build it on Antarctica. The US Senate must have found at least one, because funding for
the construction and operation, while the process is anything but cheap, quietly passed the vote
in both the Senate and the House of Representatives.Most of the extra cost the operating crew will
encounter on Antarctica will result from the extreme weather conditions there. No matter how quiet
and cold the weather may get, the atmosphere always shows some degree of activity, due to turbulence,
density variation or pollution. All these factors influence an image obtained with the telescope and degrade
the image, but it is possible to compensate for this degradation by using optical techniques.
A simple example is to take five pictures of a steady object in a noisy environment and average the pictures out.
The noise is random and will cancel out to nearly zero. This will increase the signal to noise ratio of
the resulting image, which leaves the image with much better contrast and quality.

In this particular case, a new technique will be employed called adaptive optics. Adaptive optics will be used
to compensate for the atmospheric disturbances to the image obtained from a ground-based telescope.
The adaptive optics for this telescope have been developed in a $20 million project that started at
the end of the 1990’s, a project in which 27 partner institutions have joined. A major role in this
development went to the University of Chicago.

University of Chicago, 12 August, 1999
University
will play major role
in Adaptive Optics Center



The University will play a key role as one of UCSC’s 27 partner institutions through the Chicago Adaptive
Optics System Laboratory, which will be led by Edward Kibblewhite, Professor in Astronomy & Astrophysics,
and in related Midwestern education and outreach through the Space Explorers Program, led by Randall Landsberg,
Director of Education and Outreach for the University’s Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica.

Adaptive optics will enable ground-based telescopes to resolve objects 10 times smaller than is possible today,
Kibblewhite said. Earth’s atmosphere distorts light from stars and galaxies in much the same way shimmering
heat from a road distorts distant objects. This distortion has limited the resolution attained by astronomers for
the last 300 years.

But adaptive optics techniques can remove the effect, permitting astronomers to observe everything from
the weather on Neptune to exploding stars at the most distant reaches of the universe.
The technique has more earthly applications as well.

Kibblewhite began developing such a laser in 1989 with $4.8 million in NSF grants. He plans to install
the laser next year on the 3.5-meter telescope at Apache Point Observatory in New Mexico. The system
would give the telescope the same resolution in infrared wavelengths as the Hubble Space Telescope, he said.

As part of the Center for Adaptive Optics, Kibblewhite will attempt to develop a versatile laser for use
by any observatory. He also will attempt to develop the mathematical techniques needed to use
adaptive optics on visible-light telescopes and for wider fields of view. The last few sentences certainly
raised some eyebrows. Development of the adaptive optics technique centers on both the infrared and
the visible light wavelength range. These are interesting ranges of observation if you are looking
for something specific.The need for these adaptive optical techniques in the meantime does increase
the cost of using this telescope considerably; again, the question of why governments are putting
the telescope on Antarctica rather than into orbit jumps up into our faces.

A Race against Time

We must consider the limits placed on human activity on Antarctica as well. The white continent must
remain as pristine as possible; international treaty only allows small-scale scientific research at
the "bottom of the world.” A larger telescope, especially with dozens of building, maintenance and
operating crew members stationed there on a semi-permanent basis to assemble and run it,
will more or less upset the ecology and break the treaty. The strangest aspect to all of this has to be
the short amount of time from the start of this project until expected completion.



The construction of the telescope started in November 2004. This telescope is planned to be in operation
in 2007. It has to be delivered in parts and sections by a fleet of C-130 cargo aircraft and assembled
on-site with only approximately a two-month per year window of opportunity in the harsh weather
to safely construct and install all of the components. What is the hurry with this project?
What is so compelling in the sky above the South Pole that anyone would need to rush to see it?
Why this murderous schedule of a total of six months of construction to assemble a fairly large telescope?
Is there a deeper goal to this project? A closer look at the project web page might shed some light on that.
The South Pole Telescope construction started in November of 2004. Its goal, as stated above,
is to observe space in the sub-millimeter range. At first, it doesn't look like anything spectacular,
but taking a closer look, it appears that this will be an infrared telescope mainly.

Infrared Astronomy

Infrared Astronomy is the discipline of astronomy studying the skies for wavelengths that range from
1 micron (one millionth of a meter) to 1 millimeter (one thousandth of a meter). The shortest wavelength
in the infrared band is just beyond visible light. Red laser light from a ruby laser has a wavelength of
694.3 nanometers or 0.69 micron. From 1 micron to just above 1 micron is called near-infrared;
the 10-100+ micron range is called far infrared. Humans can't see infrared radiation, but we can feel it.

[hacksecret]

We feel radiation from the Sun when we go outside on a warm day. That warmth from the Sun is the infrared
part of the solar radiation. Any object that is warmer than its surroundings will emit infrared radiation
until it cools off to the same temperature as its surroundings. This telescope, then, must be looking for
something warm in the southern skies while discounting other factors like reflectivity and radio emissions.
So what has all of this to do with the Planet X debates that refuse to die?
What is the connection between this infrared telescope and the Planet X mystery?
What is Planet X, or what could it be?



The most credible explanation so far talks about a failed star; you can best look at it as a little sister to
the Sun. This little sister to the Sun is a body that was not heavy enough to start its own fusion process
and become a star. Other than that, it has all the characteristics of the early Solar system.
It is the central body of a ‘solar system’ of its own, radiating heat into its immediate surroundings.
It is probably inside a rotating and gradually flattening disk of dust, where several larger bodies have
already formed by gathering smaller bodies together. Estimates place the mass of this body at somewhere
between 5 and 20 times that of Jupiter. The minimum mass for a star to form is estimated at about 50 times
the mass of Jupiter. Would Planet X or Nemesis be visible to astronomers if it were approaching
the inner Solar system in its long-period orbit around the Sun? There is a fair chance that not many people
would notice it at first. The dust cloud should be fairly dense closer to the body, but farther away from
the body, it gradually thins out so that light from stars behind it would begin to pass through. However,
the change in light intensity of a star being slowly obscured by this body would be so gradual that it could go
undetected for a long period, because we only monitor about 3% of the sky at any one time.

Hidden like this, the body can sneak up fairly close to Earth and still go undetected by
mainstream astronomy, the great masses of amateurs with backyard telescopes. As the body is
relatively cool and dark, what little visible light it emits does not shine through its own dust cloud;
or at least, it does not shine through yet. Its heat does however pass through this dust cloud; therefore,
an infrared telescope should detect it much more easily. This constitutes a perfectly logical reason for
a telescope with adaptive optics to be put on the South Pole in a hurry. If you need to ‘see’ something
that can best be seen from the South Pole and you want to track it all the time, indeed a space-based telescope
is not as good an option; nor is Siberia. A telescope in orbit would be moving around Earth and possibly
not be able to look at an object all the time. The same goes for a telescope in Siberia.

In addition to this, adaptive optics are also under development for visible light, another intriguing clue.
Could it be that whatever is being tracked emits heat but not light, and several objects have been found
around it that do not emit heat? In that case you would need a telescope that can observe both the visible
and the infrared spectrum as accurately as possible. This makes the telescope more complex; then,
a space-based telescope is not as good an option any more; its cost will increase quite strongly.
If a government knows that something is approaching and needs to monitor its approach in the sky with
an infrared telescope, would they not put the telescope where they could get the best view?
Of course they would! Nearly all that believe Planet X is approaching say it is coming from below
the ecliptic. This belief alone gives the South Pole a decided edge over Siberia, and the complexity
of observations to be done gives it an edge over a space-based telescope. The only decisive argument for
this construction is to track something with a high priority, and that something is probably
what we call Planet X.

Xena — The Hunt is On

Another celestial body located below the ecliptic that has the almost undivided attention of the astronomical
society right now is recently discovered planetoid Xena. Xena has a strange characteristic that cannot currently
be explained, and it is this characteristic that warrants a closer look.



The problem with that closer look, however, is that Xena is very far away, about 10 billion miles at the moment
(97 AU). Not even Hubble can do very much at that distance, so an even more powerful instrument is needed
to take a closer look at it.

NASA Hubble Mission, April 11, 2005
Hubble Finds 'Tenth Planet' Slightly Larger Than Pluto

For the first time, NASA's Hubble Space Telescope has seen distinctly the "tenth planet,"
currently nicknamed "Xena," and found that it's only slightly larger than Pluto.

Because Xena is smaller than previously thought, but comparatively bright, it must be one of the most
reflective objects in the solar system. The only object more reflective is Enceladus, a geologically
active moon of Saturn whose surface is continuously recoated with highly reflective ice by active geysers.

Xena's bright reflectivity is
possibly due to fresh methane frost on its surface. The object may have had an atmosphere when it was
closer to the sun, but as it moved to its current location farther away this atmosphere would have
"frozen out," settling on the surface as frost.

Another possibility is that Xena leaks methane gas continuously from its warmer interior.
When this methane reaches the cold surface, it immediately freezes solid, covering craters and
other features to make it uniformly bright to Hubble's telescopic eye. The reason behind the closer look
becomes apparent here. Xena is very bright, much brighter than it should be for a lifeless icy world.
This brightness indicates that its surface needs to be renewed regularly, either by comet-like activity
or by volcanism. Neither of those will likely occur at the distance from the Sun the planetoid normally has,
so the reason for this brightness remains unclear for now. Or does it?

Below is a quote from an email that Andy Lloyd, author of “Dark Star” sent to Marshall Masters recently.
In this mail, he touches upon the subject; he concludes that this unusual brightness of Xena must be
the result of a periodic encounter of the little planetoid with a massive body in the outer regions of
the Solar system. Could this massive body be known by the name of Planet X perhaps?

FR: Andy Lloyd

TO: Marshall Masters
Subject: New evidence for Dark Star
Date: Tue, 18 Apr 2006 19:12:15 +0000

I’ve continued to argue that the companion is still present, waiting to be discovered.
And now a piece of evidence has emerged which suggests this very possibility.



One of the minor planets, dubbed ‘Xena’, is about the same size as Pluto. It was recently imaged
by the Hubble Space Telescope.

Oddly, it has a very, very bright and reflective surface. For an object, which always remains more
distant than Pluto, this is highly irregular, and it has the astronomers baffled. Over time it should have
become dusty and grey, rather than icy and white.

For some reason, its surface is being replenished over time. Yet it is too distant to undergo cometary activity,
and too small to generate enough internal heat to boil out liquid from inside itself. The properties of Xena
are just like a small moon orbiting around a massive gas giant. Yet Xena is on its own, in the cold expanse of
the space beyond Pluto. So the image taken by the Hubble Space Telescope makes no sense.

Unless, that is, you allow for the presence of a massive object out there which Xena periodically encounters.
Under those circumstances, the nature of its surface features becomes readily explainable: As Xena approaches
what would have to be a Dark Star, it begins to act like a comet, boiling up inside and shedding water and
other volatiles onto its surface and out into space. This would then account for its current bright appearance.

The reason why this moves us forward is that this process must be current and on going.
A long-gone Dark Star could not account for the current high reflectivity of Xena’s surface.
One must still be out there. The implications are staggering. This question is another that
scientists could possibly answer with a telescope that has the ability to see with Hubble quality or
better in the infrared spectrum, using adaptive optics. If Xena has internal heat generation, something has
to drive that process. Usually a changing gravitational field of a larger body provides that energy:
many of the moons of the larger planets show volcanic activity due to tidal effects exerted on them by
their mother planets. There is really only one possible candidate for this tidal effect on Xena:
yes, Planet X. Still, this does not piece the puzzle together completely yet. There is another thing
we need to look at.

IRAS

On January 25, 1983 a satellite was launched into orbit in a joint project by the US, the UK and The Netherlands.
The satellite was named IRAS. Its mission lasted for ten months; it was to perform a survey of the sky in
the infrared wavelength region.

During its mission period, it made four images of 96% of the sky, at 12, 25, 60 and 100 micrometers wavelength.
This way, it discovered hundreds of thousands of sources of radiation; many of them have still not been
identified as of today.



After ten months, the satellite was shut down; the reason was that the coolant, superfluid helium,
had run out. An infrared telescope on board a satellite needs to be cooled to very low temperatures,
a few degrees above absolute minimum only. This cooling process uses the evaporation of helium,
and that helium ran out in IRAS. The satellite then slowly heated and became useless; at least, that was
the official explanation. But did it really happen that way? There are techniques in use to cool equipment
to very low temperatures without losing coolant to other than unwanted leaks. One such method is called
adiabatic expansion. With this technique, a liquid is evaporating into a low-pressure environment; it becomes
a vapor, extracting heat from its surroundings and it cools them that way.If you pump this vapor out of
the container it will warm up again outside and become a fluid again. Then, the pressure in the container will be
lowered so that more liquid can evaporate, cooling it even further. The energy you put into the process goes
into the extraction pumping. This energy can be generated by solar power.
IRAS had solar panels for energy generation. The picture [taken from Wikipedia] shows those panels clearly.
It is therefore an enigma why this coolant had to be shed, causing the satellite to be shut down after ten
months. But was it really shut down? According to John Maynard, a former CIA agent who provided
Yowusa with technical advice during our early days, it was not shut down. He told us that IRAS
was shut down to the public only, but imaging went on, specifically the imaging of one object they had found.
According to John, the remainder of the rocket fuel was spent on keeping the satellite focused on this object.
The object was massive, and it was approaching us. The public was simply told the satellite did not work
any longer, with the cover story of the coolant being spent, while secret observations continued.
Obviously, someone has been monitoring Planet X / Nemesis for many years already, given the missions
and observations of the last century, but recently its behavior must have begun to stir some important nerves.
Has it started to behave erratically? If so, these important people or governments might feel an urgency to
monitor it continuously to be able to anticipate as soon as possible any changes in its trajectory or
any possible Earth-bound impactors that might come from it.

A most interesting aspect of the whole Planet X / Nemesis discussion is the timeframe in which it is
all expected to unfold. A widespread consensus marks 2012 as the year of its closest passage to the Sun.
This is only 6 years from now! No one knows why, but almost every ancient culture has books that
talk of major worldwide changes in the year 2012. A few calendars point directly to that year for a renewal
or restart of their largest time-cycles; ancient and modern prophesies point to it as well. There simply
has been too much talk of the year 2012 over the centuries to just ignore it!

An urgent need to observe Planet X / Nemesis is really the only possible reason that is left for this near
impossible rush there seems to be to build, set up and begin operation of this particular telescope on
Antarctica within three two month periods. After all, the Cosmic Microwave Background radiation
has been there for a while and can easily wait a few more years to be studied by humans. The same thing goes
for a little planet going nowhere that was named after a warrior princess, but Planet X / Nemesis cannot wait
another year! The hunt is really on; it is going past serious, and it is approaching critical; the veil will likely
be lifted soon. We need to prepare ourselves for a surprise of the devastating kind! Marshall always closes
his Cut to the Chase radio programs by saying, “Destiny comes to those who listen, and fate finds the rest.
So learn what you can learn, do what you can do, and never give up hope. This is Marshall, and I’ll catch you
on the backside.”

What Marshall means is that he wants to catch you on the backside of the coming flyby event,
because the time to choose between destiny and fate is quickly approaching.

The time to learn, do and hope is now!

http://yowusa.com/planetx/2008/planetx-2008-03a/1.shtml

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/hercolobus/esp_hercolobus_63.htm











http://astrobiology.nasa.gov/ask-an-astrobiologist/intro/nibiru-and-doomsday-2012-questions-and-answers

http://news.chinaassistor.com/2007/1225/1198572124_6291.html

China's Antarctic exploration ship leaves for Changcheng

2007-12-25 From Xinhua News

China's scientific exploration ship "Xuelong" (snow dragon) has left for Changcheng (Great Wall) Station
in the western Antarctic to conduct research and supply missions after unloading supplies and
equipment at Zhongshan Station.

Xuelong on Sunday left Zhongshan Station in eastern Antarctic for Changcheng Station,
where the ship is scheduled to unload about 1,000 tons of oil and other goods for
the station's largest ever renovation.

During the journey, which is along latitude 65 degrees south, the ship will cover over 5,000 nautical miles
(9200 km) across nine time zones.

Xuelong, which left Shanghai on Nov. 12, arrived at Zhongshan Station on Dec. 11 and
unloaded over 1,000 tons of supplies including four 22-ton snow tractors and one 23-ton
excavator on China's latest scientific expedition to Antarctica, which is the country's 24th such expedition.

Meanwhile, 17 Chinese scientists out of the 188-strong expedition team set off on Dec. 22
for Dome A, the highest Antarctic icecap peak at an elevation of 4,093 meters.

They will choose a suitable location for China's third Antarctic research station after
Changcheng and Zhongshan stations, and implement a major exploration task, the Panda plan.

The biggest ever renovation project on Zhongshan Station started on Dec. 22, which includes
the construction of a new dock and the leveling of a high-frequency radar field.

China launched its first expedition to Antarctica in 1984, with such expeditions conducted
on an annual basis since then.

Changcheng Station, founded in February 1985, is located south of King George Island,
and Zhongshan Station, built in February 1989, is located south of Prydz Bay on the Mirror Peninsula,
east of the Larsemann Hills.

According to the Polar Research Institute of China, 82 stations have been built on Antarctica
and the continent receives more than30 scientific expedition teams every year.


Seventeen members of Chinese Antarctic exploration team head for the peak of
the Antarctic icecap which is at an altitude of 4,093 meters.


Seventeen members of Chinese Antarctic exploration team pose for group photos in Antarctic on Dec. 22, 2007,
before leaving for inner Antarctic. Their destination is the peak of the Antarctic icecap
which is at an altitude of 4,093 meters.


The vehicles of Chinese Antarctic exploration team are ready to leave for inner Antarctica on Dec. 22, 2007.
Their destination is the peak of the Antarctica icecap which is at an altitude of 4,093 meters.


Members of Chinese Antarctic exploration team take the toast in Antarctic on Dec. 22, 2007,
before leaving for inner Antarctic. Their destination is the peak of the Antarctic icecap
which is at an altitude of 4,093 meters.


Seventeen members of Chinese Antarctic exploration team pose for group photos in Antarctic on Dec. 22, 2007,
before leaving for inner Antarctic. Their destination is the peak of the Antarctic icecap
which is at an altitude of 4,093 meters.

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_2012_52.htm



by Amitakh Stanford
October 11, 2009
from FlyingBuffaloes7 Website

The origins of many things on this planet do not always begin on this world.

Some theorize that astrology developed as humans observed the patterns of stars
in the night skies and the movements of celestial bodies. Others believe that languages
developed from usage over a long period of time, aided by the advancement in methods of
recording the respective languages via pictures and/or symbols. In truth, most of what humans
call “knowledge” comes from aliens, and this “knowledge” is not justly distributed on the planet.

Humans have a history of marking time, breaking it down into years, parts of years,
seasons, days, parts of days etc. It is believed by many that calendars were invented
by humans to keep track of time.

There are many extant calendars, including the Gregorian, Chinese, Muslim, Jewish, Freemason,
Mayan etc. Each of them measures time differently. Some of them are based on lunar movements,
others on earthly movements, whilst still others are based on perceived solar movements.
Basically, they are all measuring celestial activities, including the rotation and the orbit of the earth.

The introduction of calendars was one of many dramatic influences on human culture;
the concept of calendars was introduced by off-world ruling elite.

These aliens have interfered with human affairs for a long, long time. They are not humans.
However, they impress upon humans on Earth to do various things that humans believe
are useful and will lead to cultural and technological advancements.

Whilst calendars have many uses for humans, the concept of calendars, like many other of
the concepts imprinted on human minds, have dire and subtle consequences.

Of the many surviving calendars, a considerable focus for divining has been on
the Aztec/Mayan calendar, which many have interpreted as an indicator of the end of time
in the year 2012.

As 2012 approaches, more and more interest is drawn to its ominous consequences.
Books, movies, articles are being distributed that focus on the idea of predictions that
are attached to the year 2012. Many people have interpreted this to be the date for
the end of time, hence, the end of the world.

As I have previously written, the Mayan/Aztec calendar was an imposition on
the planet that originated from

the Anunnaki Elite, who had escaped from their future into the past, which is where they left
the Anunnaki Remnants. That is, the Anunnaki Remnants were left on the Earth to fend for
themselves and await the return of the Anunnaki Elite, whom the Remnants believed
would return to Earth and re-start time.

Long ago, the Anunnaki Elite were responsible for the creation of the Aztec/Mayan calendar,
which gave the false postulation that 2012 could well be the end of this planet.

Millennia ago, at the time the calendar was manufactured, the Anunnaki Elite thought that
they could come back to Earth and re-visit the past to reset the Atu-waa before 2012,
but they have failed, and time has run out for them because the Atu-waa had to be
re-started before the end of 2008.

The prediction of 2012 as the end of the world is not only wrong, it is a cruel and deliberate hoax.

The world will not end in 2012, despite all the fear-mongering propaganda that is being distributed
at the behest of the ruling elite on Earth. Many of the people are innocently participating in
the distribution of the message because they have been hoodwinked by the ruling elite.

The 2012 calendar threat is similar to the Y2K panic and the nuclear holocaust horror that
the ruling elite have instigated and implemented. All three of the events are hoaxes that were
designed by the Anunnaki and impressed on people to spread about the planet.
Obviously, the 2012 hoax is a longer-standing deception than the nuclear horror threat
and the Y2K panic.

The 2012 hoax is also akin to the “save the planet” message because of greenhouse gases.
From the “save the planet” message, laws were implemented to,

• prohibit incandescent light bulbs
  
• mandate carbon-trading schemes
  
• force ethanol-blend petrol on motorists,
  

...among other things.

The ideals behind the green movement were initially well intended, but the ruling elite
have seized control of the “save the planet” issue, and it has now become another powerful tool
of the One World Government.

The consistent theme throughout the 2012 hoax, the Y2K scare and the greenhouse gas
deceptive policies is that all of these “weapons” were designed by Anunnaki to be used
against humans.

As I have written previously, the world does not have that much time before it expires,
but its due date is NOT 2012!

Even though the physical world will not be extinguished in 2012, the ruling elite will keep
frightening people with fallacious information concerning the end of the world message.
Things will deteriorate considerably over the next few years, with more severe storms,
earthquakes, floods, droughts, heat waves etc, many of which will be artificially induced
and compound the fear of the ominous approach of 2012.

Interestingly, by 2012, the consciousnesses of many of the beings on the Earth
(regardless of the physical forms they reside in) will have been evacuated or removed
from their physical bodies. The replacement consciousnesses will predominantly be of
a new strand of artificial consciousness, which will suit the ruling elites’ plans
for world control.

Already, things are changing rapidly. World politics is going through revolutionary change,
where many voices are being compressed into a single voice on various issues.
It is as though the minds of the world leaders are beginning to express as one.
In the midst of these developments and consolidations, there remains conflict among
the ruling elite over just whose voice will be the power behind the One World Order.

Many things in the world appear to be normal progressions of events.
When discussing political events, a twentieth-century U.S. president reportedly stated
that nothing in politics happens by chance.

This is another way of saying that things are not always what they appear to be. In reality,
nothing on Earth happens by chance alone.The major developments are based on strategies
that have been carefully planned and acted upon.

The Internet is hailed as an awesome technological advancement, but it is also a powerful tool
of the ruling elite. It is used for prying into personal lives as well as spying on corporate,
government and religious affairs around the world. By using the Internet, anyone, including
the agents of the ruling elite, can effectively sponsor or destroy individuals, groups, states,
nations and entire regions by spreading exaggerations or outright lies about others.

This makes the takeover of world politics a reality.

Anyone or any group that is a threat to the ruling elite or who dares to expose
the ruling elite is subjected to,

• electronic stalking
  
• ridicule
  
• abuse
  
• humiliation
  
• threats
  
• character assassinations
  
• slander
  
• outright lies
  
• other coercion to silence or discredit them...
  

When these internet-type tactics are ineffective, then the more conventional media
are used to spread lies and false evidence to discredit and punish individuals,
groups and even nation states that dare to resist the ruling elite. And, there also remains
the terrorizing tactics of subjecting those who resist to physical torture and executions
when deemed necessary.

The human condition is indelibly stained with blood, including human sacrifices,
which Darkness has demanded since time immemorial. Blood from humans and animals
has also been demanded by the so-called “gods” of various cultures. In modern times,
blood-thirsty desires are still being played out and forced upon humans.

Even those who would opt for peace are forced into killing sprees, by means of
one deception or another. Still others are impressed to kill in the name of righteousness,
peace, duty, or justice.

When human sacrifices are restrained for various reasons, animal blood is often substituted.

The insatiable thirst of the “gods” cannot be tamed. They must have their cravings quenched
as they quaff blood and more blood. The Anunnaki “gods” are very unjust in their meting
out of punishments and rewards on the planet.

Those who are favored are granted cultural advances, religious insights, written languages,
military weapons, power etc. whilst others struggle with rudimentary technology and tools,
limited weaponry, and are very vulnerable to the favored ones should the latter decide to
colonize the land of those estranged from the Anunnaki “gods”.

Part and parcel with physical killing is Darkness’ unquenchable thirst for violent behavior,
in humans and animals. Darkness has programmed people to participate in violent activities.

Many have attributed violent behavior to what they have identified as the survival instinct.
What have been accepted to be “instincts” are really programmed behaviors that are
fed into biological organisms. These “instincts” can originate from genetic programming,
be environmentally assumed, or they can be a combination of genetic and
environmental programming.

Whilst many wars are fought primarily for economic reasons, there are other reasons for
waging war. Wars stem from programmed desires to destroy things and to spill blood.
The Anunnaki “gods” are blood-thirsty; they demand sacrifices from humans
who are forced to do their biddings. The horror of nuclear holocaust is not likely to be
started by a deranged leader or a rogue nation, as the current propaganda indicates.

The ruling elite have much more control of the situation than to allow such an occurrence.

However, when the ultimate struggle for world control is waged by the most influential alien groups,
then a nuclear holocaust is a very likely scenario in determining which group of
Anunnaki Remnants will hold control over the One World Government, which will therefore
be founded upon bloodlust.

As I have written many times in the past, the infighting amongst the ruling elite is primarily
within the Reptilian groups. Ultimately, it is the alliance formed by the Secular Reptilians
and that of the Religious Reptilians which will battle each other for control of the world.
Underpinning this struggle for planetary domination is the powerful Vulturite resistance,
which is a force that the Reptilians realize must not be taken lightly.

The “united” Reptilian front is currently disemboweling the Vulturite powerbase via many means.
Two of the primary forces of worldwide colonization over the last millennia were the British Empire
and the Roman Catholic Empire. These joined forces in 1492 and presented the original protocols
that were later revised and given the name of “The Protocols of the Elders of Zion”.
But there are many other less powerful ruling elite groups.

Many ancient cultures believe in blood sacrifice to the “gods” or as offerings
to the Earth in return for peace, power, abundance of harvest, fertility.
The Old Testament mentions burnt offerings many times, referring to animal sacrifices,
a practice that Jesus abhorred. He stressed that the stench of burnt sacrifices
should be stripped from the temples of worship.

Killing is embedded in human history, and as one would expect given the fickle nature
of the Anunnaki “gods”, it is glorified when done for “honourable” purposes, yet it is strictly
taboo for “dishonourable” reasons. A lone killer, acting for his or her own purposes is branded
a criminal. Twelve jurors can legally order the punishment of this type of killer without raising
a whiff of hypocrisy.

A band of killers can also be criminals, and punished for their acts. However, an army of killers
can be “honourable” in its efforts, and individual soldiers from such an army often receive
the highest honors for killing enemies.

Such an army and its leaders would not be subjected to criminal allegations –
unless the army loses the war – in which case the military and civilian leaders responsible
for the army can then face “justice” for their activities.

• The Lockerbie bomber is a murderous terrorist to most in the West,
  yet a profound insurgent hero to some in the Muslim world.
  
• Baron von Richthofen was a courageous hero to World War I era Germans, yet an
  arch villain to the Anglo alliance in that same war.
  
• John Wilkes Booth was considered a hero to some but deemed to be a
  villain by most for assassinating U.S. President Abraham Lincoln.
  
  
• The same holds true for Lee Harvey Oswald, who allegedly
  assassinated U.S. President John F. Kennedy a century later.
  
• Saddam Hussein was a villain to most people in the West, yet a hero to many
  in the Arab world.
  

When Hussein was convicted and publicly executed on the orders of an “official” court
assembled by the winning side, many in the West were made heroes for their part in
killing Hussein, yet they remain vilified to many of the vanquished.

The gleeful cheering of Saddam Hussein’s public execution is a form of blood-thirsty
expression by mobs who were programmed to scream for blood!
This same programming was especially witnessed during the French Revolution,
when the mobs cheered as each victim was publicly beheaded by the guillotine.

Killing is promoted in this world. In fact, the world thrives on blood.
What else could be expected in a world that has been under bloodthirsty Anunnaki
domination for such a long, long time? And, the killing and violence is not limited to warfare.

It happens in cultural, political and religious achievements, as it does in civilian and military
structural manufactures. The Anunnaki have played many cruel tricks on humans,
and driven them to excessively violent behavior. The Anunnaki thrive on watching humans
kill one another.

The construction of the Great Wall of China claimed many human lives,
all in the name of defense of the nation.

There is a cultural belief that things that are stained with human sacrifices and blood
will be strengthened and fortified. The basic premise of this belief stems from trying to
appease the “gods” and Earth itself. Thus, it is believed that the Great Wall of China
has been reinforced and strengthened because people gave their lives constructing it.

Legend has it that many human corpses were encased into China’s Great Wall to strengthen it.

These so-called superstitious beliefs that demand human blood are widespread, and quite
common in many cultures throughout the world. The source of this type of thinking comes
from the Anunnaki “gods”, who have deceived people into offering them human sacrifices.

These events are not limited to the ritualistic “tossing of virgins into volcanoes”.
They continue to exist in the world, clothed in many different disguises.

Human sacrifice is not only extant, it is prevalent, albeit often cloaked in culturally palatable forms.
A very obvious example of human sacrifice is found in wars. Those who are not so naïve can
readily list many other forms. So,

• Why do people still pay homage to these bloodthirsty Anunnaki pseudo-gods?
  
• Why do humans fall for Anunnaki deception?
  
• Why are people tricked by insidious Anunnaki hoaxes?
  
• Why does society still honor human sacrifice?
  

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_autor_whenry01.htm



by William Henry from WilliamHenry Website



Why are the bearded savior gods of every world religion portrayed as serpents?
My research reveals its because they are either revealers of the knowledge of the (star)gates
or wormholes leading to the stars, or because they themselves are the actual wormhole.

Join me in a survey of artwork displaying a remarkably consistent concept:
the gods delivered the knowledge of wormholes, or are the wormholes themselves.


E.A., the standing serpent wave, offers the secret of the stars to a priest



Yahweh is the serpent that curls around the prophets.
His head is at the lower right at the bottom of his column or pillar


Quetzalcoatl, the Mayan "lord of life" and King of Tula being ’consumed' by a ’serpent' (left).
Beside him is a statue of the Great Sun Buddha, dating from the 12th century in Cambodia.
He is seated in the coils of a snake. The parallel between the two ’saviors' is remarkable.
Both statues suggest a wormhole connection.


Quetzalcoatl was portrayed as a bearded white man riding an ’ark' that resembles
the Ark of the Covenant.


The Gnostics called this serpent CHNOUBIS or KANOBIS and said he was the guardian
of a 12-angled pyramid with holes that surrounds the Earth.
Are the 12 angles holes in space drilled by this worm?


Plato said if you could see Earth from a far it would appear as a 12-angled pyramid.


Jesus as a serpent-god from bas-relief in Egypt. This drawing was made by
a member of Napoleon's army in 1798, one hundred years before the same face
appeared to the world ’for the first time ever' on the photograph of the Shroud of Turin.


"No one has ascended into heaven except the one who descended from heaven, the Son of Man.
And just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up,
that whoever believes in him may have eternal life."
"When you have lifted up the Son of Man, then you will realize that I am he."

In the designs below from Egypt and Europe, the little souls is emerging jubilantly from
the mouth of a Serpent (or worm hole). These express the passage "Osiris enters the tail of
a great serpent, was drawn through its body and came out through its mouth, and was then
born anew." The story of Jesus/Jonah and the whale mirrors this story.




Egyptian and Cathar designs.

The passage through the ’wheel or whirl of life' .


Jesus in the ring. Hildegard of Bingen.


Alchemical drawing of the serpent, the jar or Grail. From it a man emerges or exits.


Man, wormhole, goddess. Jason, the Argo, Athena.
Adam, the Serpent, Eve.Jesus, the wormhole, Mary Magdalene.


The Mayans tell us that in 2012 a ladder will emerge from the center of our Milky Way galaxy.
c John Major Jenkins. The god Nine Wind (who may be Quetzalcoatl) will descend on a ’serpent-rope'
from a sun disk that resembles the symbol for Nibiru. Jenkins has concluded that the serpent-rope
is a wormhole. I agree.


Babylonian symbol for Sun, Divinity and Nibiru.


Serpent-rope or wormhole from the Codes Vindobonensis.

Are the Mayans telling us that in 2012 a stargate or wormhole will open and
that it is connected with Nibiru? Will the figure(s) that emerge from it be
the long-awaited Teachers of many of the world's religions?


Akkadian seal impression (2340-2180 BC) depicting Gilgamesh's journey beyond the gates
at the end of the Earth guarded by doorkeepers tending ringed (or ringing) posts.
He met Utnapishtim (the Sumerian Noah) at the source of the waters of immortality.
British Museum.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_autor_whenry02.htm



by William Henry (Spanish version) fromWilliamHenry Website

[size=12]This is the second part of "Stargates, Wormholes and the Bearded Serpent Gods of All Religions." A related article is “The Stargate Crucifixion".

In the previous articles, and image galleries, I have briefly outlined a theory that
the Bearded Serpent Gods of the ancient world represented stargate or wormhole traveling civilizations.
It is a fact that virtually all of the great gods of myth sail in a ship, though no one has yet offered
a theory to account for the many unusual traits of this celestial vehicle, which is
constantly portrayed as a serpent moving across the waters of the sky or as a ship that
turns into a bearded serpent man once it moors on Earth.



Solving this obscure question may be more vital than we think. The Mayans tell us that
in 2012 a ‘serpent rope’ is going to emerge from the center of our Milky Way galaxy
out of which will step a bearded god of enlightenment. John Major Jenkins has proposed,
and I agree, that the archaic term ‘serpent rope’ is interchangeable with the modern scientific term
‘wormhole’ or ‘stargate’, i.e. a tunnel that links two regions of space.

For more on the stargates of the gods read Oracle of The Illuminati

One of the primary reasons that detractors says contact with an extraterrestrial civilization
is impossible is the vast distances separating Earth from the nearest inhabitable planet.
Dr.Carl Sagan was one of these detractors. If there are a million technical civilizations
in the Milky Way galaxy, he estimated, the average separation between civilizations
will be about 300 light-years.

Since a light year is the distance which light travels in one year (a little under six trillion miles),
this implies that the one-way transit time for an interstellar communication from
the nearest civilization will be some 300 years.

In his novel Contact, about first contact with an extraterrestrial civilization Sagan proposed
the stargate or wormhole as a scientifically valid way for a hypothetical, ‘arbitrarily advanced’
civilization to travel to Earth. Dr. Paul Davies, writing in Scientific American, notes that here are
two possible types of wormholes; natural occurring ones that are the after-effects of the Big Bang
and sub atomic wormholes that must be pried open with particle accelerators.

Based upon a comparison of the myths and art portraying the ancient gods,
I have proposed that the gods of ancient renown employed wormholes.
I have also theorized that a study of ancient words and pictures can provide
useful insights into the construction of future stargates.

In this article I intend to show that the ‘serpent rope’ or ‘ship’ of the Mayan enlightener
shares the same symbolism as the Ship of the Gods of other cultures, in particular
the Sumerian and the Egyptian. In this quest I am grateful for the work of David Talbott,
who authoritatively assembled and compared Sumerian and Egyptian serpent-ship symbolism.


Mayan prophecy says a ladder will emerge from the center of our Milky Way galaxy in 2012.
From out of the ladder will emerge the serpent rope carrying the god Nine Wind (‘Quetzalcoatl’).
From the Codex Vindobonensis


The symbol for the source of the serpent rope matches the Babylonian symbol
for the Sun and the logo for the Holy Grail found on the tombstone of William St. Clair
at Rosslyn Chapel, Scotland. Each of these is the same as the Buddhist Dharma Wheel of Time.
Zecharia Sitchin assigns the to the Nibiru of Sumerian mythology.
French mystic Rene Guenon says it is the Flaming Sword at the gate to Eden.
In between the pages of these two scholars we may find amazing insights.

“Nibiru” (more technically and properly transliterated as “neberu”) can mean several things
and speaks volumes about the serpent rope of the Mayans (and the ‘flaming sword’
placed at the gate of Eden).

To the Sumerians the Nibiru was a creator of life that they called NAM.TIL.LA.KU,
“the god who maintains life.” Nam.Tilla.Ku literally means Name or Destiny (NAM) of God
or Shining One (KU) is Tula (TILLA). It was the “creator of grain and herbs who causes
vegetation to sprout… who opened the wells (whales), apportioning the waters of abundance”
-- the “irrigator of Heaven and Earth.”

Nibiru was the A.SAR.U.LU.DU meaning “lofty, bright watery king whose deep is plentiful.”
Depictions of it show it as a ray emitting body, says Sitchin.

The editors of the Chicago Assyrian Dictionary (CAD) have located and compiled
all the places where the word “nibiru” and related forms of that word occur in extant tablets.
A look at the CAD entry (volume “N-2”, pp. 145-147) tells us immediately that the word has
a variety of meanings, all related to the idea of “crossing” or being some sort of
“crossing marker” or “crossing point”.

A cross is the symbol of the top Anunnaki god Anu, and Annu is the Egyptian place of
crossing and equinox; also of Anit (Neith, Isis, Issa, Mary), who brings forth
the child at the crossing.

The “root idea” of the nibiru word group and its forms almost always means
something like “crossing” or “gate.”

“Let Nibiru be the holder of the crossing place of heaven and earth,” says one text.
In the Gilgamesh epic, for example, we read the line (later reprised by Jesus in
the beatitudes in the Sermon on the Mount): “Straight is the crossing point
(nibiru; a gateway), and narrow is the way that leads to it.”

“Ferry, ford”; “ferry boat”; “(act of) ferrying” are also definitions of Nibiru.
This is the very same definition of Makara.

When the accumulated meanings of Nibiru are tabulated we may interpret this word
as referring to a “star, gate, crossing point.”

Nibiru is the Bridging Planet, connecting the material, mortal side of humanity with
our higher spiritual immortal nature. On the other side of this bridge is wondrous Garden of Eden,
the hundreds of billions of galaxies, similar to our own, that comprises the known universe.

The Sumerians and Babylonians celebrated the serpent ship as the vehicle of the E.A.
(the Greek Kronos/Saturn). The priests of Lagash knew him as Ningirsu, owner of
“the beloved ship,” a celestial vehicle “that rises up out of the dam of the deep.”

In fact, E.A.s ship, called the Magur-boat and esteemed as the “Great Boat of Heaven,”
is one of the more frequently- depicted images in Mesopotamian art .

So closely is E.A. [Enki] connected with this serpent boat of heaven that he is even
depicted as a serpent-ship himself.


E.A. rides the serpent ship “of the antelope of the Apsu (cosmic ocean).”
And becomes it in the depiction below.


The Sun-god, identified by his saw and the rays emanating from his shoulders,
is often depicted on Akkadian seals being transported in his boat.
The prow of the boat on this shell seal from Tell Asmar ends in the figure of
a bearded god or demon holding a forked punt-pole. The bearded serpent is E.A.
Oriental Museum, Chicago.

Compare the Akkadian image of the serpent ship with the Egyptian image from the Book of the Dead.
Both portray the serpent ship riding on another serpent.


A ship constituted by a double-headed serpent sailing on the back of a second serpent.
Egyptian sources similarly identify this as the cosmic serpent as the watery
“pathway” traversed by the boat.
The Egyptian Book of the Dead, for example, describes the ship sailing over
the “back” of the serpent-dragon Apepi.

In details from two illustrations in the Book of the Dead we see that the serpent ship (the ‘wormhole’),
in the form of a double serpent, rests upon the world mountain or Primeval Hill, presented in
the first instance as a supporting stand or pillar and in the second as a column of water.
Featured on this ship is the Stairway to Heaven
, the mythological flight of steps
. The connection between the ship and the Stairway is made in the Egyptian word khet,
which means “steps” and also “ship’s mast”. The mast of the ship is the Stairway to Heaven,
because the ship itself is the conduit between Earth and Heaven.






The pictographic evidence is complemented by the texts, which show that the subject is
a revolving ship, traversing a circle around the summit of the cosmic pillar or world mountain
(i.e., the mount serves as the axis of the ship’s revolution):

In the Egyptian myth of the heron it crossed the waters of life in the Barque or
Ark of the Millions of Years. In the depiction shown here the heron watches over this Ark
– the two-headed serpent-ship -- with its Stairway to Heaven.



Two herons watch over the Ark with stairs perched on a pillar.
The four ‘winds’ of Horus sit beneath them.


As we can see, the Sumerian, Egyptian and Mayan symbolism portrays the same concept.
The serpent ship of the gods transforms into a bearded serpent man on earth.

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_autor_whenry03.htm



by William Henry from WilliamHenry Website



In my book Blue Apples I told how in ancient times Joshua, Moses' chief apostle,
stole the stargate secrets of the Anunnaki (the Shining Ones or Illuminati) from Eschol,
the "valley of the cluster" (as in grapes).

These secrets were symbolized in theBook of Numbers (13) by a cluster of grapes that
were so large it took two men to carry them.

These grapes symbolize the exotic matter of which the stargate or wormhole to Heaven
is composed. In this painting (above image) by mystic French master Nicholas Poussin,
a ladder emerges from the grapes carried by our two thieves. This ladder symbolizes
the gateway to heaven, the ladder to God.

In Illuminati Christian belief, the secrets of the grapes of Heaven, the Blue Apples,
were employed at the Crucifixion of Jesus, an Illuminati stargate event.
From a monastery in Sion, Switzerland.


In Cloak of the Illuminati (click right image), I presented a complete stargate crucifixion sequence.


The Grapes of the Promised Land, Nicholas Poussin.
Joshua and his companion return to Moses with the secrets of the Illuminati.
The two thieves carry the same cluster of grapes to the Crucifixion of Jesus.

Jesus said:

"the light of the body is the eye: therefore when thine eye is single, thy whole body is full of light."

Jesus 'in the eye' at Chartres Cathedral.


The 12th century Winchester Psalter illustrates the baptism of Jesus by John the Baptist,
while an angel waits, holding a cloak symbolizing Jesus' 'new life' through baptism.
Notice that John has only 'one foot in Atlantis'.


The flagellation from the 12th century Winchester Psalter.
The visor is most interesting.


Jesus opens the mouth of the Leviathon (wormhole) with the Cross, the Pillar of Light.


Crucifixion scene. From the altar at Visoki Decani Monastery in Kosovo, Yugoslavia, 1350.


Detail of the 'angel' who rides a whirlwind in the upper left corner of the painting.


Transfiguration. Jesus stands before an open gateway.


In the Middle Ages the resurrection of Christ, and the promise of new life,
were associated with the story of Jonah, swallowed and regurgitated by the whale, c. 1150-60.
In the code, Jesus is traveling through the wormhole


'In the wormhole'. Labyrinth-mandala with the head of Christ at the center.
(Page from Psalter, Marienthal, near Zittau, Germany, 13th century.)


The pastoral crook carried by bishops and also by the Egyptian pharaohs, is a symbol of Divine Power.
It is the staff of the Magician of the Tarot who leads the soul on its spiral journey,
the Royal Path of the Tarot, of regeneration. The Lamb of God emerging from the jaws of
a coiled serpent symbolizes this journey here. (Crozier, Italian, 12th century.)


The Ascension. Through the open wormhole, again.

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/esp_2012_11.htm



by Dan Eden from MondoVista Website

ViewZone asked me to write a story about the Mayan Calendar. There is a common belief that the calendar holds a prophecy that the end of the world will happen in 2012. At the time, I knew very little about the whole topic and when I began doing the research. I like to think I had an open mind. My investigation began with mainstream archaeology and the expert interpretations of the calendar. But it soon took a turn that made my hair literally stand on end. I am now convinced that these prophecies are true. To understand what is likely to happen to Earth and it's people, you will need to remain calm and try to follow the facts. It's not as simple as some people describe. It requires an understanding of some fairly complicated scientific realities, but I think I can explain them in a way that you will easily understand.

The Calendar - A Description



First, the Mayan calendar is also sometimes called the Aztec Calendar.

This calendar is recorded as a carving on the Aztec "sun stone" currently on exhibit
in the National Museum of Anthropology and History located within Chapultepec Park,
Mexico City. There's a lot we could say about the carved stone but most of those details
are irrelevant to the end times.

In our modern calendar, called the Gregorian Calendar, we have days,
weeks, months and years. [/size]

In the Mayan Calendar it's more complex. In fact, it's really three calendars. First there's
a religious calendar that takes 260 days to complete a full religious cycle. There are 20 "weeks"
made up of 13 days. Each week has a special name, a graphic logo and unique meaning
associated with it. This rather reminds me of the Chinese years which cycle through
"the year of the rat" and "the year of the monkey," etc., each with it's special image
and meaning.



Graphic logos for each of the 20 religious weeks

Next there is the solar calendar.

This has 365 days, like our modern calendar. It's divided in 18 months of 20 days each.
At the end of the cycle there's five special days considered to be unlucky because
they don't belong to any month. Each of the months has a special name, graphic logo
and some special significance.

So it is possible, for any specific date, the calculate the religious week and the solar month
and to predict the influences that might be guiding fate. But that's not really what's involved
with the prophecy of 2012. To understand that we must look at the third calendar,
called the "long count."

While the first two cycles could be thought of as cogs or gears, revolving through time,
the long count is a linear number of days, starting from the first day, "1," and counting
through each day to the present. Any day in history can be recorded using the long count
and, with some fancy mathematics, the corresponding religious week and solar month
can also be found.

In writing this article, I thought about creating a javascript program that would do
this calculation. My friend, Gene Matlock, then told me that when he was in Mexico,
he found a place that sold wooden, mechanical calculators with gears that did just that.
He said that Mexicans sometimes used these mechanical calendars to foretell the future
or to find auspicious times for special events like marriage or births. Anyway,
although it might be nice to know the religious and solar significance, it's the long count
that foretells Doomsday.




Cog or "gears" can be used to compute the religious and solar cycles for any date

The days of the long count are numbered with an unusual system. Instead of writing numbers
as we do, from right to left with each place being a multiple of 10 (i.e. 10000, 1000, 100, 10, 1),
the Mayans had only 5 places.

The first place recorded a number from 0 to 20. To the left, the second place could have
a range from 0 to 17; the third from 0 to 19; the fourth from 0 to 19 and the last from 0 to 12.
The numbers were written from right to left, like our system, separated by a dot.
Instead of multiples of 10, the first place had a multiple of 1 (like our system); the second place
a multiple of 20; the third a multiple of 360; the fourth a multiple of 7200 and the fifth
a multiple of 144000.

So a long count number, for example, could be written as 4.12.5.9.0
and would be calculated as follows:

(4 x 144000) + (12 x 7200) + (5 x 360) + (9 x 20) + (0 x 1) or a long count of 145980.

It's not too difficult to realize that the maximum number which can be recorded this way
would be 12.19.19.17.20, although some researchers like to write it as 13.0.0.0.0. This amounts
to a long count number of 1,872,000 days or 5125.36 years of our modern calculations.
Obviously, the calendar is very old!

Over the years, archaeologists have found carved monuments that recorded the long count
for known dates in Mayan history. Once a date was fixed in time, it was easy to determine
the "day 1" as August 11th, 3114 BC. And it was also easy to calculate the date at
which the calendar would end -- December 21st, 2012.

Trust me, just because the calendar ends doesn't prove that time, or the world, or life will end.
We need to look carefully at December 21, 2012 and try to understand why the Mayans
never calculated a date beyond this point in time. To do this we must move from Archaeology
to the science of Astronomy and Astrophysics.

It's all about the Sun It's ironic (or maybe not) that the Mayan Calendar is often called
the "sun stone." While the calendar does have "solar" days, acknowledging the 365 days
it takes for Earth to rotate around the celestial body, it is also true that the Sun plays
a key role in the final day of the "long count." To understand what will happen to
the Sun on December 21, 2012, we need to review some scientific terms like "ecliptic,"
"barycenter," and "sunspots." These are important in the discussion that follows.

We'll start with the most difficult one first.

Terms we will encounter...

What is the Barycenter?

You've no doubt heard that Earth revolves around the sun. Well, actually, that's not quite true!

Have you heard the term "center of gravity"? It's a technical-sounding term for something
pretty simple. It's the exact center of all the material (that is, mass) that makes up the object.
For example, if you have a straight stick, like a ruler or yardstick, there's a place at the middle
where you can balance it on your finger. That's its center of gravity.



But the center of gravity may or may not be the point that is exactly in the middle, distance-wise,
of the object. Some parts of the object may be heavier (denser) than others. If you have something
like a sledge hammer that is heavier on one end than the other, the center of gravity will be
much closer to the heavy end than the lighter end.



To get an idea of where the center of gravity is, rest the ends of any object like
the ruler or a pencil on one finger from each hand. Slowly move your fingers together
without dropping the object. Your fingers will meet underneath the object's center of gravity.
You can balance the object on one finger at that special place.

The actual center of gravity could be close to the surface or deep inside, depending on
whether the object is flat like a ruler or a dinner plate, or "three-dimensional," like a box or a ball.
And if you let the object spin (like when you throw it), it will try to spin about that point.

In the case of the Earth and the sun, both bodies actually revolve, or spin, around the very center
of the mass (similar to center of gravity) between them. This point is called the "barycenter."
Earth and the sun are "connected" by the gravity pulling them together. It's just like the light end
and heavy end of the sledge hammer. Compared to the size of the sun, Earth is about like a flea
on a cat! So the center of mass between the Earth and the sun is almost--but not quite--
the very center of the sun.

In the case of a planet the size of Jupiter, which is 318 times as massive as Earth,
the barycenter of Jupiter and the sun is a bit further from the sun's center. So, as Jupiter revolves
around the sun, the sun itself is actually revolving around this slightly off-center point,
located just outside its center. Thus, a planet the size of Jupiter will make the sun (or any star)
appear to wobble a tiny bit.

This picture shows you that the center of mass and barycenter can be slightly different points.
It isn't meant to be very accurate!



We can take advantage of this bit of knowledge and look for large planets in other solar systems
by learning to detect this type of tiny wobble in the star's position.

For now, let's forget all the small planets and focus on Jupiter. It makes one complete trip
around the Sun every 11.861773 years. There's a new theory put forth by Dr. Rollin Gillespie
which shows that Jupiter, and to a smaller degree the other less massive planets,
may trigger the 11 year cycle of sunspots and solar flares.

Here's how it works.



The barycenter is not a single point in the Sun. Because the Sun is a rotating gaseous sphere,
the barycenter forms a vertical, cylindrical "sleeve" that is partially inside and outside
the main solar body. All of the planets have such a "sleeve," one inside the other, depending on
their relative mass and the location of their barycenters. The particular sleeve representing
the mass of Jupiter intersects the solar surface at 35.9 degrees North and South.
This is precisely where sunspot and flare activity begin and end during each 11 year cycle.

Scientists have noted that when Jupiter and Saturn are aligned, on the same side of the Sun,
the solar activity is at its maximum; when they are on opposite sides of the Sun the solar activity
is at its minimum.

These cylinders are usually quite orderly because the planets adhere to a narrow plane,
called the ecliptic which resembles a thin plate extending from the equator of the Sun.
The planets hang out here because (in simple terms) this is the zone where the gravitation of
the system is the strongest. (see below)



The planets orbit the Sun in a narrow plane called the ecliptic

But nature is never perfect. The Sun rotates at a slight angle (7.25 degrees), much as our Earth does.
As it wobbles, it tilts the sleeves, causing them to clash with each other and eventually
disrupt the surface. This disturbance, to put it simply, works its way to the surface and
erupts in sun spots and solar flares.

The last solar cycle was in 2001. Each active solar cycle has a period when the flares are strongest,
usually happening near the solar equator, called the "solar maximum." This is significant because
the next "solar maximum" event will coincide with December 21, 2012.

But wait -- there's much more!



Solar flares are pieces of the sun which leap into space, discharging radiation and strong electrical
currents that travel outward into space. They often fall back to the surface of the Sun. Sometimes,
a very strong flare, called a Coronal Mass Ejection (CME), actually leaves the Sun and this deadly
mass shoots out from the Sun towards the planets like a bullet. Usually they don't hit anything
but occasionally they hit a planet like Earth. Most flares are small.

But even a small flare can be dangerous. In 1989 a flare hit the North American continent
and fried electric lines, zapped power grids in the US and Canada, and created large power blackouts.
Flares can also effect our moods and physical health. In theory, a large flare impacting the Earth
could zap the ionosphere and irradiate the surface, killing every living organism that it touched.

Solar flares and sun spots have an average cycle of 11.120412 years (estimated from
one "solar maximum" to the next). Right now, 2007, we are in a relatively quiet part of the cycle.
The small discrepancy between this figure and the 11.861773 year period of Jupiter is close enough
to be significant but suggests that something else is also influencing solar disturbances.

Sure, it could be attributed to the various positions of the other less massive planets,
but it could also be something even more significant -- the Milky Way.



The Galactic Alignment of December 21, 2012

Our solar system is part of a huge disc shaped collection of stars and planets called the Milky Way.
We're located somewhere on the edge of the disc, slightly on top of the narrow disc.
But very soon we'll be moving to the bottom of the disc. This change, from top to bottom,
begins on December 21, 2012.

Yes, that's right. On the same day when our Sun is at it's solar maximum, something will happen
that's never happened before -- the ecliptic of our solar system will intersect with the Galactic plane,
called the "Galactic Equator" of the Milky Way! [see below star chart]



If you imagine our solar system as a bunch of peas on a plate, with a huge meatball in the center,
imagine the Milky Way as a city-size pizza with the "Guiness World Book Record Meatball"
in its center!

Prior to December 2012 we have been drifting on the top of the pizza, never really able to see
the bottom. The plate and pizza are not parallel. They are moving at different angles.
We've been drifting down, down, down... and on December 21st, 2012, we will be exactly level
with the crust -- forming an "x" at the Galactic Equator where galactic gravity is the strongest.
After 2012, if we are still here, we will be passing through the bottom zone,
viewing the Milky Way pizza from the South.

Yes, there's even more!



By some amazing coincidence, not only will we be intersecting with the Galactic Equator,
but we will be doing this precisely aligned with the center of the Galaxy where there is maximum mass!
More mass means more gravity.

More gravity means more influence from those barycenters in our Sun.
That means exponential increases in solar disruptions -- all coinciding on the same day! Whew!


Above: The Hercules Cluster of galaxies

This group of galaxies is held together by the gravitational attraction or
"pull" of each individual galaxy on the others in the group.
This demonstrates the enormous gravity contained in a galaxy, such as our own Milky Way.

An apology and acknowledgement

Ok. This has been a "light weight" description of what's going to happen. It has been simplified
to the point where some scholars and scientists could argue about my presentation.
But the main facts are true. The date, December 21, 2012, is a special day. It represents
the maximum possible influences for solar flares that the universe can provide. Undoubtedly
the Mayans, or the civilization that influenced them, somehow knew about these things.



Over the last decade, I have written a variety of stories about such things as underground cities
and government actions that could only make sense if there were no future. I cannot help
but think that maybe they, like the Mayans, know about these things. I'd specifically like to
suggest that readers take another look at the underground complex at Yamantau
that the Russians are building.

• Could this be a haven for surviving a solar blast?
  
• And what about past events?
  
• Did the Hopi go underground to survive a similar event thousands of years earlier?
  
• Should we be going underground also?
  

It's also important to stress that December 21, 2012 is only the "solar maximum" but that
the gravitational effects of the Galaxy have already started to assert their influence on the Sun.
The drift towards alignment with the galactic equator is relatively slow and, in truth,
has already started. But the precise culmination of this, plus the alignment of Jupiter and Saturn
all make 12/21/12 an ominous date.

I especially want to thank Dr. Rollin Gillespie, a man with whom I corresponded for ten years
and who first developed the idea that planetary multi-body systems could be at play in
the causation of solar flares. More of his work can be read on a special page on Viewzone.

Please let's have your input on this important issue. It's only six years away. Who knows,
perhaps the influences of these disruptions will begin well before the solar and Galactic maximum
is reached. We may not have that much time left. Here are some additional links to stories that
may help understand the possibilities facing our planet and us.

Magnetic Somersaults - Other possibilities on December 21, 2012

In the first quarter of 2001, the Sun switched magnetic poles. This occurs every eleven years.
Prior to this the Sun's north magnetic pole was at the north rotational pole.
Now the Sun's north magnetic pole is at its south pole. Since opposite poles attract,
the magnetic poles of the Earth and Sun are now at their most stable.

Just about the time of 2012 Winter Solstice, the Sun's poles will switch back. During this switch
there will be a tendency for the Sun's magnetic field to pull the Earth's field with it.

If the Earth's magnetic poles switch, this would put stress on the planet aggravating
earthquakes and volcanoes, not to mention destruction of the electrical power distribution grid.
And, if the switch happens fast enough don't ever expect your computer to work again.
But if you have old tube type equipment, keep it. It should survive just fine.
It will work if you can find electricity.

Return to 2012

http://khunnamob.globat.com/backup/khunnamob/www.khunnamob.info/board/show.php-Category=khunnamob&No=619&forum=6&page=107&PHPSESSID=5df051bc51e3404a3b6bdcb9f62a03ba.htm




Oct 08

: Just a quick note to let you know that I'm currently monitoring Yom Kippur
(Oct. 8-9), Jewish 'Day of Atonement' or 'Judgment Day' for certain 'signals'
(which may involved significant 'death' for reasons I won't go into here).
October 8 (and perhaps October 10), if you consider the fact that October
was the original eighth month ('octo' ='eight'), is interchangeable with August 8
which this year ('8/8/08') saw the start of the Russia-Georgia war and the Beijing Olympics
opening ceremony featuring a huge unfolding scroll. During the final phase of Yom Kipper
the ark containing the Torah scrolls are kept open for maximum communication with God,
and then the gate is considered closed...



[Unfolding scroll during Beijing opening ceremony]
...like the Beijing Olympics closing on August 24th with the 'Tower of Babel'
(main feature of the closing ceremony) signifying unification
(communication) of heaven and earth or men and 'God'.



Around August 24 was a major CQ window linked most notably to the Feb.
20 spy satellite shootdown (US Navy) and is interchangeable with 'October' 24
already considered the next major window as per my previous post below...

In essence I'm projecting that Yom Kippur/October 8-9 will provide us with further clues
as to the nature of that window having much to do with the election, Pakistan,
potentially the economy/markets, and other much more esoteric stuff...




The Kolbrin Connection

McCanney's third book, Atlantis to Tesla: the Kolbrin Connection, The Science of Atlantis
and Tesla is Rediscovered Giving a Unique Untold View of Life on the Lost Continent,
Ancient Space Craft Design, Unlimited Electrical Power and the Secret Societies
is an amazing collage of ideas and connections worth a close look given the confirmed
scientific predictions based on his Plasma Discharge Cometary Model, a theory that
will likely revolutionize science (if we have enough time before the "time of the Destroyer").

The first book is essential to understanding the otherwise outrageous revelations
about Atlantis, ancient space craft and, unlimited electrical power.



Not only does McCanney posit free electricity generated in huge surplus by the Sun,
but that the use of that power would significantly reduce the fury of storms,
since weather is driven by the solar electrical capacitor. The power source tapped
by Nikola Tesla and presumably by the Atlanteans was/is the earth's capacitor,
the charged ionosphere, the oppositely charged Earth, and the non-conducting air between.
If a discharge can be induced by bridging this gap, enormous quantities of energy
will flow abruptly as in lightning or under control by the use of existing technologies
such as the diode.

Although the book is peppered with errors I gleaned useful new ideas
to explore and to fill in the details.

The Kolbrin manuscripts compiled of manuscripts saved before the burning
of Glastonbury Monastery and safe-guarded by a group called "The Culdians" is
a parallel bible, but interestingly has more detail on certain accounts such as
The Flood and Exodus. It names "THE DESTROYER" as precipitating both events
and there are many pages describing the terrible events. The Kolbrin manuscripts were
published in 1994 in Thames by the Culdians and the translation appears in modern English.

Chapter Four, titled THE DELUGE from The Book of Gleanings Paragraph 24

"Then, with the dawning, men saw an awesome sight. There, riding on
a black rolling cloud came the Destroyer, newly released from the confines of
the sky vaults, and she raged about the heavens, for it was her day of judgment.
The beast with her opened its mouth and belched forth fire and hot stones and
a vile smoke. It covered the whole sky above and the meeting place of Earth
and heaven could no longer be seen. In the evening the places of the stars
were changed, they rolled across the sky to new stations, then the floodwaters came"

"The floodgates of Heaven were opened and the foundations of Earth were broken apart.
The surrounding waters poured over the land and broke upon the mountains.
The storehouses of the winds burst their bolts asunder, so storms and whirlwinds
were loosed, to hurl themselves upon the Earth. In the seething waters and
howling gales all buildings were destroyed, trees were uprooted and mountains
cast down. There was a time of great heat, then came a bitter cold. The waves over
the waters did not rise and fall but seethed and swirled, there was an awful sound above."

Four more paragraphs to the end of the chapter, describe how the stars were loosened
in the Heavens. A ship that had been built was borne up by the waters. The waters filling
the valleys, going over the mountain tops in huge surging torrents. The Destroyer then passes,
the flood remains for seven days and the ship finally comes to rest in the mountains of Ashtar.

LAST PASSAGE OF 12TH PLANET AT TIME OF EXODUS
Book of Manuscripts: The Destroyer Part 3
from the scroll of Adepha
Chapter 5, Para 1

"The Doomshape, called the Destroyer, in Egypt, was seen in all the lands thereabouts.
In colour it was bright and fiery, in appearance changing and unstable. It twisted about
itself like a coil, like water bubbling into a pool from an underground supply,
and all men agree it was a most fearsome sight. It was not a great comet or
a loosened star, being more like a fiery body of flame."

Para. 4

"This was the aspect of the Doomshape called the 'Destroyer,' when it appeared
in days long gone by, in olden times. It is thus described in the old records,
few of which remain. It is said that when it appears in the Heavens above,
Earth splits open from the heat, like a nut roasted before the fire. Then flames shoot up
through the surface and leap about like fiery fiends upon black blood.
The moisture inside the land is all dried up, the pastures and cultivated places are
consumed in flames and they and all trees become white ashes."

Chapter 6 Para. 31

" There was a strange silence and then, in the gloom, it was seen that
the waters had parted, leaving a passage between. The land had risen,
but it was disturbed and trembled, the way was not straight or clear.
The waters about were as if spun within a bowl, the swampland alone remained undisturbed.
From the horn of the Destroyer came a high shrilling noise which stopped the ears of men."

Para. 29

" Pharaoh fought against the hindmost of the slaves and prevailed over them,
and there was a great slaughter amid the sand, the swamp and the water."

Para. 37

"The great surge of rocks and waters overwhelmed the chariots of the Egyptians
who went before the footmen. The chariot of the Pharaoh was hurled into the air
as if by a mighty hand and was crushed in the midst of the rolling waters"

There is much description of massive upheaval in this chapter caused by
the Destroyer leaving no doubt that the Slaves only managed to escape during
a time of great chaos in the fermenting landscape.

THE FUTURE
Chapter 3 The Destroyer
Part 1 From the Great Scroll

Para,1

"Men forget the days of the Destroyer. Only the wise know where it went and
that it will return in its appointed hour"

Para,3

"When ages pass, certain laws operate upon the stars in the Heavens.
Their ways change, there is movement and restlessness, they are no longer constant
and a great light appears redly in the skies."

Para,4

"When blood drops upon the earth, the Destroyer will appear and mountains
will open up and belch forth fire and ashes. Trees will be destroyed and
all living things engulfed. Waters will be swallowed up by the land and seas will boil"

The timing for this event will be when "women will be as men and men as women"
"men will fly in the air as birds and swim in the sea as fishes" "then shall the high strive
with the low" etc, etc. There follows a depiction of the effects of the Destroyer
this time around which is poetic and terrifying, i.e. "when children will turn grey headed"

It is interesting to note that Glastonbury Abbey, the place where the Kolbrin manuscripts
were kept was burnt down with the hope of destroying this "heretical" version.

Fire and Ice. Some things are absolutely certain. The sun will rise in the east.
The tide will ebb and flood. The moon will wax and wane. And summer always comes.
Human civilization at its base relies on these certainties. Such absolutes have driven
our agriculture, biology, calendars, and our poetry. But what happens if one of these
totally reliable, completely certain events one day didn't happen? It would be as
if the world had come to an end.

When the sun disappeared from the morning sky during the solar eclipse in the year 1230 AD,
peasants left the fields and went back to bed, where they prayed for God to save the world.
When, at the end of the last great ice age 12,000 years ago, the glaciers began to retreat
and the oceans rise…. it might well be that a man named Noah set off on ark, hoping to save
the last living creatures on earth. And when one year in Alaska summer never came,
a tribe of Eskimos nearly died out and a creation myth was born.

Today scientists have the tools to explain some of the massive disruptions in nature's normal cycles.
But surviving them is still a life and death struggle. Producer Daniel Grossman examined
an Eskimo creation myth about the "year of two winters," and found that the Alaskan tale may
actually have its roots thousands of miles away in Iceland. He called the story "Fire & Ice."

James presents scientific evidence of sudden periodic climate change
caused by celestial events not long ago
posted August 2, 2003

At NASA we are the brains, the CIA is the brawn. As a member of an elite team,
we were given different scenarios, one what if situation presented to us, was,
if a rogue asteroid threaten life on Earth, what would be our solution?

The group, one of the best in the world came to the conclusion that panic throughout
the world population would result in a higher death toll than the impact itself.
You should get the picture, the government secretly pushed [the movies]
Deep Impact and Armageddon to prepare the public sub-consciously.
So we put together a plan just in case, and if this did not work we were under the impression
Mission Control in Houston would go public in order the preserve as many lives as possible.

One day, the military inquired about this plan stating concern, and the meeting did not
sit right with me. We are the leaders in space technology so why were they
prepping us of a threat? The plan was instituted and designed to coincide with a normal space
operation just incase a cover story was needed, but targeting did not work. Our new infrared satellite
failed unexpectedly and we were blind. We had to depend upon the space station staff by
a scientist well briefed in nuclear technology, SOHO and Houston for accurate guidance.

So in late September, the cover story was released as normal into the general population,
and now I am worried, because stray meteorites breaking away from the main object
have been impacting Earth within the last couple of weeks. Details, sketchy at best,
are spread by rumors only, so my confidence is low and team was given orders to muzzle
all information officially under national security.

When members of NASA resigned recently, it struck me as odd. Are they running from
an incident that we had under control that is now out of hand. My kids are the apple of my eye,
if the worst happens, do I take my chances in the field among the coarse or stay with the pack,
my co-workers, whom I loathe? They think only of themselves.

I want to apologize to America. It was my intention to protect you, spare you the pain and worry.
It has been weighing on my mind. Others would like to come forward, but intimidation and
visions of David Kelly and the Wilsons bring them to reality; no one wants to volunteer for
a suicide mission, let someone else save this planet.

thought we would have a solution, but that will not happen. After watching the posts here
on GLP transpire during recent months, my advice to you, is to follow the facts and
your instincts, gauge the words by the intensity of backlash and the percentage of
an element of truth. Could a scenario be true even though you don't have all the pieces?
The higher the confrontation against certain posts exhibiting a common theme,
the closer you may be to the reality.

The inbound object is odd, the slight glimpse I had during the briefing, due to security and
a need to know basis, showed an object masked within a dust cloud. I asked myself,
what kind of an asteroid has its own dust cloud? I have a bad feeling about this.
If you want to know, I did this for my kids and unofficially my fate is sealed.
I have nothing to lose if you detect who I am.

Although, I really would like to visit them just in case, but all the vacation days until
the end of the year have been taken. I never had a problem before except for Thanksgiving
and Christmas, but this year is different. I want our country to return to what the forefathers
expected out of this land, the truth, personal freedom and trust in God.

As the months progress, what few there are, I will put my faith in God, not man's religion;
it is only here will my spirit find true peace. This is a one time post. I will not respond to questions.
If anybody does use my post name, NASA Scientist, it is not me.

Godspeed to all who live on this world, one of many that have life forms.

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_danwinter17.htm



by Dan Winter Mar 25, 2004 from GoldenMean Website

FROM BEHOLD A PALE HORSE

written by ASSASSINATED William Cooper of Egar, Arizona

In the early 1940's, the IG Farben Chemical Company employed a Polish salesman who sold cyanide
to the Nazis for use in Auschwitz. The same salesman also worked as a chemist in the manufacture
of the poison gas. This same cyanide gas along with Zyklon B and malathion was used to
exterminate millions of Jews and other groups.

After the war the salesman, fearing for his life, joined the Catholic Church and was ordained
a priest in 1946. The salesman became Poland's youngest bishop in 1958.

Added: June 04: Pope Actually Apologizes for Killing the Witches...
no news on returning the gold yet...

Intro to Part II
by Dan Winter

It is important to keep in mind, when reading the following, that Enlil is the person also called:

• Yahweh ­ God of the Jews
  
• Michael the 'Archangel' by Christians
  
• Michabo, God of many native tribes
  
• LEVITE or Snake God by the Aboriginal Australians and the Jews
  
• (Also, almost certainly the person called ENCODER in Bible Code 2, AND the FATHER OF ALL VAMPIRES, whom Ann Rice calls "ENKIL")
  

In each case the recognizable fingerprint, is an attempt to prevent further genetic freedom,
to prevent self-empowered bliss, and essentially, to create a kingdom of obedience to a plan
to create immortality by soul harvesting, for the (medium grade interventionist ­ and lost soul -
Nephilim) 'God' - Enlil. (And his political party called ELOHIM as in Keys of Enoch ­ whose ruler is
the central hive computer for the borg mind ­ ASHTAR).

What we learn in the below, is the origins of the Yahweh­Enlil agenda for 'collective' immortality
­ by following the rules ­ and being a good servant. Case in point- when the Anunnaki landed for
the Gold mining slaving ­ part of their standard mining gear equipment was a special hexagonal
array of paramagnetic (bio-accelerator) capacitors ­ similar to what we today would call
dolmen or stone tower ­ or shem - highward fire stone.

By placing these capacitors in a proper hex array a field of capacitive charge was created
which would under controlled conditions (no sex ­ no escape) PREVENT BIOLOGIC AGING.
(Literally, a burning charge fountain of youth). The field effect area for this mining equipment ­ later
called the GARDEN OF EDEN ­ was increasingly required because of decaying implosion (no bliss)
in their DNA. Immersing themselves into the less than fractal charge field of Earth,
would quickly cause them to age.

They were not accustomed to life expectancies less than many thousands of years.
Sadly, their life expectancy over the millennia became a completely soulless mechanical support.

Again and again, the Yahweh­Enlil collective, demonstrate their willingness to sacrifice
truly sustainable ­ bliss based self­empowered immortality ­ for SHORT TERM TECHNOLOGIC
SURROGATES. (The suspensors keeping HARKONEN/Enlil alive in DUNE, the Borg equipment
required to keep DARTH VADER/Antu ­ alive in Star Wars).[/size]

Similar to this is the Gold Powder addictive, origins of the Holy Communion white wafer,
and cause of the interventionist genetic engineering we today call Adam and Eve.

Not having much fire in his own DNA ­ (being FALLEN Nephalim ­ no bliss / no implosion
no inner life) Enlil (Yahweh) conceives of a basically faulty plan to get technologic immortality
involving essentially eating the trace soul essences of countless generations of humans
compensating for his own parasitic lack of bliss juice.

This is again why the Greys, at the behest of Enlil's family Dracs, mostly abducted
indigenous peoples after Truman and Eisenhower signed their stupid treaty on abductions.
This is why the Michael Yahweh family has tracked the indigenous tribal lucid dreamers wherever
they went ­ always looking to eat the fire in their blood to make up for what they did not have.

The Montauk/Swerdlow picture (summary) goldenmean.info/invasion shows Enki's (abRAham)
cooking up the Earth DNA experiment with many requirements from the Andromedan council.
The Dragon queen remnants in Enki's family, were but one of the parties from the ORION wars,
who qualified to be represented in the vaccine of all parties genetically fused-
in the Earth gene experiment.

The thing is, that when Enki (RA-abRAham) snuck his own DNA in the mix using his half sister
Ninhursag/Innana­Draco as wet nurse womb for a Cro Mag egg, he was inserting DNA
(Mother Dragon-winged) that was truly EXPLOSIVE in this mix. This is Ichtheos aborting today.
The aboriginal name for Enki ­ is FISH GOD.

Same as Serpent-Bird Man - Quetzalcoatl ­ in Zulu ­ Enki ­ IS ­ Kilimanjaro.

Planetary Story II
by Elana

It was with some trepidation that I engaged with the next chapter in the epic that I have called
the Planetary Story. The fallout from our explorations in the group fusion work last year
in Byron Bay saw many of us emotionally and psychologically exhausted and soul-chilled
with trying to process and integrate the intense energies of the archetypal forces of
our human forebears - the Anunnaki .

Little did we realize that the gathering brought together some of the descendants of
the ancient lineages that were involved in the evolution of modern Homo Sapiens.
The many unresolved issues between these ancestors - issues that impacted tragically
and irrevocably upon both the human population and the Anunnaki races themselves -
rose de profundis to be played out, sorted and resolved in the powerful space created by the group.
This was 'World Work' - conflict resolution at a global scale as described by Arne Mindell -
of the deepest kind.

The first chapter of the Story is described in the previous Part I.

This second chapter is the result of my ongoing research and studies in Theology,
Sustainability and Indigenous Sustainability at Murdoch University.

I am hot on the trail of this most astounding story through the investigation of
ancient texts and documents from the:

• Sumerian
  
  
• Egypto- Assyrian
  
• Hebraic
  
• Christian
  
• Early Christian Gnostic
  
• Druidic traditions
  
• oral teachings of the spiritual/shamanic traditions of Indigenous Australian
  
• First Nation American and European Celtic Peoples
  

This research is corroborating my personal 'Long Memory' recall that has opened due to
the use of various techniques and disciplines that I have practiced since I was a young woman ,
and under the tutelage of Indigenous teachers, who recognize me as an 'Ancestress' .

My present research stems from an unanswered question that arose at the completion
of the fusion work:

"What became of the Dragon High Queen - the Archetypal Great Mother?"

The energy of the Great Mothers (Antu & Ki), that had sustained various planetary grids
(and their ecologies) due to their sacred marriage (Hieros Gamos) with the Great Father (An),
was lost to the planet, following the 'fall from grace' of the 'Dragon' lineage.

The description of the 'War in Heaven' is variously described within many ancient traditions.
The 'Enuma Elish'; 'Atrahasis'; the Hebrew Bible; the Christian Bible; and the Gnostic Gospels
all indicate - either directly or by their conspicuous silence - of the loss of the energy of
the Divine Mother to the Earth Tribes, approximately 6000 years ago.

This pivotal historical time in human evolution was caused by a split in the Royal household of An,
Antu, & Ki, and their progeny Enki, Enlil and Ninhursag. Not only did the separation occur
between brothers, it also happened between the archetypal Great Mother and Great Father God.

The experiment to create the 'Kingly Race' of Anunnaki/human hybrids had reached a point
such that Enlil devised a plan whereby the human descendants could start to live more
independently of their progenitors whilst continuing with the quest to produce a hybrid of
super-conscious nature, thus rejuvenating the 'bliss' challenged Anunnaki lineages.

Enlil's plan was designed to weed out the genetic weaknesses and character flaws of
the cross-bred humans, until only those who were utterly obedient and biddable to
the will of the Anunnaki (Enlil) remained to 'inherit the Kingdoms of God'. Under Enlil's
design a dualistic reality would be created whereby humans would explore choice and
have free agency to follow Enlil's 'plan of salvation'.

'Degrees of glory' were offered - a hierarchical system of ascendancy that would stream humans
after mortal death into various levels of responsibility and 'exaltation'. As such, the plan did not
guarantee everyone's redemption. Those less obedient would be denied access to further
endowments, thereby sorting the gene pool and giving precedence to those who would most
advance Enlil's lineage and agenda of immortality.

The state of immortality was having to be sustained artificially until the human/Anunnaki hybrid
was advanced enough to achieve the 'bardo' state (the Buddhist 'blue plane') of eternal life naturally,
through the state of 'bliss' or ecstasy.

The Egyptian dynasties, in particular, focused on developing elaborate and efficient ways
to cheat death, by utilizing alchemical methods in order to facilitate supra-luminal 'implosion'
via the ingestion of white gold powder, until a 'savior' was achieved whose genetics enabled
immortality 'naturally'.

Enki's plan was that all human souls should achieve redemption - that the harvest of
life and death experience should be equally celebrated and that the purpose of a gene pool
was to achieve maturity and then be set free to evolve without intervention. Enki's agenda
was not necessarily more altruistic than his half brother's, it was simply that his lineage
was naturally more psycho-creative than Enlil's and thus his lineage was not so bliss challenged.

However, he was also motivated by the larger plan of the Ophanum who intended that
gene polls should be allowed to freely mature and spread out amongst the galaxies.
However, his lack of responsibility to his progeny was probably as much to do with this choice
than his strong sense of justice!

In all of this, Antu, the Dragon High Queen, was dismayed to understand the implications
of Enlil's plan - that instead of souls being freed by death and the continuation of the balance
of life/death being upheld, Enlil's intention was to create a place out of time/space (3D reality)
where his descendants would go after death in order to continue to serve Enlil's search for
immortality.

These kingdoms following mortal existence were tiered to contain souls at various levels of
achievement and responsibility. All would continue to procreate as an ongoing part of
the experiment to become 'as our Father in Heaven' - gods and goddesses in their own right.
However, this continuing manipulation of natural laws meant that balance was lost.

By seeking to cheat death, souls were also lost to eternal life - whereby the gift of death meant that
the individual was reintegrated into the All, the One, and personal experience enriched the whole,
rather than being selfishly guarded for the sake of perpetuating individuality.

Then a series of events occurred that set the course of life on Earth and Antu's fate:

Whilst deliberating Enki and Enlil's plans for the evolution of the Homo Sapien race,
Enlil discovered the plot by Antu to remove the consort, Ki. The technique used to
imprison the soul of the Orion queen became the undoing of the High Queen and
Enki's followers. An was horrified by Antu's duplicity, having been closely bonded
to the consort and devastated by her loss.

Enlil was so enraged that he swore to revenge his mother's 'death' and destroy Antu
and the Dragons. An banished the High Queen from all territories of their House.
Enki, of course, defended his mother. However, hostilities between the two half brothers
that had been simmering for Ages, now erupted. An was persuaded to approve
Enlil's plan, and Enki was cast down from his fathers presence.

Enlil was so incensed that he hatched a plan to get rid of the Queen and her followers and
Enki and his forces at the same time. The biblically documented 'War in Heaven' ensued,
and Enlil used the technique of soul incarceration to imprison 'one-third of those in
Heaven' in a place out of time/space.

The forces lost their access to mortal bodies, and could only function on
the astral planes of existence.

Not all 'fell from grace'. Those who were powerful enough were able to fractionate their souls,
so that they were not totally lost to third dimensional reality. In this way,
Enki became Lucifer - the 'Shining One'.

However, Antu was herself devastated by the deliberate severance of the sacred union
between her and An (her soul mate); the huge guilt that she felt concerning the consort;
the loss of her people and her fear for her son, Enki.

Desperately, as her son was cast into the 'place of lost souls', she consciously chose to 'fall' herself -
fractionating her soul into an infinite number of 'sparks' of the archetypal force of the Great Mother,
so that at some time she might have the opportunity to redeem her son and her lost peoples.

So, Enlil's plan was put into action and he utilized the lost forces as an example of the dualistic
reality of light/dark; good/evil etc. in order to progress his plan for immortality.

Details become sketchy at this point and I am unable to clarify further the fate of
the Great Mother - the Dragon High Queen, except that all record of her was eliminated
from sacred texts and historical documents. The ancient Sumerian text, the 'Atrahasis'
explicitly details the conquest and destruction of the Great Mother - Tiamat, by Marduk.
In this more mythological text, Tiamat is described as being rent limb from limb and thrown down.

Although Tiamat has been described as a fore-mother of Antu, I have no doubt that
the destruction is a documenting of this episode. The Christian Gnostic texts detail
the loss of integrity of Sophia and her quest to redeem herself and her son and return to the Father.
The Druidic stories document the grief of the Great Mother - The Modron - at the loss of the Son
and her quest to find and rescue him.

I am sure that there are many other myths and stories that document the loss of
the power of the Great Mother to Earth, that further research will reveal.

Ninhursag came to symbolize the Mother aspect on the planet - Ishtar, Isis, etc.
She continued the work of her brother and half-brother, eventually incubating
an Anunnaki/Human hybrid of sufficient power to found the 'Kingly Lineage' sought for
by Enlil and Enki - the Adama, the first Priest-King. However, the exile of the Dragon Queen
and forces had a deeply wounding effect on the psyches of the remaining Anunnaki.

The planetary grids that had been established and maintained by the Hieros Gamos began to decay.
They continue to destabilize the planetary ecologies today, even though Ninhursag and Inanna
instituted rituals and celebrations of fertility and abundance in order to slow the dissolution.
Earth's Indigenous Peoples are the primary stabilizers of our systems of planetary order today.

However, it is perfectly clear that our world's ecosphere is disintegrating rapidly now.
With the loss of the archetypal sacred union between the masculine and feminine and
the vengeful wrath of the son against the mother, the genetic predisposition of the ensuing
progeny of Earth's hybrid population evidently lacked the ability to invoke and hold the vision of
wholeness, synergy, and verdant abundance necessary for the successful expression of a gene pool.

Humans today are not only handicapped by the genetic inhibitors bred into them in order to
suppress certain natural characteristics of our humanness, they are also burdened by
a childishly rageful, guilt ridden, mother complex that is the negative genetic heritage of
our forefathers, and the guilt ridden, grief -full, unfulfilled frustration of our foremothers.
Humans are doomed to play out this tragic scenario, (despite various rescue attempts by
(male) saviors such as Buddha, Jesus Christ, Mohammed, Krishna etc.,
until a critical mass of humans gather to dream of something new.

The dream of the divine union of sacred masculine and feminine (both inner and outer relationships)
that comes from the restoration of the Divine Mother principle to the Earth; the synergy of that unity;
and the order and fecundity that rises from such sacred conjugation is presently denied to us
as humans by the very genetic heritage that created us.

Our evolutionary imperative compels us to keep searching - a quest of the highest aspiration -
for resolution to this human dilemma, in order that we may find spiritual maturity and emerge
into our natural inheritance - that of Homo Noeticus.

Questions from Bart

From: Bart --bvsdc@pandora.be ,
Date: Fri, 26 Mar 2004 10:26:07 +0000
Subject: Re: Was that the Papal We?

Dear Dan,

Your post has been resonating long after my first reply yesterday.
I have so many questions these days, and that in itself is not a bad thing,
but I am trying to rearrange my mindset to a Higher, more all encompassing
Truth of my / mankind's destiny and true origins, thereby incorporating
as much as possible your findings and experiences... You are giving me a hard time,
but I am grateful for that. Did not say the Buddha that "the Goal is the Way"?

I try to read and grasp most of your texts, started reading your "Alphabet of the heart"
and am amazed by your scholarship and knowledge in so many areas. However,
could I ask you some personal questions to see whether I am on track?

From what I have understood so far, Enki would be classified as the "good guy"
because he was naturally capable of generating more bliss by himself and Enlil needs to
(ab)use his mental powers over Enki / his brother to get that bliss from outside,
unable to produce bliss inside. Therefore the creation of "outer God(s)",
the necessity to be obedient, and the steady "rewards" depending on how successful
his mental slavery works on willing and ignorant people like me.

No liberation unless you can achieve a higher state of slavery, but still a state of slavery,
correct? It is clear that you see practically all institutionalized religions including

Catholicism / Christianity as vessels of Enlil. Does that mean that personal bliss from
the inside cannot be transferred through the temples unknowingly dedicated to
"an outer God"?

I feel that one can be part of institutionalized religion in a personal way and yet
attain some sort of personal bliss, out of the realization that GOD is indeed inside
all of us and resides in our heart. "The Christ" is clearly linked to the heart chakra
(Tiphereth - 6) and Kether (The Crown - 1) in the Kabballah. I mean, I have read
evidence on BBC World News, studies on "prayer" in different situations,
even laboratory circumstances if I recall well, and the beneficial effect it has on
our "system". Individual prayer can be strong, but collective prayer has an even
stronger field effect.

What do you think about this?

Answer from Dan:

From the literature it is clear that many in the Anunnaki groups
(the 'GODS' of Greece & Rome particularly) believed that instituting religions was
capable of serving the race of droid/slave Takadama (humans) they had created.

In the same way a golem as a projection of your own mind stuff - ectoplasm -
might eventually be nourished, watered and fed.

For example, read about Innana / Ninhursag - clearly the wet nurse -
egg inserted Draco half sister who served as the surrogate mother when Enki RA
'Lucifer' / AbRAham - swiped a CroMagnon egg to be fertilized with his own sperm.
In the Innana notes at http://inannareturns.com/ and more at goldenmean.info/thecollective
you can read her apologizing to us - the natives - for her interventionism.
She bemoans the fact that her same Draco family created intentionally both
the Islam and Catholic religions - for similar "friendly control" purposes -
only to discover in horror that these institutions merely became the excuse for
their 'human' family borg droid kids to murder each other by the millions.

quoting from- goldenmean.info/thecollective

Amazing how the lineage of Reptilian Orion Queens interventionism can be made
to sound all benevolent. - (they say: it was THEIR Draco warship over Christ's birth
which was the star...???? why should such DNA planning require a Draco Warship???
- Similar to the Draco craft-insignia same as the flag of Israel, called the Sun disk -
which appeared to cause the Fatima apparition - right at the Draco tunnel complex
entrance, Sintra-Portugal).

At least in the "Innana Returns", the returning Anunnaki interventionist Genetic
warrior lady has the decency to be apologetic about hacking away at our DNA
so cavalierly for millennia.

..." commentary on the DOMA way (Daughters of the Orion Draco 'Collective'):

This is yet another "History of the Elohim" (Anunnaki) on Earth, except notice
the exquisite spin-doctoring. Don't mind the continual apology for female
dominance, since the genetic truth has been repressed. Yet how much extortion
will it take to leverage us to accept our (Draco/Niburu) manipulators?

It is a VERY interesting Interventionist Anunnaki apologetics for the bible...
gives the ORION Queen Draco ("DOMA Collective") spin apology ...
VERY detailed explanation of the ET origin of Bible stories...
(The Orion Draco/Dragon Queen telepathic "hive mind' they call the "DOMA"
"collective"...."Daughters of Ma".)

One piece of useful info they offer, is that Enoch (scribe) was the shined up 'pride of the fleet'
Anunnaki DNA droid resubmitted to the Draco starships for inspection (hence his story...
see "Keys of Enoch" - take a lesson: Jim Hurtak's supposed 'hierarchy'). Enoch was the proof
the Draco queens needed to condemn Enki's family for disobeying their rules about un-planned
blood line crosses, particularly having sex with their own genetic engineer originators.

This suited angry half brother Enlil's (Yahweh) and the "Collective's" political excuse for
blowing up Atlantis. (Noah's story) - AND became the larger 'war in heaven' reported
in this article by Elana.

As I said to the authors:

"interesting PR.... I suppose your Orion Queen (DOMA) were afraid to show their
(Draco) Sumerian face (picture) ( ../lionpath/ ) and to illustrate that their red inverted
"M" cross vortex logo (below image - top of their web site) ("By this sign you shall
CONQUER" ?!?!) is the star map to Orion. See "Antarean conversion" orion starmap
pics at ../orion/orionheart.html

Their "devil" is Enki (Adonai) who was simply trying to defend having made
humans fertile..., hiding Cayin's (Cain) kids (genetic freedom embodied) in Atlantis..
(ref: Gardner). The interventionist Anunnaki geneticists' (Enlil family / DOMA)
nuclear disaster desertified Sinai, and by their own admission sunk Atlantis.
(Enki under the name Lucifer - got the bad press as 'devil' because his angry brother
Enlil/Yalweh/Amon owned the larger advertising budget.)



Whom they serve hides a bigger picture. ... see Anna Hayes "Voyagers",
Letters from Andromeda, "Guardians of the Grail" Morningsky,
"Genesis of the Grail Kings" Gardner....

The issue is: WHO WILL RESPECT the prime directive... individual freedom for
indigenous genepools...

They might mention which of their Draco relatives started the galactic black market
on live human glands for eating... for example... It is so kool how many meanings
we are given for "NEPHILIM"/the fallen ones. Every meaning except the real one:
those who lost the Glandular hygiene to get the superluminal squirt gun going in
their own DNA, without external borg like mechanical means."

(end quote from thecollective article..)

So Bart, the history of religion making on Earth - is mostly a history of whose ET
interventionism was winning the PR war enough to be harvesting
whose emotion juices to feed their own Egregor.

The word Egregor - as in Moni Sadhu "The Tarot" - refers to the amount of ectoplasmic juice
you can harvest to build which golemic structure you are trying to immortalize. For example
the Catholic, "Our Father" prayer has a huge Egregor of collected emotion juice which bumps
clumsily around Earth, occasionally rolling over some social structure, but probably mostly
serving as an 'astral milk house' for the ET interventionist - fallen ones - milking religions
for their juice (unable to make their own).

So, for the vast majority of Earth religion making activity - you merely choose politically
which ET parasite ghost you want your ectoplasmic juices to be feeding. It is not that it is
always evil to allow your emotion juice (coherence of charge envelope) to be pumping up
some racial golem ghost (Enlil's body). The question is - whether the design of the racial
golem ghost currently being pumped up by your ' religion' offers any self-empowering
outcome at the end of the tunnel.

The new article by Elana here (above) is merely outlining clearly that the nature of
the tunnel of golem food which the Hebrew religion mostly provides by it's designed
('oh let's repeat the mantra's of the borg hive computer Ashtar - singing "Ayer Asher Ayer"')
shapes - provides NO HOPE of a sustainable ensoulment for the one whose glands are
being milked. They merely pump the bottomless pit of Enlil's hungry ghost.

Take for example a Catholic 'saint' who dies having had so many ectoplasm producing
vision's of their supposed 'Jesus' (mostly a bunch of lies about how Tutankhamon died-mixed
with basically Egyptian myth - book: "Out of Egypt" & "House of the Messiah").
When they hallucinate with enough fervor the picture of the poor stupid myth on the cross -
eventually they are quite capable of producing bleeding nail holes in their hands.

Does this mean that they have somehow confirmed some accurate historical story - OR
somehow served their genepool - OR - somehow immortalized themselves....
NO - clearly not - none of the above. They have merely succeeding in pumping more than
usual astral emotion juice into the reigning parasite myth.

This is not to deny that some of the structures of religion have provided some
temporary comfort to the dumb humans. But in terms of quality of design...
The structures ENLIL / Yahweh - the JEWS (mostly fallen Seraphim) put in place
(particularly includes Australian aboriginals worship for the Draco gray's 'Wandjina'/An-Djin)
- are CLEARLY little but dead end tunnels to get food into fallen NEPHALIM - like Enlil himself.

LISTEN TO THOTH:

"YOU NEED NO LONGER BE SPAWN OF THE NEPHILIM" (if you would wake up).

This is the point - Elanan's new article above makes.

As for the structures - which ENKI (also known variously as Zarathustra, Kilimanjaro
in Zulu, RA, etc) put together- He says design a language (to make psychokinesis POSSIBLE)
based on symmetry of charge compression (origin alphabet http://spirals.eternite.com) -
and understand the star making force of your OWN bliss - goldenmean.info/consciouskids

Finally - your question on prayer points to good physics. We know the science of charge
compressing that makes the wave guide of prayer work. And we know it certainly does NOT
depend on externalizing a GOD idea. Good summary on prayer measurement in science -
chapter in the book - above link. Arrange your intent into the fractal symmetry of something
that's shareable... and charge will come to your implosive center to be steered by you.

Raise the Djed - the force is with you - be IN CHARGE - do not wait for someone elses parasitic
externalization of your own God force. (particularly a lo end reptilian interventionist
fallen nephalim like Enlil/Yalweh/Michael).

Designing BLISS is precisely successful at the moment the OUTER source of charge
compression becomes INNER (Implosion). Thus the symbolism of creating
a center of gravity for your BLISS which is outside you is precisely evidence that
your ritual is still feeding parasites.

As far as Enlil being only the bad guy - and Enki, the good. We always must fall in love
with precisely our most confused brothers like Enlil. He is someone deserving our compassion.
Yet specifically the impossibility of getting BLISS into glands full of millennium old
mechanized borg tech-knowledge, is precisely how his permanent loss of a soul generously
serves us by showing us what NOT to do.

IF we also choose to weld our DNA to metal preventing implosion bliss self ignition -
we too will join his borg. DNA gets self steering precisely (blissfully ignited)
when it is removed from the environment of less than fractal - metal. You could feel sorry
for Darth Vader in Star Trek for the choices he made to become half metal -
but this does not mean you join him. (Darth Vader in Star Wars- and Harkonen in DUNE
are inspired by Enki and Enlil's half machine Dad.)

Enki on the other hand, is not all hero. He is probably a bit loose with his sperm -
and does not take his own ancestors that seriously. He is a radical revolutionary.
But he is probably the best we got - to get a bit of angel making DNA into this genepool.
At least by falling in love with his own half kids genetic creations (the family of ab-RA-ham) -
he tried to offer us a chance to star making in our genes.

We are not into demonizing all our ancestors, but we are not into canonizing them either.
If you actually could meet your great great grandparents - you would probably find them cute -
but simple and relatively stupid. That is actually how I think we should view the Draco
and Anunnaki - who cooked up our DNA.

We honor Enki today under his progeny Hermes/Thoth with the symbol of the medical
profession and of DNA: THE CADEUCEUS. But in fact - my opinion having studied
the record is that Enki/RA/AbRAham/Lucifer was about as clever with DNA as the klutzes
who created the soulless horror -DOLLY THE SHEEP.

The only good that happened to Enki (who I am convinced is my ancestor -
and probably yours) - is that due mostly to his own promiscuity - he used his own sperm.
And THAT was interesting ... and from the point of view of the Orion based Drac government
who paid for his star craft (N-ibi uru) and lab - DEFINITELY ILLEGAL.

We benefitted from RA-abraham-Enki's use of his own sperm (and S'arra from Ur mated
with AbRAham - means Enki took the Assa Uru Drac lady for the wet nurse) because
Enki was the fellow on which all the genetic planning of the remnant humanoid line
had been pinned - the whole point of the Part One of the story here.

He was the best hope the human fragment (even those his Dad Antu from Sirius was
half borg machine) HAD, of getting some gravity making star bending force back in
their genes ('May the FORCE be WITH YOU'). So, that is why we now have a slight shot
at the privilege of becoming the vaccine for the whole Orion wars (bigger & older than
EA's - Enki's EArth).

That is also our ONLY hope of survival (DNA implosive gravity making BLISS) in the local
return of the Drac's here (goldenmean.info/invasion) - AND it is simultaneously also
the only hope of real humanoid survival in the bigger struggle against the borgs galaxy wide.

It is right - our DNA can only be saved if we can ignite it (read: Implosion:
Secret Science of Ecstasy & Immortality)

[hacksecret]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sistine_Chapel_ceiling

The iconic image of the hand of God giving life to Adam.


Despite records in the Carter library that show no meeting or phone call
between Spielberg and President Carter, the above picture shows clearly that
the two men did meet. Secondly despite a search for the actual photo of
the Spielberg/Carter meeting all that remains in the Carter library is this photocopy.

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/carter_spielberg.htm

http://www.toulo.com/product/ProductDetail.asp?ProductID=7934&CategoryID=10000


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Close_Encounters_of_the_Third_Kind


Spielberg with President Ronald Reagan and Nancy Reagan, fans of the film, in 1986

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/reagan_spielberg.htm

Letter from President Reagan to Steven Spielberg thanking him for showing "E.T.
The Extraterrestrial" at the White House.


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.T._the_Extra-Terrestrial

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/reagan1.htm

11/19/85 - President Reagan and Soviet General Secretary Gorbachev meet at their first Summit
in Geneva, Switzerland. It was during those private discussions where Reagan stated,
" I couldn't help but say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be
in these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this world from
some other species, from another planet, outside in the universe.
We'd forget all the little local differences that we have between our countries,
and we would find out once and for all that we really are all human beings here
on this Earth together."


An object is spotted flying past the Washington Monument
during President Barack Obama's inauguration
Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/worldnews/article-1127191/Did-UFO-fly-past-President-Barack-Obamas-inauguration.html?ITO=1490#ixzz0hqvCYDvP

http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,482427,00.html

Screenshot of video of what some speculate is a 'UFO' at President Obama's inauguration.

http://www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/news/article2165801.ece


Strange ... UFO seen whizzing past Washington monument
Read more: http://www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/news/article2165801.ece#ixzz0hqwZOkdW

http://www.examiner.com/x-2383-Honolulu-Exopolitics-Examiner~y2009m1d22-Clinton-Confirmation-opens-door-to-UFO-Files

Clinton before Senate Foreign Relations Committee. AP Photo

http://www.barackobamaufo.com/?p=774
CNN Catches UFO on Camera During Inauguration?




http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/master_file/jesusmyth9.htm

Jehovah a God of Power and Money
The suffering of the Jewish culture

(Excerpts Revelations of Awareness Newsletter Oct. 11, 1978)

This Awareness indicates that the Jewish culture had as its heritage, its religious and
ethnic pride and background which it could point to for identification, yet this culture
throughout history has felt itself to be in conflict with those who were not of that
particular religion or culture. This Awareness indicates that the conflict between the Muslims
and the Jewish, the Mohammed and the Jewish, the Christian and the Jewish cultures have been
emphasized for the last centuries in a manner that allowed the Jewish people to feel
a kind of stigma in relation to other cultures.

This Awareness indicates that the Nazi movement emphasized this even more greatly,
to the point were the Jewish culture began to question and wonder, "What have we done
to deserve this treatment?" This Awareness indicates that in this manner, there was
a deep examination of the basic quality which the Jewish people and their philosophy
and their attitudes expressed towards others. This Awareness indicates that these entities
took on a kind of sacrificial lamb experience whereby they became the victims of
the sacrifice to the forces that followed the god of power.

This Awareness indicates that when entities follow the god of power, lust and greed,
they may serve that god only so long as they themselves continue to feel themselves
insensitive to feeling, to mercy, to love, -- insensitive to levels of humanity.
This Awareness indicates that the god, Jehovah, as a god of power, favoring one people
over another, as basically defined and described as a god of power which the forces
of the Jewish or Hebrew culture worshipped and exemplified as an ideal.

This Awareness indicates that Jehovah basically is a money god. This Awareness indicates
that the Hebrew or Jewish culture moved for these thousands of years through the world
using the economic systems in a manner that allowed advantage to those who followed
the Lord God Jehovah, the powerful jealous god which represented the qualities which
controlled the material world. This Awareness indicates these forces as that which create
the matter in the universe. This Awareness indicates that the Yod-He-Shin-Vau-Heh,
(the Shin being the 5^th element), ties this back into Spirit.

This Awareness indicates Yod-He-Shin-Vau-Heh as their spelling for the name Jesus.
This Awareness suggests that this Yod-He-Vau-Heh as having been a key to the kingdom
of the material plane, whereas the Yod-He-Shin-Vau-Heh as being the key to the link
between spirit and matter. This Awareness suggests that the cruxification of Christ
as a symbolic action wherein the entity Jesus moved through the passion play and
gave his life as a sacrificial lamb to the end of the age of Aries, the age of David,
as a fisher of man entering into the Piscean Age.

This Awareness indicates this entity, having given his life to create a kind of
example for the Piscean Age, was said to have been slain by the Jews.
This Awareness indicates that in the story it is said that the Jews said:
"Let his blood be on our heads and on the heads of our children."
This Awareness indicates this statement as that which has assisted in creating hostility
toward the Jewish race by those who followed the Christian doctrines and teachings.

This Awareness indicates that the Jews in Germany as having moved into
the concentration camps and other forms of death in a passive, meek manner,
likened unto the lambs going to slaughter. This Awareness indicates that this is
also an action of passion play acted on a grand scale with a cast of millions.
This Awareness indicates this as such an unnecessary tragedy brought on by
these philosophies that allow nations, people families, individuals, to slaughter
one another or to sacrifice themselves for some belief or cause that is unnecessary,
and does not serve the purpose of constructive living. This Awareness indicates
that the repercussions of the cruxification of the entity Jesus as that which also
carries down through the ages. This Awareness indicates that the Wheel of Karma
(Reaction-Balance) continues to spin and spin, and to seek revenge after revenge,
until entities look carefully and say, "Enough! I shall not take my revenge.
I shall stop the Wheel of Karma (Reaction-Balance) right here."

This Awareness indicates that there is certain information regarding the action of
World War II which can be extremely shocking to many Jewish people, that
the US Labor Party presents much of this information (This reading given in 1978-Ed ).
This Awareness indicates that essentially, it boils down to the fact that the persons
who began setting up Hitler, and pressed the issues which led to World War II;
the entities who created the environment and who allowed the persecution of
the Jewish people were, to a large extend, of Jewish origin, in the cult known as Zionism.
This Awareness indicates this information can be quite shocking to many entities,
and that it will be no doubt be rejected by some, and may cause some hostility
to be directed towards this organization.

This Awareness suggests that it is a question of whether entities wish to believe in Santa Claus,
or whether entities wish to explore realities - whether entities wish to be told lies, or whether
entities wish to discover what is. This Awareness indicates that the Jewish people have
suffered much -- undue criticism and undue hostility -- much of this because certain
forces of Zionism have hidden behind the dress, behind the cloak, behind the skirts
of the Jewish people. This Awareness suggests that this as, in part, a situation that needs
to be balanced and reconciled. This Awareness indicates that entities may read the book,
Dope Incorporated (for information on the role of the Zionists in World War II).

This Awareness indicates that at present time (reading given in 1978-Ed),
the Jehovah have been put on a kind of probation by the Galactic Confederation.
Their punishment at present time for the actions of the past, is to undo the energies
which had been set in motion and to assist in bringing about greater peace and
harmony on this plane.

This Awareness indicates that in earlier times, the Jehovah worked hand-in-hand
with the Luciferians in their conquest of certain portions of this planet;
but generally the Jehovah and the Luciferians did not cooperate with one another
for any long period of time.

This Awareness indicates that likewise, the Luciferians and Natas, or Satanists,
once worked closely, having an alliance with one another, but this too, broke down
as the Natas found they could not trust the deceptive Luciferians, and the Luciferians
were not so caught up in the sadism of the Natas, but more concerned with using
energies of others for their own purposes (not having such sadistic qualities as the Natas).

The Natas being more concerned with sadism, finding more pleasure and receiving feelings
of power from these energies and these expressions. This Awareness indicates that
the Jehovah as being more concerned with vanity and appetite being reaped from
their own creation -- the Jehovah feeling justified in this action since they were creations
from their own cells. This Awareness indicates that this would be much like the concept
of raising robotoids for food.

Bigots Beware! You Could Reincarnate Into the Race you Dislike

This Awareness indicates that there are still entities who have hostility toward
the Jewish people. How many more would you like to see sacrificed before you cease
in this stupidity of bigotry? This Awareness indicates that each entity, when reincarnating
upon this plane, is potentially capable of reincarnating into another race, whether this be
Oriental, Jewish, Gipsy, Black, Caucasian, or the Brown Race, or the Latin nature.
This Awareness indicates that any entity has the potential of reincarnating into any culture,
any nation, any area, and any status of being, whether of poverty or wealth--
the potential is determined by those needs which will give the entity the greatest spiritual
growth, according to their ability to grow.

This Awareness indicates it behooves entities not to plant seeds of hostility toward
any particular race, culture, status or nation, for indeed they may return to live
a life within the skin of that culture which they have directed hostility towards.

http://www.crystalinks.com/moses.html

Moses



Facts about the life of Moses, as with others in ancient times, may or may not be entirely accurate.
The dates of Moses's birth and death are hard to establish. Many contemporary authorities
believe that the exodus took place in the 13th century BC. As the story goes ...
Moses was the son of Amram and his wife, Jochebed, a Levite. He is known as the legendary
Hebrew liberator, leader, lawgiver, prophet, historian, and founder of Israel, or the Jewish people.
According to the Hebrew Bible, Moses led the Israelites out of slavery in Egypt and into the desert,
and received the Torah of Judaism from God on Mount Sinai. The Torah contains the life story
of Moses and his people until his death at the age of 120 years, according to Jewish count was
in the year 2488, or 1272 BCE. Arising in part from his age, but also because 120 is elsewhere
stated as the maximum age for Noah's descendants (Genesis 6:3), "may you live to 120" has become
a common blessing among Jews.

Moses's greatest legacy was probably expounding the doctrine of monotheism, which was not
widely accepted at the time, codifying it in Jewish religion with the 1st Commandment,
and punishing polytheists. He is considered a prophet in Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.
The birth of Moses occurred at a time when the current Egyptian Pharaoh had commanded that
all male children born to Hebrew slaves should be killed by drowning in the Nile river.
The Torah leaves the identity of this Pharaoh unstated. But he is believed by some to be Ramses II;
other, earlier pharaohs have also been suggested including a Hyksos pharaoh or one shortly
after the Hyksos had been expelled. Jochebed, the wife of the Levite Amram, bore a son, and kept him
concealed for three months. When she could keep him hidden no longer, rather than deliver him
to be killed, she set him adrift on the Nile river in a small craft of bulrushes coated in pitch.
The daughter of Pharaoh discovered the baby and adopted him as her son, and named him "Moses"
(considered to mean "to draw out"). By Biblical account, Moses' sister Miriam observed the progress
of the tiny boat. Miriam then asked Pharaoh's daughter if she would like a Hebrew woman
to nurse the baby.

Thereafter, Jochebed was employed as the child's nurse, and he grew and was brought to
Pharaoh's daughter and became her son.When Moses reached adulthood, he went one day
to see how his brethren, slaves to the Egyptians, fared. Seeing an Egyptian mistreating a Hebrew,
he killed the Egyptian and hid his body in the sand, supposing that no one who would be disposed
to reveal the matter knew of it. The next day, seeing two Hebrews quarreling, he endeavored to
separate them, whereupon the Hebrew who was wronging the other taunted Moses for slaying
the Egyptian. Moses soon discovered from a higher source that the affair was known,
and that Pharaoh was likely to put him to death for it; he therefore made his escape to the Sinai peninsula
and settled with Hobab, or Jethro, priest of Midian, whose daughter Zipporah he in due time married.

There he sojourned forty years, following the occupation of a shepherd, during which time his son
Gershom was born. Moses is also said to have had an Ethiopian wife, according to Numbers 12:1.
(However, the 11th century Talmudic commentator Rashi stated that this is merely a reference to
the beauty of Zipporah.



One day, as Moses led his flock to Mount Horeb, he saw a bush burning without being consumed.
When he turned aside to look more closely at the marvel, God spoke to him from the bush revealing
his name to Moses.
In the time of Emperor Constantine, Mount Horeb was identified with Mount Sinai,
but scholars think it was located much farther north. God also commissioned him to go to Egypt
and deliver his fellow Hebrews from their bondage. He then returned to Egypt.
Moses was met on his arrival in Egypt by his elder brother, Aaron, and gained a hearing with
his oppressed brethren. It was a more difficult matter, however, to persuade Pharaoh to let
the Hebrews depart. This was not accomplished until God sent ten plagues upon the Egyptians.

These plagues culminated in the slaying of the Egyptian first-borns whereupon such terror seized
the Egyptians that they ordered the Hebrews to leave. The long procession moved slowly,
and found it necessary to encamp three times before passing the Egyptian frontier - some believe
at the Great Bitter Lake, while others propose sites as far south as the northern tip of the Red Sea.

Meanwhile, Pharaoh had a change of heart, and was in pursuit of them with a large army.
Shut in between this army and the sea, the Israelites despaired, but God divided the waters
so that they passed safely across on dry ground. When the Egyptian army attempted to follow,
God permitted the waters to return upon them and drown them.

The Day After Tomorrow : 2012





Following this, according to the last chapters of Exodus, the Tabernacle was constructed,
the priestly law ordained, the plan of encampment arranged both for the Levites and
the non-priestly tribes, and the Tabernacle consecrated.


As the Bible next describes, Moses then led the Israelites to Mount Sinai,
where God gave them the Ten Commandments and other laws contained in the Torah.



Through these laws, God is said to have established a covenant with the Israelite people.
The Israelites pledged to follow God's laws, and God promised to be their God forever.
These laws were intended to establish the moral principles by which the new Israelite nation
would govern itself and through which it would manifest God's hope for just and
right relationships among people.

When Moses first came down from Mount Sinai he saw that many of the Israelites had made
an image of a calf out of gold, which they were worshiping. In his anger,
Moses smashed the tablets containing the Ten Commandments.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6cfPMKv2fBM

This secret footage took my BREATH AWAY!

You know when you get the "a-ha" feeling? Like - when you have
believed in something your whole life, and when you hear and see the truth -
you get the most wonderful feeling there is!



https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bmp68Er0ZVc

Mystery Giant Skeleton Satellite Images

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3JLg-J_iyuU

Giant Skeleton - A Hoax or Misinformation about truth???

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pPA6-U8z8_Y

Giant Creature Uncovered by Tsunami

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B-8bVEIVUh8



https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ojTdBiFH5gY

STRANGE CREATURES - genetic hybrids and mythological animals

Pictures and footage of AMAZING CREATURES. We see all sorts of genetic hybrids
in the records left by our ancient ancestors. Our human scientists are just now
repeating history as "gods of the new age," by creating hybrid creatures in labs.

Furthermore, many of the strange amazing creatures that were written off as mythology
have now been proven REAL. The Kracken, a giant squid type creature was assumed
to be nothing more than marine folklore... until a giant squid washed up on shore,
that was as tall as a 6 story building (over 55 feet.)

And many scoff at the loch Ness Monster or Champ from Lake Champlaign...
yet you can see from these pictures that we have captured and photographed
many GIGANTIC sea serpents and land serpents.

Likewise, people disreguarded the biblical accounts of dragons and leviathon as mythology,
as well as the accounts during the middle ages where people would stumble across
dragons in remote caves/lairs. Yet the Chinese just recovered the remains of
a huge winged reptile, exactly matching the dragon descriptions, from the sea,
caught in a fishing net. That picture is in here as well. Furthermore, archeologists
have recovered many Gigantic reptile skeletons, yet they refuse to admit they confirm
the records of our ancestors about dragons, leviathon and other giant reptiles reigning on earth...
instead they just call the dinosaurs, and dismiss all other evidence as mythology.

I could go on and on, but the point is that this is a HUGE STRANGE universe,
and it's time to climb outside the box and recognize that these phenomena are part of REALITY.

THE TRUTH IS OUT THERE. THERE ARE LOGICAL AND SCIENTIFIC ANSWERS.
FOR MORE INFORMATION, PLEASE VISIT OUR FREE WEBSITE NETWORK,
OR PICK UP A COPY OF THE BOOK.

http://starfieldfound.org/article101_dragons.htm



The Nephilim

The sons of God and the daughters of Man
http://www.lamarzulli.net
http://www.giantmyths.com









http://nonlaw.forumotion.com/forum-f1/topic-t620-50.htm


แต่จะเป็นองค์ไหนดีล่ะ

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sitchin/names_gods.html

The Nibiruan Council Of Twelve

and their names translated into 12 language groups

NIBIRUAN	ANU	ANTU	NINKHURSAG	ISHKUR
SUMERIAN	ANSHAR	APSU/NINTUD	NINMAH	ADAD
HITTITE			NINTI	TESHUB
EGYPTIAN	GEB/SEB	NUT/NEITH	ISIS	HORUS
GREEK	KRONOS	RHEA	HERA	ARES
ROMAN	SATURN	OPS	JUNO	MARS
SANSKRIT	SAVITAR	ADITI	ADITI	MITRA
HINDI	TVASHTAR	APO	HARITI	MITHRAS
MAYAN	AKANCHOB	AKNA	COATLICUE	HUITZILOPOCHTI
INCAN	INTI/PUNCHAU	QUILLA	PACHAMAMA	VIRACOCHA RIMAC
TEUTONIC	BURI/MANNUS	TUISTO	EDUN/BESTLA	TIW/TYR/VE
SLAVONIC	SVAROG	MATI-ZEMLYA	DENNITSA	PERUN
FINNO-UGRIC	UKKO	AKKA/RAUNI	MADER-AKKA	ARIANROD
CELTIC	EOCHARD	DANU/ANU	BOANNA	ANGUS/OG

NIBIRUAN	ENLIL	NINLIL	ENKI	NINKI
SUMERIAN	ASSHUR	NAMMU	EA/URKI	DAMKINA
EGYPTIAN	OSIRIS	MA'AT	PTAH - KHNUM	NEPHTHYS
CANAANITE	BA'AL	ASHERAH
SEMITIC	YAHWEH ALLAH EL		ADONAI
GREEK	ZEUS	MAIA	POSEIDON HEPHAESTUS	LIBYA
ROMAN	JUPITER	MAJESTA	VULCAN	AFRICA
SANSKRIT	INDRA	INDRANI	AGNI	SVAHA
HINDI	VISHNU	MAYA	AHRIMAN/SHIVA	GANGA
MAYAN	TLALOC	CHALCHIUTLICUE	ITZAMNA	???
INCAN	CATEQUIL/PILAN	CUYCHA
TEUTONIC	THOR/DONAR	JØRD	HOENIR	???
SLAVONIC	DAZHBOG	MYESYATS	OGON	MARZANNA
FINNO-UGRIC	ILMA	???	AHTI	VELLAMO
CELTIC	DAGDA	GWYDIAN	MANANNAN	???

NIBIRUAN	NANNAR	ISH.KUR	UTU	INANNA
SUMERIAN	SIN	ADAD	SHAMASH	ISHTAR
EGYPTIAN	THOTH		HARPOCRATES	HATHOR
CANAANITE		BA'AL MOLOCH
SEMITIC	ALLAH	YAHWEH
GREEK	HERMES		APOLLO	APHRODITE
ROMAN	MERCURY		HELIOS	VENUS
SANSKRIT	SUDHANVAN		RUDRA	USHAS
HINDI	BUDDHA		RAMA	LAKSHMI
MAYAN	QUETZALCOATL		XOCHIPILI	TLAZOLTEOTL
INCAN	PIHUECHENYL		TAMENDONARE	CHASCA
TEUTONIC	ODIN/WODEN		ULL/MAGNI	FRIJI/FRIGG
SLAVONIC	VOLGA		VARPULIS	KUPALA
FINNO-UGRIC	VOGUL		???	???
CELTIC	LUG/LLEW		NUADA/LUDD	BRIGIT

NIBIRUAN	MARDUK	NINURTA	NERGAL	NINGISHZIDDA
SUMERIAN	BEL	NINGIRSU-NIMROD	ERRA
ASSYRIAN	ASHUR
EGYPTIAN	RA (AMON-RA)			TEHUTI / THOTH
GREEK				HERMES
MESOAMERICA				QUETZALCOALT KUKULKAN XIUHTECUHTLI TOPILTZIN

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/vida_alien/alien_races05.htm

Shambhala
and the UFO Connection

Ancient Documentations of UFO's and Evidence of Alien Races
Living on Earth During Ancient Times

Read a preview of the book 'In Search of Shambhala'

(1) An Overview of the Literature

"In various kinds of Asian and South Asian texts, we find references to flying machines
and aerial vehicles. Chinese and Indian stories tell of peoples or individual artisans
who constructed devices for travelling through the air. The stories take many different forms,
including quite fanciful romances. Others present a picture of inventors taking pains to
understand the basic principles of flight, and crafting machines of wood to achieve this goal."
- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin, "Mechanical Mythology: Private Descriptions of
Flying Machines as Found in Early Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts"

The word vimana is purportedly derived from vamana: "he who is able at three strides
to take measure of the entire earth and heavens."

"In the Vedic literature of India, there are many descriptions of flying machines
that are generally called Vimanas. These fall into two categories:

(1) manmade craft that resemble airplanes and fly with the aid of birdlike wings

(2) unstreamlined structures that fly in a mysterious manner and are generally
not made by human beings

The machines in category (1) are described mainly in medieval, secular Sanskrit works
dealing with architecture, automata, military siege engines, and other mechanical contrivances.

Those in category (2) are described in ancient works such as the Rg Veda, the Mahabharata,
the Ramayana, and the Puranas, and they have many features reminiscent of UFOs."

- Richard L. Thompson,
Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into
Modern UFO Phenomena

"One time while King Citaketu was traveling in outer space on a brilliantly effulgent airplane
given to him by Lord Vishnu, he saw Lord Siva..."

"The arrows released by Lord Siva appeared like fiery beams emanating from the sun globe
and covered the three residential airplanes, which could then no longer be seen."

- Srimad Bhagasvatam,
Sixth Canto, Part 3

"The so-called 'Rama Empire' of Northern India and Pakistan developed at least
fifteen thousand years ago on the Indian sub-continent and was a nation of many large,
sophisticated cities, many of which are still to be found in the deserts of Pakistan,
northern, and western India. Rama... was ruled by 'enlightened Priest-Kings'
who governed the cities.

"The seven greatest capital cities of Rama were known in classical Hindu texts
as 'The Seven Rishi Cities'. According to ancient Indian texts, the people had
flying machines which were called 'vimanas'. The ancient Indian epic describes
a Vimana as a double- deck, circular aircraft with portholes and a dome, much as
we would imagine a flying saucer. It flew with the "speed of the wind" and gave forth
a 'melodious sound'. There were at least four different types of Vimanas;
some saucer shaped, others like long cylinders ('cigar shaped airships')."

- D. Hatcher Childress,
"Ancient Indian Aircraft Technology"
-
In The Anti-Gravity Handbook

"An aerial chariot, the
Pushpaka, conveys many people to the capital
of Ayodhya. The sky is full of stupendous flying-machines, dark as
night,but picked out by lights with a yellowish glare."
- Mahavira of Bhavabhuti
- (A Jain text of the eighth century culled from older texts and
traditions)

"The Vedas, ancient Hindu poems, thought to be the oldest of all the
Indian texts, describe Vimanas of various shapes and sizes: the
'ahnihotra-vimana' with two engines, the 'elephant-vimana' with more
engines, and other types named after the kingfisher, ibis and other
animals."
- D. Hatcher Childress, "Ancient Indian Aircraft Technology"
-
In The Anti-Gravity Handbook

"Now Vata's chariot's greatness! Breaking goes it, And Thunderous is its noise,
To heaven it touches, Makes light lurid [a red fiery glare], and whirls dust upon the earth."

- Rig-Veda (Vata is the Aryan god of wind.)

"Taoist tales often tell of adepts or immortals flying through the air.
The xian were immortals capable of flight under their own divine power.
They were said to be feathered, and a term that has been used for Taoist priests
is yu ke, meaning 'feathered guest'. The fei tian, which might be translated
as 'flying immortals', also appear in early tales, adding to the numbers of airborne
beings in the Chinese mythological corpus."

"The Chinese tales of fei che, flying vehicles, exhibit the first understanding, perhaps,
that humans would fly only with some kind of technological apparatus.
A hymn written in the second century B.C. speaks of deity appearing in chariots
drawn by flying dragons."

- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin, "Mechanical Mythology: Private
Descriptions of Flying Machines as Found in Early Chinese, Korean,
Indian, and Other Texts"

(2) The Mahabharata

"The more typical Vimanas had flight characteristics resembling those reported for UFOs,
and the being associated with them were said to possess powers similar to those
presently ascribed to UFO entities. An interesting example of a vimana is the flying machine
which Salva, an ancient Indian king, acquired from Maya Danava, an inhabitant of
a planetary system called Taltala."

- Richard L. Thompson,
Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into Modern UFO Phenomena
"The cruel Salva had come mounted on the Saubha chariot that can go anywhere,
and from it he killed many valiant Vrishni youths and evilly devastated all the city parks."

- Mahabharata

"The Mahabharata, a poem of vast length and complexity, achieved its present form
in the second century A.D."

- Reader's Digest Mysteries of the Unexplained

"It is significant that Salva asked for a vehicle that could not be destroyed by Devas,
Asuras, Gandharvas, Uragas, or Raksasas. These are all powerful races of humanoid
beings that were openly active on the earth or in its general environs in Salva's time,
and so naturally he wanted to be able to defend himself against them.

"Salva's vehicle is described as an iron city, and thus it must have been metallic
in appearance and quite large....Many Vedic vimanas are described as flying cities,
and one is reminded of the very large 'mother-ships' that are sometimes discussed
in UFO reports."

- Richard L. Thompson, Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into Modern UFO Phenomena

"The airplane occupied by Salva was very mysterious. It was so extraordinary that
sometimes many airplanes would appear to be in the sky, and sometimes there were
apparently none. Sometimes the plane was visible and sometimes not visible,
and the warriors of the Yadu dynasty were puzzled about the whereabouts of
the peculiar airplane. Sometimes they would see the airplane on the ground,
sometimes flying in the sky, sometimes resting on the peak of a hill and sometimes
floating on the water. The wonderful airplane flew in the sky like a whirling firebrand -
it was not steady even for a moment."

- Bhaktivedanta, Swami Prabhupada, Krsna

"An Air Force RB-47, equipped with electronic countermeasure (ECM) gear and
manned by six officers, was followed by an unidentified object for a distance of well
over 700 mi. and for a time period of 1.5 hr., as it flew from Mississippi, through Louisiana
and Texas and into Oklahoma. The object was, at various times, seen visually by
the cockpit crew as an intensely luminous light, followed by ground-radar and
detected on ECM monitoring gear aboard the RB-47. Of special interest in this case
are several instances of simultaneous appearances and disappearances on all three
of these physically distinct 'channels', and rapidity of maneuvers beyond the prior
experience of the air crew."

- July 17, 1957 sighting reported in the journal Astronautics and Aeronautics

"It is significant that Salva dropped such things as snakes, stones, and tree trunks
from his Vimana. There is no mention of bombs, and it would seem that even though
Salva possessed a remarkable flying machine, he did not have the kind of aerial weapons
technology used in World War II. He did, however, have a quite different technology,
which could be used to affect the weather and produce whirlwinds, thunderbolts,
and hailstones."

- Richard L. Thompson,
Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into Modern UFO Phenomena

There is this account by the hero Krishna that is suggestive of more modern weapons.

As he takes to the skies in pursuit of Salva:

"His Saubha clung to the sky at a league's length...He threw at me rockets, missiles,
spears, spikes, battle-axes, three-bladed javelins, flame-throwers, without pausing....
The sky...seemed to hold a hundred suns, a hundred moons...and a hundred myriad stars.
Neither day nor night could be made out, or the points of compass."

- The Mahabharata

Later, when Saubha becomes invisible, Krishna relates:

"I quickly laid on an arrow, which killed by seeking out sound, to kill them...
All the Danavas [troops in Salva's army] who had been screeching lay dead,
killed by the blazing sunlike arrows that were triggered by sound."

- The Mahabharata

"But the Saubha itself has escaped the attack, and at last Krishna hurls against it
his 'favorite fire weapon', a discus having the shape of the 'haloed sun'.
Severed in two by the impact, the aerial city falls down. "Salva himself is killed,
and with his death this episode of The Mahabharata comes to an end."

- Reader's Digest Mysteries of the Unexplained

In another episode the fearful Agneya weapon, "a blazing missile of smokeless fire"
is unleashed by the hero Adwattan.

"Dense arrows of flame, like a great shower, issued forth upon creation,
encompassing the enemy....A thick gloom swiftly settled upon the Pandava hosts.
All points of the compass were lost in darkness. Fierce winds began to blow.
Clouds roared upward, showering dust and gravel.

"Birds croaked madly...the very elements seemed disturbed. The sun seemed to waver
in the heavens. The earth shook, scorched by the terrible violent heat of this weapon.
Elephants burst into flame and ran to and fro in a frenzy...over a vast area, other animals
crumpled to the ground and died. From all points of the compass the arrows of flame
rained continuously and fiercely."

"Gurkha, flying in his swift and powerful Vimana, hurled against the three cities of
the Vrishnis and Andhakas a single projectile charged with all the power of the Universe.
An incandescent column of smoke and flame as bright as the thousand suns rose in
all its splendour... An iron thunderbolt, a gigantic messenger of death, which reduced
to ashes the entire race of the Vrishnis and the Andhakas.... The corpses were so burned
as to be unrecognizable. The hair and nails fell out; pottery broke without apparent cause,
and the birds turned white....After a few hours all foodstuffs were infected.... To escape from
this fire, the soldiers threw themselves in streams to wash themselves and their equipment..."

- The Mahabharata

"It would seem that The Mahabharata is describing an atomic war! References like this one
are not isolated; but battles, using a fantastic array of weapons and aerial vehicles
are common in all the epic Indian books. One even describes a Vimana-Vailix battle on the Moon!
The above section very accurately describes what an atomic explosion would look like
and the effects of the radioactivity on the population. Jumping into water is the only respite.

"When the Rishi City of Mohenjo-Daro was excavated by archaeologists in the last century,
they found skeletons just lying in the streets, some of them holding hands,
as if some great doom had suddenly overtaken them. These skeletons are among
the most radioactive ever found, on a par with those found at Hiroshima and Nagasaki."






"Furthermore, at Mohenjo-Daro, a well planned city laid on a grid, with a plumbing system
superior to those used in Pakistan and India today, the streets were littered with
'black lumps of glass'. These globs of glass were discovered to be clay pots that
had melted under intense heat! "

- D. Hatcher Childress, "Ancient Indian Aircraft Technology"
- In The Anti-Gravity Handbook

There is another account of such a weapon:

"Cuka, flying on board a high-powered Vimana, hurled on to the triple city a single projectile
charged with all the power of the universe. An incandescent column of smoke and flame,
as bright as ten thousand suns, rose in all the splendor... When the Vimana returned to Earth,
it looked like a splendid block of antimony resting on the ground."

- Mausola Purva[/size]

An Examination of the Technology

(1) The Dreamlike Quality of Vimanas

"O King, this beautifully decorated airplane had been manufactured by the demon Maya
and was equipped with weapons for all types of combat. It was inconceivable and
indescribable. Indeed, it was sometimes visible and sometimes not. Seated in this airplane
under a beautiful protective umbrella and being fanned by the best of camaras,
Maharaja Bai, surrounded by his captains and commanders, appeared just like the moon
rising in the evening, illuminating all directions."

- Swami Prabhupada Bhaktivedanta, Srimad Bhagavatam

"The Vedic universe is described as a product of maya, or illusion, and it can be thought
of as a universal virtual reality system.....The role of the computer is played by a fundamental
energy called pradhana. This energy is activated by an expansion of the Supreme
known as Maha-Visnu, who acts as the universal programmer. Thus activated pradhana
produces subtle forms of energy, and these in turn produce gross matter."

"Uma, the wife of Lord Siva, is also known as Maya Devi, or the goddess in charge
of the illusory energy. She is also the Mother Goddess who has been worshipped
all over the world by many different names. Since Siva is Uma's husband,
he is the master of illusion and technology. Thus there is a natural connection
between Lord Siva, who Salva approached to obtain his Vimana, and Maya Danava,
the master of illusion who manufactured it."

- Richard L. Thompson, Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into Modern UFO Phenomena

Many of properties of the Vimanas bring to mind the ephemeral nature of UFO's and
their seeming ability to defy the conventional laws of physics. Carl Jung has remarked
on the dreamlike quality of UFO's, and somewhere, amidst the observation of bright lights
and lost time, the delineation between objective and subjective consciousness
appears to break down.

"Our research has found extensive similarities between UFO encounters and religious
and metaphysical mysticism, folklore, shamans' trances, migraine attacks, and even
the operations of the creative imagination. Among the similarities are recurrent
image-constants, a basically consistent sequence of events, and the unusual
"peak experience" quality common to all. Also, very bizarre incidents in abduction reports
have parallels in these phenomena. For example, the embarrassingly incredible
"bodily dismemberment" sometimes reported by abductees is a regular feature of shaman's
"death-rebirth" trances."

- Alvin H. Lawson

Do the Vimanas represent an ancient technology that utilizes the forces of nature
(such as transient geophysical electrical fields) to effect human consciousness and
alter the perception of reality? Certainly there have been rumors of psychotronic devices,
such as those reported tested in the "M" Triangle area west of Moscow.

"There exists a natural phenomenon whose manifestations border on both
the physical and the mental. There is a medium in which human dreams can be
implemented, and this is the mechanism by which UFO events are generated,
needing no superior intelligence to trigger them. This would explain the fugitivity
of UFO manifestations, the alleged contact with friendly occupants, and the fact that
the objects appear to keep pace with human technology and to use current symbols."

- Jacques Valleé [/size]

An early UFO report in 1929 (18 years before Kenneth Arnold filed his famous report
which lead newspapers to coin the term "flying saucers") may be instructive. In a valley in
between Mongolia and Tibet, a team of Norwegians and sherpas had just completed building
a shrine dedicated to Shambhala. (To Tibetan lamas, Shambhala [which means "quietude"]
is a secret place of enlightenment in the northern mountains.)

"On August fifth - something remarkable! We were in our camp in the Kukunor district
not far from the Humboldt Chain. In the morning about half-past nine some of
our caravaneers noticed a remarkably big black eagle flying over us. Seven of us
began to watch this unusual bird. At this same moment another of our caravaneers
remarked, 'There is something far above the bird'. And he shouted in his astonishment.
We all saw, in a direction from north to south, something big and shiny reflecting the sun,
like a huge oval moving at great speed. Crossing our camp the thing changed in its direction
from south to southwest. And we saw how it disappeared in the intense blue sky.
We even had time to take our field glasses and saw quite distinctly an oval form
with shiny surface, one side of which was brilliant from the sun."

- Nicholas Roerich, Altai-Himalaya

According to a lama, the shiny oval was a "Radiant form of Matter" from Shambhala.
It was, he said, a protecting force that was always near but could not always be perceived.
In Tibetan Buddhist belief "matter is a development of thought,
crystallized mental energy".

"What we are today comes from our thoughts of yesterday, and our present
thoughts build our like of tomorrow; our life is the creation of our mind."

- The Dhammapada[/size]

Students are taught to mentally visualize their tutelary god which slowly takes on the same
quasi-reality as a phantom monk. Under experienced control such ephemeral creations of
the mind, or tulpas, can take many different forms such as man, animal, tree, rock, etc.

"Once the tulpa is endowed with enough vitality to be capable of playing the part of
a real being, it tends to free itself from its maker's control....Tibetan magicians also
relate cases in which the tulpa is sent to fulfill a mission, but does not come back and
pursues its peregrinations as a half-conscious, dangerously mischievous puppet.
The same thing, it is said, may happen when the maker of the tulpa dies before
having dissolved it."

- Alexandra David-Neel,
With Mystics and Magicians in Tibet

(3) Indian Technological Data

"There are ancient Indian accounts of manmade wooden vehicles that flew with wings
in the manner of modern airplanes. Although these wooden vehicles were also called
Vimanas, most Vimanas were not at all like airplanes. "

- Richard L. Thompson, Alien Identities - Ancient Insights into Modern UFO Phenomena

"According to ancient Sanskrit texts found a few years ago by Westerners in
a South Indian temple, Vimanas were open topped flying devices, not strictly UFOs
since they were restricted to the Earth's atmosphere. Dr. Roberto Pinotti is an Italian scientist,
and on the 12^th of October 1988 was a speaker in the World Space Conference in Bangalore,
India. He referred to several Hindu texts and pointed out that Indian gods and heroes
fought in the skies using piloted vehicles armed with weapons. These weapons consisted
of seven different types of mirrors and lenses which were used for offensive and
defensive purposes. The 'Pinjula Mirror' offered a form of 'visual shield' preventing
the pilots from 'evil rays', and the weapon named 'Marika' was used to shoot enemy aircraft.
Dr. Pinotti said that these weapons 'do not seem to be too different from what we today
call laser technology'.

"The vehicles themselves were made of special heat absorbing metals,
called 'Somaka, Soundalike and Mourthwika'. According to Dr. Pinotti, the 'principles of
propulsion as far as the descriptions were concerned, might be defined as electrical and
chemical, but solar energy was involved as well.' Other scientists have put forward
the theory that the craft were driven by some sort of mercury ion propulsion system.
Dr. Pinotti concluded that the fact that Vimanas were written about hundreds, perhaps
even thousands, of years ago, plus that they resembled modern UFOs would suggest that
India had a '...superior but forgotten civilization. In the light of this, we think it will be
better to examine the Hindu texts and subject the descriptive models of Vimanas
to more scientific scrutiny'."

- Nick Humphries, "UFO Guide"

"The Puspaku Car, that resembles the sun and belongs to my brother, was brought
by the powerful Ravan; that aerial and excellent car, going everywhere at will, is ready for thee.
That car, resembling a bright cloud in the sky, is in the city of Lanka."

- Ramayana

"According to the Dronaparva, part of the Mahabarata, and the Ramayana, one Vimana
described was shaped like a sphere and born along at great speed on a mighty wind
generated by mercury. It moved like a UFO, going up, down, backwards and forwards
as the pilot desired. In another Indian source, the Samar, Vimanas were 'iron machines,
well-knit and smooth, with a charge of mercury that shot out of the back in the form
of a roaring flame'. Another work called the Samaranganasutradhara describes how
the vehicles were constructed. It is possible that mercury did have something to do
with the propulsion, or more possibly, with the guidance system.

Curiously, Soviet scientists have discovered what they call 'age-old instruments used in
navigating cosmic vehicles' in caves in Turkestan and the Gobi Desert. The 'devices' are
hemispherical objects of glass or porcelain, ending in a cone with a drop of mercury inside."

- D. Hatcher Childress, "Ancient Indian Aircraft Technology"
-
In The Anti-Gravity Handbook

"G. R.. Josyer, director of the International Academy of Sanskrit Research in Mysore, India,
stated on September 25, 1952, that Indian manuscripts several thousands of years old dealt
with the construction of various types of aircraft for civil aviation and for warfare.

"The specific manuscript on aeronautics included plans for three types of Vimanas (aircraft),
the Rukma, Sundara, and Shakuna. Five hundred stanzas of an ancient text treat of
such intricate details as the choice and preparation of metals which would be suitable
for various parts of Vimanas of different types."

"There were eight chapters...that provided plans for the construction of aircraft that
flew in the air, traveled under water, or floated pontoon-like on the water's surface.
Some stanzas told of the qualifications and training of pilots."

- Brad Steiger,
Worlds Before Our Own

"Indeed, there are a remarkable number of stories which involve the construction of
flying machines. Within some of these stories, we find an interesting clue as to their
possible source. In another set of eleventh-century narratives, the Brihat Kath Álokasamgraha,
carpenters are involved in the attempt to construct a flying vehicle. When asked by
Rumanavat to build a machine which can fly, they reply that such aerial devices are
only known to the Yavanas, i.e., the Greeks.

"This is repeated again in the same story, with the suggestion that it is kept as
a secret by them. Another romance, the 'Deeds of King Harsha', from the seventh century,
speaks of a flying machine made by a Greek who had been taken prisoner.
Laufer notes that the term for the aerial machine in this tale is 'a mechanical vehicle
(yantray na) which travels on the surface of the air'."

Clive Hart, The Prehistory of Flight (Berkeley, 1985) "chronologically lists references
in various Western texts to flying machines [pp.195-197 et ff.] It is notable that most of
these early references to flight in these sources involve the use of man-made wings.
There are no discussions of more complex man-carrying aerial vehicles as we found
in the Chinese, Korean, and Indian tales."

- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin, "Mechanical Mythology: Private
Descriptions of Flying Machines as Found in Early Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts"

(4) Chinese and Korean Flying Devices

The earliest written Chinese account of flying machines describes them as taking place in
remote antiquity. The following selections are from Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin,
"Mechanical Mythology: Private Descriptions of Flying Machines as Found in
Early Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts", which I am able to quote with the kind
permission of the author.

"The Chi Kung people were good at making mechanical devices for killing [all kinds of] birds.
They could also make aerial carriages which, with a fair wind, traveled great distances.
In the time of the emperor Thang [mid-second millennium B.C.], a westerly wind carried
such a car as far as Yüchow, whereupon Thang had the car taken to pieces, not wishing
his own people to see it. Ten years later there came an easterly wind (of sufficient strength),
and then the car was reassembled and the visitors were sent back to their own country,
which lies 40,000 li beyond the Jade Gate."

- Chang Hua, "Po Wu Chih" ('Record of Investigation of Things') in the Po Wu Chih

Like the devices described in the Indian Brihat Kath Álokasamgraha, Chinese flying machines
are often described as being made of wood and fly according to straightforward (although not understood)
mechanical principles. The following accounts also postdate the spread of Hellenistic culture.

"On the southern peak of Tian Lau mountain, a long time ago, Lu Ban carved some wood
into a crane which then flew 700 li. Later, the bird was placed on the west peak of
the northern mountain. Emperor Wu [157-87 B.C.] ordered his people to go take it,
but then it flew back to the southern peak. Often, when it looks like it is about to rain,
then the bird's wings begin to move, flapping as if it is about to fly."

- Shu I Chi

"By the third century A.D., we read of people constructing a flying vehicle."

- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin, "Mechanical Mythology: Private Descriptions of
Flying Machines as Found in Early Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts"

"Some use the inner part of the jujube [=date] tree to make a flying vehicle,
using ox leather straps fastened to encircling blades, so as to propel this machine.
Some others have the idea of making five snakes, six dragons, and three oxen
[these are kites in the shape of these animals] encounter the 'hard wind', and so ride it
(i.e., the vehicle), rising up 40 li. [That region] is called the Tai Qing ('Area of Upper Air').
In the Tai Qing region, the air is very hard, and can lift people. The Master says that
a yuan [this word can mean 'kite' or 'hawk'] flying, spiraling higher and higher, only needs
to straighten out its two wings and not flap them any more to move forward, because it is
riding on the hard wind. The dragons when they first rise up, step on the clouds,
going to 40 li [altitude], then fly by themselves. This account comes from the [Taoist] adepts,
and is recounted, being handed down to ordinary people, yet the common people are not
really able to understand it."

- Ko Hung
(A.D. 283-343), Pao Pu Tzu

"...The picture we get of the device is quite ambiguous, with ox leather straps somehow
tied to a circle of swords or blades, or blades [moving?] around. The motion of the blades,
though, is never really clearly described in the passage, nor is the overall configuration
of the vehicle. We are left with the nonetheless interesting fact that there is a description
of a mechanical device intended for flying."

"This is precisely what is relevant in these stories to the historian of science:
the fact that a romantic tale or story should employ a mechanical device and at times
even include a description of its construction or function. This fact does not necessarily
mean that the stories contain elements of fact, or actual records of some now-lost technology."

- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin,
"Mechanical Mythology: Private Descriptions of Flying
Machines as Found in Early Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts"

The Koreans have accounts of similar flying machines, although of much more recent derivation.

"There is another story related to these [ways of naming]. Jung Pyung Goo was
the inventor of an airplane in Choson [Korea]. During the Im Jin War
[between Korea and Japan, 1592-1597], when Jin Joo fortress was in danger, he rescued
his friend by an airplane, flying 30 miles away, and then landing. The spinning top with
which children play, 'Ping Goo', whirls around on the ground as it is whipped by them,
and then lifts up into the air. This is like Jung Pyung Goo's riding of the airplane,
moving up and down. So the name 'Pyung Goo' was given [to the top], changed to 'Ping Goo'."
-
Kwon Tokkyu in a 1923 Korean text

Where were such machines manufactured?

"Several thousand of li from China, in what is today Russia... it is said that the people
were able to manufacture wheels for a flying machine. Each flying machine required
four wheels in all. Furthermore, legend has it that they were able to fly one thousand
li in one day. The people of Xi Wu [?] also produced a flying machine, and utilizing
a bellows [usually] used in smelting, a pulley hauling device, and other methods,
enabled the flying machine to move. The machine was able to float in the air and
move freely and without obstacle on rivers or land. During the dangerous times of war
and turmoil, this vehicle could be used to ward off attacks from the enemy."

- Yi Kyu Gyong, "A Discriminating Look at the Possibilities of
Flying Machines" in A Compilation of Previously Uncollected Texts
from Throughout the World

"What caused the creation of this separate category of 'technical myths' is not entirely clear.
One what might well ask why the some of the stories ever entered into discussions of
machines at all. Why didn't stories of winged beings and levitating immortals simply continue?
Why did this separate category of humans in flying machines arise? Perhaps there is
a connection to the development of kites, which occurred at a period in China preceding
many of these tales of 'aerial carriages'. Kites gave people a view of flight made practical:
structures made of bamboo, wood, cloth, and paper, man-made devices actually airborne.
There are even stories of kites large enough to hold individuals, a not implausible scenario."

- Dr. Benjamin B. Olshin, "Mechanical Mythology:
Private Descriptions of Flying Machines as Found in Early
Chinese, Korean, Indian, and Other Texts"

Back To Alien Races

Back to Shambahla

Back to Vimanas

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/sociopolitica/sociopol_buddhism01.htm





by Alan Baker
]extracted from 'Chapter 4 -Invisible Eagle - The History of Nazi Occultism'
from DocStoc Website

At first sight, it might seem strange in the extreme that the architects of the Third Reich
would be interested in a region that many consider to be the spiritual centre of the world;
until, that is, we remember that, according to Thulean mythology, this centre was once
the Aryan homeland in the Arctic, and was displaced with the fall of Atlantis around 10,800 BC.

Since then, the spiritual centre, while remaining hidden from the vast majority of humanity
who are unworthy of its secrets, has nevertheless been the primary force controlling
the destiny of the planet. ⁽¹⁾ The two hidden realms of Agartha and Shambhala constitute
the double source of supernatural power emanating from Tibet, and have come to occupy an
important place in twentieth-century occultism and fringe science.

Before we address the Third Reich’s alleged interest in Agartha and Shambhala,
it is essential that we pause for a (necessarily brief) examination of the role of
Shambhala in Tibetan mysticism.

In this way, we may chart the course of its warping and degradation as it was fitted
into the Nazi scheme of crypto-history.

The Land of the Immortals

The writer Andrew Tomas spent many years studying the myths and legends of the Far East,
and his book Shambhala: Oasis of Light is an eloquent argument in favor of the realm’s
actual existence. In the book, Tomas cites the ancient writings of China, which refer to
Nu and Kua, the ‘Asiatic prototypes of Adam and Eve’ and their birthplace in
the Kun Lun Mountains of Central Asia.

It is something of a mystery-why such a desolate, forbidding place should serve as
the Chinese Garden of Eden rather than more hospitable regions such as the Yangtse Valley
or the province of Shantung, and Tomas speculates that the Gobi Desert may at one time
have been an inland sea with accompanying fertile land.⁽²⁾

As we shall see later in this chapter, the Gobi is a prime candidate as a site for one of
the ancient and unknown civilizing cultures whose wisdom has been passed down
through the ages.

The Kun Lun Mountains hold a very important place in Chinese mythology,
since it is in this range that the Immortals are believed to live, ruled by Hsi Wang Mu,
the Queen Mother of the West. Hsi Wang Mu, who is also called Kuan Yin,
the goddess of mercy, is said to live in a nine-storeyed palace of jade.
Surrounding this palace is a vast garden in which grows the Peach Tree of Immortality.
Only the most wise and virtuous of human beings are permitted to visit the garden and
eat the fruit, which appears only once every 6,000 years. ⁽³⁾

The Immortals who aid Hsi Wang Mu in her attempts to guide humanity towards wisdom
and compassion possess perfect, ageless bodies, and are said to be able to travel
anywhere in the Universe, and to live on the planets of other star systems.
As Tomas notes, whether the ancient Chinese believed that the Immortals could travel
in space in their physical bodies or by projecting their minds, this is still a remarkable
concept to entertain, since it is based on an acceptance of the plurality of inhabited
worlds in the Cosmos.

Ancient Chinese texts are replete with legends regarding the attempts of many people
to cross the Gobi Desert to the Kun Lun Mountains. The most famous of these searchers
is surely the great philosopher Lao Tzu (c. 6th century BC), author of the book of Taoist
teaching Tao Te Ching, who is said to have made the journey across the Gobi towards
the end of his life.

The Vatican archives also contain many reports made by Catholic missionaries concerning
deputations from the emperors of China to the spiritual beings living in the mountains.
These beings possess bodies that are visible, but which are not made of flesh and blood:
they are the ‘mind-born’ gods whose bodies are composed of elementary atomic matter,
which allow them to live anywhere in the Universe, even at the centers of stars.

The people of India also believe in a place of wisdom and spiritual perfection;
they call it Kalapa or Katapa, and it is said to lie in a region north of the Himalayas, in Tibet.
According to Indian tradition, the Gobi Desert is the floor of what was once a great sea,
which contained an island called Sweta-Dvipa (White Island). The great Yogis who once
lived there are believed to live still in the high mountains and deep valleys that once formed
the island of Sweta-Dvipa.

This island has been identified by Orientalists with the Isle of Shambhala of Puranic literature,
which is said to stand at the centre of a lake of nectar.

In the seventeenth century, two Jesuit missionaries, Stephen Cacella and John Cabral,
recorded the existence of Chang Shambhala, as described to them by the lamas of Shigatse,
where Cacella lived for 23 years until his death in 1650. (Chang Shambhala means
Northern Shambhala, which differentiates the abode of the spiritual adepts from the town
called Shamballa, north of Benares, India.) ⁽⁴⁾

Nearly 200 years later, a Hungarian philologist named Csoma de Koros, who lived for
four years from 1827-30 in a Buddhist monastery in Tibet, claimed that Chang Shambhala
lay between 45° and 50° north latitude, beyond the river Syr Daria. ⁽⁵⁾

Legends of a hidden spiritual centre, a sacred zone whose inhabitants secretly guide
the evolution of life on Earth, are widespread in the ancient cultures of the East.

The writer Victoria Le Page describes this wondrous realm thus:

... [S]omewhere beyond Tibet, among the icy peaks and secluded valleys of Central Asia,
there lies an inaccessible paradise, a place of universal wisdom and ineffable peace
called Shambhala ... It is inhabited by adepts from every race and culture who form
an inner circle of humanity secretly guiding its evolution.

In that place, so the legends say, sages have existed since the beginning of human history
in a valley of supreme beatitude that is sheltered from the icy arctic winds and where
the climate is always warm and temperate, the sun always shines, the gentle airs are
always beneficient and nature flowers luxuriantly. ⁽⁶⁾

Only the purest of heart are allowed to find this place (others, less idealistically motivated,
who search for it risk an icy grave) where want, evil, violence and injustice do not exist.

The inhabitants possess both supernatural powers and a highly advanced technology;
their bodies are perfect, and they devote their time to the study of the arts and sciences.
The concept of the hidden spiritual centre of the world is to be found in Hinduism,
Buddhism, Taoism, shamanism and other ancient traditions. In the Bon religion of
pre-Buddhist Tibet, Shambhala is also called ‘Olmolungring’ and ‘Dejong’.

In Tibetan Buddhism, the Shambhalic tradition is enshrined within the Kalachakra texts,
which are said to have been taught to the King of Shambhala by the Buddha before
being returned to India.⁽⁷⁾

As might be expected with such a marvelous, legend-haunted place, there has been
a great deal of speculation as to the exact whereabouts of Shambhala. (It is unlikely
to be found at Koros’s map coordinates.) While some esotericists believe that
Shambhala is a real place with a concrete, physical presence in a secret location
on Earth, others prefer to see it as existing on a higher spiritual plane,
what might be called another dimension of space-time coterminous with our own.
Alternatively, Shambhala might be considered as a state of mind, comparable to the terms
in which some consider the Holy Grail.

As with the Grail, Shambhala maybe a state within ourselves, in which we may gain
an insight into the higher spirituality inherent in the Universe, as distinct from
the mundane world of base matter in which we normally exist.

Having said this, it should be noted that there are certain cases on record in which
Westerners have experienced visions of a place bearing a striking resemblance to
the fabled Shambhala. Victoria Le Page cites a particularly intriguing case in her book
Shambhala: The Fascinating Truth Behind the Myth of Shangri-la. The case was
investigated by a Dr Raynor Johnson who, in the 1960s, gathered together several hundred
first-hand accounts of mystical experiences. It involved a young Australian woman
who claimed to have psychic abilities, and who was referred to simply as L.C.W.

L.C.W. wrote that at the age of 21 she began to attend a place she came to know as ‘Night-School’.

At night she would fly in her sleep to this place, the location of which she had no idea.
Once there she would join other people in dance exercises which she later recognized
as being similar to the dervish exercises taught by George Gurdjieff. After several years,
she graduated to a different class, where she was taught spiritual lessons from a great book
of wisdom. It was only years later, when L.C.W. began to take an interest in mystical literature,
that she realized the true location of Night-School must have been Shambhala.

L.C.W. had other visions in which she saw what appeared to be a gigantic mast or antenna,
extending from Earth deep into interstellar space.

The base of this antenna was in the Pamirs or Tien Shan Mountains, regions which are
traditionally associated with Shambhala. She was taken towards this antenna by
an invisible guide, and saw that it was a pillar of energy whose branches were actually
paths leading to other worlds, marked by geometrical figures such as circles, triangles
and squares. According to L.C.W., this ‘antenna’ was nothing less than a gateway
to other times, other dimensions and other regions of this Universe.

In addition to the antenna serving as a gateway for souls from Earth
to travel to other times and places,

‘she believed souls from other systems in space could enter the earth sphere
by the same route, carrying their own spiritual influences with them’. ⁽⁸⁾

L.C.W. also maintained that the antenna could be controlled directly by the mind of the voyager,
and would extend a branch or ‘pseudopod’ in response to a single thought. This branch then
became a ‘trajectory of light’ along which the soul would travel; in her case, she found herself
in China 30 years in the future. The spiritual being who was guiding her explained that
the earth was in the process of being purified, and that a ‘great rebirth’ was about to occur.

She also witnessed the apparent falling of a cluster of ‘stars’ that represented
the arrival of ‘high souls [that] were now coming down to help in the special event’. ⁽⁹⁾

Our knowledge of the Shambhalic tradition in the West has come mainly from Orientalist scholars
such as Helena Blavatsky, Rene Guenon, Louis Jacolliot, Saint-Yves d’Alveydre and
Nicholas Roerich. Since we have already spent some time with Madame Blavatsky,
we may turn our attention to the work of the others, notably Nicholas Roerich (1874-1947),
poet, artist, mystic and humanist, and perhaps the most famous and respected of
the esotericists who brought news of this fabulous realm to Westerners.

Born in St Petersburg, Russia in 1874, Nicholas Roerich came from a distinguished family
whose ability to trace its origins to the Vikings of the tenth century inspired his early
interest in archaeology. This interest led in turn to a lifelong fascination with art, through which,
in the words of K. P. Tampy, who wrote a monograph on Roerich in 1935, he became
‘possessed of a burning desire to get at the beautiful and make use of it for his brethren’. ⁽¹⁰⁾

After attending the St Petersburg Academy of Fine Art, Roerich went to Paris to continue
his studies. In 1906, he won a prize for his design of a new church, and was also rewarded
with the position of Director of the Academy for the Encouragement of Fine Arts in Russia.
However, the Russian Revolution occurred while he was on a visit to America, and he found
himself unable to return to his motherland. Roerich’s profound interest in Buddhist mysticism
led to his proposing an expedition in 1923 that would explore India, Mongolia and Tibet.

The Roerich Expedition of 1923-26 was made across the Gobi Desert to the Altai Mountains.
It was during this expedition that Roerich’s party had a most unusual experience -
one of the many experiences that seem to offer strange and puzzling connections between
apparently disparate elements of the paranormal and that make it such a complex and fascinating
field of human enquiry. In the summer of 1926, Roerich had set up camp with his son,
Dr George Roerich, and several Mongolian guides in the Shara-gol valley near
the Humboldt Mountains between Mongolia and Tibet.

Roerich had just built a white stupa (or shrine), dedicated to Shambhala. The shrine was
consecrated in August, with the ceremony witnessed by a number of invited lamas.

Two days later, the party watched as a large black bird wheeled through the sky above them.
This, however, was not what astonished them, for far beyond the black bird, high up in
the cloudless sky, they clearly saw a golden spheroidal object moving from the Altai Mountains
to the north at tremendous speed. Veering sharply to the south-west, the golden sphere
disappeared rapidly beyond the Humboldt Mountains.

As the Mongolian guides shouted to one another in the utmost excitement, one of the lamas
turned to Roerich and informed him that the fabulous golden orb was the sign of Shambhala,
meaning that the lords of that realm approved of his mission of exploration. Later, Roerich
was asked by another lama if there had been a perfume on the air. When Roerich replied that
there had been, the lama told him that he was guarded by the King of Shambhala, Rigden Jye-Po,
that the black vulture was his enemy, but that he was protected by a ‘Radiant form of Matter’.

The lama added that anyone who saw the radiant sphere should follow the direction
in which it flew, for in that direction lay Shambhala. The exact purpose of this expedition
(aside from exploration) was never made entirely clear by Roerich, but many writers on
esoteric subjects have claimed that he was on a mission to return a certain sacred object
to the King’s Tower at the centre of Shambhala.

According to Andrew Tomas, the sacred object was a fragment of the Chintamani stone,
the great mass of which lies in the Tower. Astonishingly, the stone is said to have been
brought to Earth originally by an extraterrestrial being.

According to tradition, a chest fell from the sky in AD 331; the chest contained four sacred objects,
including the Chintamani stone. Many years after the casket was discovered, five strangers
visited King Tho-tho-ri Nyan-tsan to explain the use of the sacred objects.

The Chintamani stone is said to come from one of the star systems in the
constellation of Orion, probably Sirius. The main body of the stone is always kept
in the Tower of Shambhala, although small pieces are sometimes transferred to other parts
of the world during times of great change.

It is rumored that the fragment of Chintamani which Roerich was returning to the Tower had been
in the possession of the League of Nations, of which Roerich was a highly respected member.

The Caves Beneath the Himalayas

The concept of a subterranean realm is common throughout the world’s religions and mythologies.
With regard to the present study, we can identify a powerful antecedent to the legends and
rumors still extant today in the mythology of Tibet. In his 1930 book Shambhala,
Roerich describes his attempts to understand the origins of underworld legends
‘to discover what memories were being cherished in the folk-memory’. ⁽¹¹⁾

In commenting on the ubiquity of subterranean legends, he notes that the more one
examines them, the greater the conviction that they are all ‘but chapters from the one story’.⁽¹²⁾
An examination of the folklores of ‘Tibet, Mongolia, China, Turkestan, Kashmir, Persia, Altai,
Siberia, the Ural, Caucasia, the Russian steppes, Lithuania, Poland, Hungary, Germany, France’ ⁽¹³⁾
will yield tales of dwellers beneath the earth. In many places, the local people can even guide
the curious traveler to cave entrances in isolated places, which are said to lead to
the hidden world of the subterraneans.

Central Asia is home to legends of an underground race called the Agharti;
the Altai Mountains are the dwelling place of the Chud. In Shambhala, Roerich states that
the name ‘Chud’ in Russian has the same origin as the word ‘wonder’. His guide through
the Altai Mountains told him that the Chud were originally a powerful but peaceful tribe
who flourished in the area in the distant past.

However, they fell prey to marauding bands of warriors, and could only escape by
leaving their fertile valley and departing into the earth to continue their civilization
in subterranean realms.

Roerich’s guide continued that at certain times the Chud could be heard singing in their
underground temples. Elsewhere in the Altai Mountains, on the way to Khotan,
Roerich reports that the hoofs of their horses sounded hollow upon the ground,
as though they were riding over immense caves.

Other members of the caravan called to Roerich:

‘Do you hear what hollow subterranean passages we are crossing?
Through these passages, people who are familiar with them can reach far-off countries.’ ⁽¹⁴⁾

(The significance of this claim will become more apparent in Chapter Seven.)

The caravaneers continued:

‘Long ago people lived there; now they have gone inside; they have found
a subterranean passage to the subterranean kingdom. Only rarely do some of them
appear again on earth. At our bazaar such people come with strange, very ancient money,
but nobody could even remember a time when such money was in usage here.’

When Roerich asked if he, too, could see such people, his companions replied:

‘Yes, if your thoughts are similarly high and in contact with these holy people,
because only sinners are upon earth and the pure and courageous people
pass on to something more beautiful.’ ⁽¹⁵⁾

In the region of Nijni Novgorod there is a legend of a subterranean city called Kerjenetz
that sank into a lake. In Roerich’s time, local people still held processions through the area,
during which they would listen for the bells of invisible churches. Roerich’s party went on
to discover four more groups of menhirs, and several tombs, taking the form of
a square outlined by large stones.

To the people of the Himalayas, those who built these monuments, although now departed,
are not to be found anywhere on the Earth’s surface:

‘all which has disappeared, has departed underground’.⁽¹⁶⁾

Dr Ferdinand Ossendowski, whom we shall meet again in a little while, was told by
lamas in Mongolia of fabulous civilizations existing before recorded history.
To Ossendowski’s astonishment, the lamas claimed that when the homelands of these
civilizations in the Atlantic and Pacific were destroyed by natural cataclysms some of their
inhabitants survived in previously prepared subterranean shelters, illuminated by artificial light.
Andrew Tomas speculates that the Celtic legend of ‘the Lordly Ones in the hollow hills’
is a folk memory of the survivors of the destruction of the Atlantic continent. ⁽¹⁷⁾

In India, legends tell of a race of beings called the Nagas. Serpent-like and
extremely intelligent, the Nagas live in vast caverns illuminated by precious stones.
Although reptilian, the Nagas have human faces and are incredibly beautiful.
Able to fly, they intermarried with kings and queens from the surface world,
although they remain shy of surface dwellers and keep well away from all
but the most spiritually advanced. Their capital city is called Bhogawati,
and is said to be covered with rubies, emeralds and diamonds. ⁽¹⁸⁾

Tomas writes that many Hindus and Tibetans have entered the caves of the Nagas,
which stretch for hundreds of miles inside the mountains.

The inhabitants of this region speak of large lotus flowers floating on the surface of
the Manasarawar Lake in the western part of the Tsang Po Valley. Radiant figures have
also been seen near this extremely cold fresh-water lake.

The Realm of Agartha

Despite its inclusion in many popular books on Eastern mysticism, the name ‘Agartha’
is unknown in Asiatic mythology. In fact, one of the many variations on the name,
‘Asgaard’, was first used by the French writer Ernest Renan in the 1870s.
Although clearly inspired by Nordic mythology, Renan placed his Asgaard in Central Asia,
while another French writer, Louis Jacolliot (1837-1890), was writing at the same time
about a city of Asgartha. ⁽¹⁹⁾

A magistrate in Chandernagor, India, Jacolliot wrote a number of books on the relationship
between Indian mythology and Christianity. He was allegedly told the legend of Asgartha
by a group of local Brahmins, who allowed him to consult various sacred texts, such as
the Book of Historical Zodiacs. According to Jacolliot, Asgartha was a prehistoric
‘City of the Sun’, home of the Brahmatma, the visible manifestation of God on Earth. ⁽²⁰⁾

Asgartha existed in India in 13,300 BC, where the Brahmatma lived in an immense palace;
he was invisible, and only appeared to his subjects once a year. Interestingly,
Jacolliot stated that this high prehistoric culture existed long before the Aryans,
who conquered Asgartha around 10,000 BC. The priests of Asgartha then managed to form
an alliance with the victorious Aryan Brahmins, which resulted in the formation of
the warrior caste of Kshatriyas. About 5,000 years later, Asgartha was destroyed by
the brothers Ioda and Skandah, who came from the Himalayas. Eventually driven out
by the Brahmins, the brothers travelled north - and later gave their names to ‘Odin’
and ‘Scandinavia’.⁽²¹⁾

Ferdinand Ossendowski (1876-1945) was another early writer on the legend of Agartha.
Although born in Vitebsk, Poland, he spent most of his early life in Russia, attending
the University of St Petersburg. For much of the 1890s, he travelled extensively in
Mongolia and Siberia, developing his interest in and knowledge of Buddhist mysticism.

He returned to Europe in 1900 and gained a doctorate in Paris in 1903, before returning to Russia
and working as a chemist for the Russian Army during the Russo-Japanese War of 1905.
He then became president of the ‘Revolutionary Government of the Russian Far East’,
before being taken prisoner by the Russian Government for his anti-Tsarist activities. ⁽²²⁾

After two years’ imprisonment in Siberia, he taught physics and chemistry in the Siberian
town of Omsk, until the Bolshevik Revolution forced him to flee Russia with a small group
of fellow White Russians. Together they travelled across Siberia and into Mongolia,
and he wrote of their adventures in his best-selling book Beasts, Men and Gods (1923).

While in Mongolia, Ossendowski made the acquaintance of a fellow Russian,
a priest named Tushegoun Lama who claimed to be a friend of the Dalai Lama.
Tushegoun Lama told Ossendowski of the subterranean kingdom of Agartha,
home of the King of the World.

Intrigued by this reference, Ossendowski asked his friend for further information
on this mysterious personage.

‘Only one man knows his holy name. Only one man now living was ever in [Agartha].
That is I. This is the reason why the Most Holy Dalai Lama has honored me and
why the Living Buddha in Urga fears me. But in vain, for I shall never sit on
the Holy Throne of the highest priest in Lhasa nor reach that which has come down
from Jenghis Khan to the Head of our Yellow Faith. I am no monk.
I am a warrior and avenger.’ ⁽²³⁾

Several months later, while continuing across Mongolia with some guides left behind
by Tushegoun Lama (who had since gone his own way), Ossendowski was startled
when his companions suddenly halted and dismounted from their camels,
which immediately lay down.

The Mongols began to pray, chanting:

‘Om! Mani padme Hung!’

Ossendowski waited until they had finished praying before asking them
what was happening. One of the Mongol guides replied thus:

‘Did you not see how our camels moved their ears in fear?
How the herd of horses on the plain stood fixed in attention and
how the herds of sheep and cattle lay crouched close to the ground?
Did you notice that the birds did not fly, the marmots did not run and
the dogs did not bark? The air trembled softly and bore from afar the music of
a song which penetrated to the hearts of men, animals and birds alike.

Earth and sky ceased breathing. The wind did not blow and the sun did not move.
At such a moment the wolf that is stealing up on the sheep arrests his stealthy crawl;
the frightened herd of antelopes suddenly checks its wild course; the knife of
the shepherd cutting the sheep’s throat falls from his hand; the rapacious ermine
ceases to stalk the unsuspecting saiga.

All living beings in fear are involuntarily thrown into prayer and waiting for their fate.
So it was just now. Thus it has always been whenever the “King of the World”
in his subterranean palace prays and searches out the destiny of all peoples
on the earth.’⁽²⁴⁾

Later, Ossendowski met an old Tibetan, Prince Chultun Beyli, living in exile in Mongolia,
who furnished him with more details of the subterranean realm of Agartha and
the King of the World. Agartha, he said, extends throughout all the subterranean
passageways of the world. The inhabitants owe allegiance to the ‘King of the World’.

They can cultivate crops due to a strange light that pervades the underground realm.
Some of the inhabitants of these regions are extremely strange: one race has two tongues,
enabling them to speak in two languages at the same time. There are also many fantastic
animals, including tortoises with sixteen feet and one eye.

At this point, Ossendowski was approaching the Chinese border. It was his intention
to take a train to Peking, from which he might find passage to the West. In the town of
Urga he met an old lama, who provided him with yet more information on the King of the World.
The King’s influence on the activities of the world’s apparent leaders was profound.
If their plans were pleasing before God, then the King of the World would help them
to realize them; but if they displeased God, then the King would surely destroy them.

His power came from the ‘mysterious science of “Om”’, which is the name of an ancient
Holyman who lived more than 300,000 years ago, the first man to know God.
When Ossendowski asked him if anyone had ever seen the King of the World,
the old lama replied that during the solemn holidays of the ancient Buddhism in Siam
and India the King appeared five times in a ‘splendid car drawn by white elephants’.⁽²⁵⁾

He wore a white robe and a red tiara with strings of diamonds that hid his face.
When he blessed the people with a golden apple surmounted by the figure of a lamb,
the ‘blind received their sight, the dumb spoke, the deaf heard, the crippled freely moved
and the dead arose, wherever the eyes of the “King of the World” rested’.⁽²⁶⁾

Ossendowski then asked the lama how many people had been to Agartha.
He replied that very many had, but that they never spoke about what they had seen there.
He continued that, when the Olets destroyed Lhasa, one of their detachments found its way
into the outskirts of Agartha, where they learned some of the lesser mysterious sciences.
This is the reason for the magical skills of the Olets and Kalmucks.

Another of Ossendowski’s informants, a lama named Turgut, told him that the capital of Agartha
is surrounded by the towns of the high priests and scientists, somewhat in the way that the
Potala palace of the Dalai Lama in Lhasa is surrounded by monasteries and temples.

The throne on which the King of the World sits is itself surrounded by millions of
incarnated gods, the Holy Panditas. The King’s palace is surrounded by the palaces of the Goro,
who possess fantastic power, and who would easily be able to incinerate the entire
surface of the Earth, should humankind be unwise enough to declare war on them.
(As we shall see in Chapter Seven, the legend of the King of the World would serve as
the inspiration for one of the most enduring technological myths of the twentieth century.)

The legend of Agartha was discussed at length by another writer, the self-educated
Christian Hermeticist Saint-Yves d’Alveydre (1842-1909), whose marriage into money
enabled him to indulge his yearning for mystical understanding. In 1885 he began to take
lessons in Sanskrit from one Haji Sharif (1838-?), about whom very little is known save that
he left India at the time of the Sepoy Revolt of 1857 and worked as a bird-seller at Le Havre. ⁽²⁷⁾

The manuscripts of d’Alveydre’s lessons are preserved in the library of the Sorbonne in Paris.
In them, Sharif refers to the ‘Great Agarthian School’ and the ‘Holy Land of Agarttha’
(one of the many alternative spellings of the name). Sharif claimed that the original language
of humanity, called Vattan or Vattanian, derived from a 22-letter alphabet. Although he was
unable physically to visit Agartha, d’Alveydre found an ingenious alternative:
through disengaging his astral body, he was able to visit the fabulous realm in spirit form
(see pages 108-110).

His astral adventures resulted in a series of books (Mission des Souverains, Mission des Ouvriers,
Mission des Juifs and Mission de l’Inde), which he published at his own expense. Interestingly,
he destroyed the entire edition of the last work, Mission de I’lnde, for fear that he had revealed
too many secrets of Agartha and might be made to pay for his transgression with his life.

Only two copies survived: one that he kept himself and one that was hidden by the printer. ⁽²⁸⁾

He might well have been concerned, for Mission de I’lnde contains a detailed account of Agartha,
which lies beneath the surface of the Earth somewhere in the East and is ruled over by an Ethiopian
‘Sovereign Pontiff' called the Brahmatma. The realm of Agartha was transferred underground
at the beginning of the Kali-Yuga, about 3200 BC. The Agarthians possess technology
that was impressive in d’Alveydre’s day, including railways and air travel.

They know everything about the surface-dwellers, and occasionally send emissaries.
Agartha contains many libraries in which all the knowledge of Earth is recorded on
stone tablets in Vattanian characters, including the means by which the living may
communicate with the souls of the dead.

D’Alveydre states that, although many millions of students have tried to possess
the secrets of Agartha, very few have ever succeeded in getting further than
the outer circles of the realm.

Like Bulwer-Lytton, who wrote of the Vril-ya in his fictional work The Coming Race
(discussed in the previous chapter), d’Alveydre speaks of the Agartthians as being
superior to humanity in every respect, the true rulers of the world. A certain amount of
controversy arose when Ossendowski published his Beasts, Men and Gods: it displayed
such similarities to d’Alveydre’s work that he was accused by some of plagiarism only
imperfectly masked by an alteration in the spelling of Agartha.

Ossendowski denied the charge vehemently, and claimed never to have heard of d’Alveydre
before 1924. Rene Guenon defended Ossendowski, and claimed that there were many tales
of subterranean realms told throughout Central Asia.

In fact, Guenon’s work would later be heavily criticized by his translator Marco Pallis,
who called his book Le Roi du Monde (The King of the World) ‘disastrous’ in conversation
with Joscelyn Godwin, on the grounds that Ossendowski’s sources were unreliable, and
Guenon had allowed himself to enter the realms of the sensational.⁽²⁹⁾

The Nazis and Tibetan Mysticism

The legends surrounding the realms of Agartha and Shambhala are confusing to say the least,
and their frequently contradictory nature does nothing to help in an understanding of their
possible influence on the hideous philosophy of the Third Reich. As we have seen,
some writers claim that Agartha and Shambhala are physical places, cities lying miles
underground with houses, palaces, streets and millions of inhabitants.

Others maintain that they are altogether more rarefied places, existing on some other level
of reality but apparently coterminous with our physical world. With regard to their
exact location, Childress offers a short summary of their many possible locations:

‘Shambhala is sometimes said to be north of Lhasa, possibly in the Gobi Desert,
and other times it is said to be somewhere in Mongolia, or else in northern Tibet,
possibly in the Changtang Highlands.

Agharta is said to be south of Lhasa, perhaps near the Shigatse Monastery,
or even in Northeast Nepal beneath Mount Kanchenjunga. Occasionally it is said
to be in Sri Lanka. Both have been located inside the hollow earth.’ ⁽³⁰⁾

Adding to this confusion is the frequently made assertion that the two power centers
are opposed to each other, with Agartha seen as following the right-hand path of
goodness and light, and Shambhala following the left-hand path of evil and darkness
(a dichotomy also expressed as spirituality versus materialism).

There is, needless to say, an opposing view that holds that Agartha is a place of evil
and Shambhala the abode of goodness. There have been a number of rumors concerning
practitioners of black magic operating in Tibet and referring to themselves as the Shambhala
or the Agarthi. ⁽³¹⁾

Although apparently outlawed by Tibetan Buddhists, they are said to continue their
activities in secret. One writer who claimed to have encountered them was a German named
Theodore Illion who spent the mid-1930s travelling through Tibet. In his book
Darkness Over Tibet (1937), he describes how he discovered a deep shaft in the countryside.
Wishing to gauge its depth, he dropped several stones into it and waited for them
to strike the bottom; he was rewarded only with silence. He was told by an initiate that
the shaft was ‘immeasurably deep’ and that only the highest initiates knew where it ended.

His companion added:

‘Anyone who would find out where it leads to and what it is used for would have to die.’ ⁽³²⁾

Illion claimed to have gained access to a subterranean city inhabited by monks,
whom he later found to be ‘black yogis’ planning to control the world through telepathy
and astral projection. When he discovered that the food he was being given contained
human flesh, he decided to make a break for it and fled across Tibet with several of the monks
after him. After several weeks on the run, he managed to escape from Tibet and returned to
the West with his bizarre and frightening tale. ⁽³³⁾

There have also been persistent rumors that the Nazi interest in Tibet
(itself a documented historical fact) was actually inspired by a desire to contact
the black adepts of Shambhala and/or Agartha and to enlist their aid in the conquest of
the world (see Chapter Three). One of the most vocal proponents of this idea was
the British occult writer Trevor Ravenscroft, whose claims we shall examine in greater
detail in the next chapter.

The schism between Shambhala and Agartha is described by Rene Guenon,
who relates in Le Roi du Monde how the ancient civilization in the Gobi Desert was
all but destroyed by a natural cataclysm, and the ‘Sons of Intelligences of Beyond’
retreated to the caverns beneath the Himalayas and re-established their civilization.

There followed the formation of two groups:

• the Agarthi, who followed the way of spirituality
  
• the Shambhalists, who followed the way of violence and materialism
  

Guenon claimed (as would Illion several years later) that the denizens of the subterranean world
sought to influence the lives and actions of the surface dwellers through various occult means,
including telepathic hypnosis and mediumship. Childress finds it intriguing that
Hitler sent expeditions to Tibet in the late 1930s, soon after the publication of Illion’s book
Darkness Over Tibet, and suggests that their true objective was to make contact with
the occult groups. ⁽³⁴⁾

This crypto-historical scenario continues with Hitler making the acquaintance of
a mysterious Tibetan monk who told him that Germany could conquer the world by
forging an alliance with the ‘Lords of Creation’.

While the victorious Russians were picking their way through the ruins of Berlin
(and, according to some, discovering the bodies of several Tibetan monks, as we saw
in Chapter Three), it is claimed by the crypto-historians that Hitler was flying out
of the city’s Tempelhof Airfield to a rendezvous with the U-boat (possibly U-977)
that would take him either to Argentina or Antarctica. There is, however,
a variation on this theme that has the Fuhrer escaping to Tibet to be hidden by
those whose alliance he had sought.

According to an article in the May 1950 issue of the pro-Nazi Tempo Der Welt,
that magazine’s publisher, Karl Heinz Kaerner, claimed to have met with Martin Bormann
in Morocco the previous year. If the story is to be believed (which would be extremely unwise),
Bormann informed Kaerner that Hitler was alive in a Tibetan monastery,
and that one day he would be back in power in Germany!

In addressing the question of whether such black magicians really lived (or still live) in Tibet,
Childress reminds us that in her book Initiations and Initiates in Tibet, the French writer,
explorer and authority on Tibetan mysticism Alexandra David-Neel (1868-1969) describes
an encounter with a man who could hypnotize and kill from a distance.

Nicholas Roerich also mentions the occultists of the ancient Bon religion,
who were at war with the Buddhists of Tibet.

As Childress notes:

Shambhala draws strong similarities to the Land of the Immortals (Hsi Wang Mu)
in that it is said to be a wonderful, lush valley in the high mountains with a tall,
ornate solid jade tower from which a brilliant light shines. Like in the Kun Lun Mountains,
Agharta and Shambhala have a cache of fantastic inventions and artifacts from
distant civilizations in the past.

In contrast to the Valley of the Immortals in the Kun Lun Mountains, the cave communities
with their incredible sights were part illusion, say Illion and Ravenscroft.

At the Valley of the Immortals, perhaps there really were ancient artifacts of a time gone
by watched over by Ancient Masters. Yet, it is unlikely that any person not chosen specifically
by those who are the caretakers of this repository would be allowed inside. Nor would those
who had entered (such as possibly Nicholas Roerich) ever reveal the location or
what they had seen there. ⁽³⁵⁾

While certainly intriguing, the claims of crypto-historians regarding Nazi involvement
with the black magicians of Tibet suffer from a paucity of hard evidence in the form of
documentation and testimony from surviving witnesses. (We have already noted that
the much-quoted Hermann Rauschning is considered by some serious historians,
such as Ian Kershaw, to be extremely unreliable.)

As is so often the case in the field of occultism, the way is left open to those
who are quite content to rely on spurious sources and hearsay in their creation of
a tantalizing but incredible vision of history.

One of the most famous of these crypto-historians is Trevor Ravenscroft, and it is to
his claims that we now must turn.

References

1. Godwin 1993, p. 79.
2. Tomas 1977, p. 25.
3. Ibid., pp. 25-6.
4. Ibid., p. 32n.
5. Ibid., p. 32.
6. Le Page 1996, p. 4.
7. Ibid., p. 7.
8. Le Page 1996, p. 110.
9. Ibid., pp. 110-11.
10. Quoted in Maclellan 1996, p. 72.
11. Roerich 1930, p. 211.
12. Ibid.
13. Ibid, p. 212.
14. Ibid, p. 215.
15. Ibid.
16. Ibid, p. 222.
17. Tomas 1977, p. 42.
18. Ibid, pp. 42-3.
19. Godwin 1993, pp. 80-81.
20. Ibid, p. 81.
21. Ibid.
22. Childress 1999, p. 304.
23. Quoted in Maclellan 1996, pp. 63-4.
24. Quoted in Maclellan 1996, pp. 64-5.
25. Maclellan 1996, p. 69.
26. Ibid.
27. Godwin 1993, p. 83.
28. Ibid, pp. 83-4.
29. Godwin 1993, p. 87.
30. Childress 1999, p. 322.
31. Ibid, p. 323.
32. Ibid, p. 324.
33. Ibid.
34. Ibid, p. 325.
35. Ibid, p. 327.

[hacksecret]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/antarctica/antartica24.htm



by Jim Marrs from GreyFalcon Website

With the current mysterious happenings in Antarctica concerning Lake Vostok, an old theory
is being resurrected - that German Nazis as early as the 1930s may have built
a secret base at the South Pole.



While this idea undoubtedly will strike most people as absurd, there is tantalizing evidence
to suggest that something along this line might have some truth to it.

Long-standing banking and business connections allowed high-ranking German leaders in 1944
to forge a formidable Nazi-controlled organization for postwar activities.

Author Jim Keith wrote,

...in researching the shape of totalitarian control during this century, I saw that
the plans of the Nazis manifestly did not die with the German loss of World War II.
The ideology and many of the principal players survived and flourished after the war,
and have had a profound impact on postwar history, and on events taking place today.

Orvis A. Schmidt, the U.S. Treasury Department’s director of Foreign Funds Control, in 1945
offered this description of a Nazi flight-capital program:

The network of trade, industrial, and cartel organizations has been streamlined and
intermeshed, not only organizationally but also by what has been officially
described as ‘Personnel Union’.

Legal authority to operate this organizational machinery has been vested in the concerns
that have majority capacity in the key industries such as those producing iron and steel,
coal and basic chemicals. These concerns have been deliberately welded together by
exchanges of stock to the point where a handful of men can make policy and
other decisions that affect us all.

Could one of those "decisions" have been the creation of a Nazi base connected to
the development of UFOs? While this notion may superficially appear to be sheer nonsense,
the public record offers compelling - if incomplete - evidence to support this idea.

One theory is that Martin Bormann and other top Nazis escaped to South America and
on to a secret base in Antarctica where they built UFOs so sophisticated that their secret
Nazi empire has exerted significant control over world events and governments to this day.

While there can be no question that the business and financial network created by
Bormann wields a certain amount of power even today, evidence for the existence of
a major Nazi base containing UFOs is virtually nonexistent, consisting primarily of
the known exploration of Antarctica’s Queen Maude Land - renamed Neuschwabenland
by the Germans - in 1938 and some unverified statements.

Reportedly, German Navy Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz stated in 1943:

The German submarine fleet is proud of having built for the Führer in another part
of the world a Shangri-La on land, an impregnable fortress.

And it has been reported that U.S. Admiral Richard Byrd, upon his return from
an expedition to Antarctica in 1947, stated it was,

"necessary for the USA to take defensive actions against enemy air fighters
which come from the polar regions" and that America could be "attacked by
fighters that are able to fly from one pole to the other with incredible speed."

Advancing the idea that the Nazis continually shipped men and material to the South Pole
throughout the war years, author R. A. Harbinson wrote:

Regarding the possibility of the Germans building self-sufficient underground research
factories in the Antarctic, it has only to be pointed out that the underground research
centers of Nazi Germany were gigantic feats of construction, containing wind tunnels,
machine shops, assembly plants, launching pads, supply dumps and accommodation
for all who worked there, including adjoining camps for slaves - and yet very few people
knew that they existed.

But, while tales of a secret Nazi base in Antarctica may appear plausible to some, the idea that
a warm water location at the South Pole has remained undiscovered and no one has escaped
or deserted the place in more than 50 years stretched belief to the breaking point in years past.

But with the new revelations of 60-70 degree temperature water, magnetic anomalies suggesting
the possibility of a hidden city or base and the obvious back out taking place concerning
current events at the pole, the idea of a secret base is no longer so far fetched.

Rumors began to circulate that whilst Germany had been defeated,
a selection of military personnel and scientists had fled the fatherland
as allied troops swept across mainland Europe,
and had established themselves at a secret base on the Antarctic continent,
from where they continued to develop their advanced aircraft technology.

Furthermore, it is interesting to note that at the end of the war, the allies determined that
there were 250,000 Germans unaccounted for - even taking into account casualties and deaths.

Could Neu Schwabenland have been a permanently manned German base at that time?

The brackish water of the warm (30 degrees) lakes virtually confirmed that all had an outlet
to the sea and would thus have been a haven for U-boats. The two ice-free mountain ranges
in Neu Schwabenland presented no worse an underground tunneling project for Organization Todt
than anything they had encountered and overcome in Norway.

The Germans were the world's experts at building and inhabiting underground metropolis.

At the end of the war the United States gave anything concerning Ohrdruf a top secret
classification for 100 years upwards. The fact that there had been substantial underground
workings there, and Ohrdruf was the location of the last Redoubt, was concealed absolutely.
Fortunately for researchers, in 1962 the DDR had taken sworn depositions from all local residents
during an investigation into wartime Ohrdruf, and upon the reunification of the two Germanys
in 1989, these documents became available to all and sundry at Arnstadt municipal archive.

From the Arnstadt documents it is clear that the Charite Anlage unit operated in
a three-story underground bunker with floors 70 by 20 meters.

When working, the device emitted some kind of energy field which shut down
all electrical equipment and non-diesel engines within a range of about eight miles.
For this reason, even though Ohrdruf was crawling with SS, it was never photographed from
the air nor bombed. Declassified USAF documents dated early 1945 admit the existence of
an unknown energy field over Frankfurt/Main "and other locations" which
"fantastic though it may appear" were able to "interfere with our aircraft engines at 30,000 feet."

Ohrdruf rebuilt below Neu Schwabenland during the last two years of the war would not
have been difficult, and since Charite Anlage had the highest priority of anything in
the Third Reich, it seems likely that it must have been.

Such a base would have been impregnable, for the suggestion is that the force-field
worked in various ways favorable to the occupants.

Scary Secrets of the Third Reich's Base in Antarctica

A remarkable event occurred in 1999, but only specialists paid adequate attention to it.
A research expedition discovered a virus in Antarctica; at that, neither people nor animals
had immunity to the virus. After all, Antarctica is far away, for this very reason the virus
cannot be dangerous for the rest of the planet, especially since the dangerous discovery
was deep in the permafrost.

However, scientists say that against the background of a global warming threatening the Earth,
the unknown virus can cause an awful catastrophe on the planet.

Expert Tom Starmerue from the University of New York also shares
the pessimistic forecasts of his colleagues.

We don't know what the mankind will face in the South Pole in the nearest time
due to the global warming. It is not ruled out that an unbelievable catastrophe
may break out. Viruses protected with a protein cover survive even in the permafrost;
as soon as the temperature gets warmer they will immediately start reproducing.

American scientists treated the Antarctica discovery very seriously and even organized
a special expedition that currently tests the ice for unknown viruses in order to develop
an antidote in good time. What is the source of the virus in Antarctica where only penguins
can survive in the ice? There is no answer to the question, specialists are at a loss.
However, several theories concerning the problem have been put forward.

A majority of scientists are inclined to believe that prehistoric forms of life probably survived
in the permafrost. But some specialists blame bonzes of the Third Reich for delivery of a secretly
developed bacteriological weapon to Antarctica. And this theory arose not in a vacuum.
It is known that already in 1938 Nazis suddenly became interested in Antarctica,
they organized two expeditions to the area in 1938-1939.

At first, planes of the Third Reich took detailed pictures of unexplored territories and
then they dropped several thousands of metal pennons with swastika there.
The whole of the explored territory was called Neuschwabenland and was considered
a part of the Third Reich.

After the expedition, Captain Ritscher reported to Field-Marshal Göring:

The planes dropped the pennons 25 kilometers apart; we covered the area of
about 8.600 thousand square meters. 350 thousand square meters of them
were photographed.

In 1943, Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz dropped a remarkable phrase:

Germany's submarine fleet is proud that it created an unassailable fortress for
the Führer on the other end of the world.

It highly likely means that Nazis were building a secret base in Antarctica within 1938-1943.

Submarines were mostly used for transportation of necessary freight to the place.
As specialists for the Third Reich wrote, at the end of WWII the submarines were
relieved of their torpedo arms in the port of Kiel and then were loaded with containers
with different goods. The submarines also received passengers whose faces were hidden
behind surgical bands.

Wilhelm Bernhard was commander of one of the submarines, U-530; the submarine left
the port of Kiel on April 13, 1945. When it reached the shores of Antarctica, 16 members
from the crew built an ice cave and put boxes into the cave; it was allegedly said that
the boxes contained relics of the Third Reich, including Hitler's documents and
personal stuff. The operation was code named Valkyrie-2.

When the operation was over on July 10, 1945, the submarine U-530 entered the Argentinean port
of Mar-del-Plata and surrendered to the authorities. It is also supposed that another submarine
from the formation, U-977, under the command of Heinz Schäffer delivered the remains of
Adolf Hitler and Eva Braun to Neuschwabenland. It followed the route of the U-530 submarine
and called at Antarctica. The submarine arrived in Mar-del-Plata on August 17, 1945.

But the version of Wilhelm Bernhard and Heinz Schäffer saying that the submarines
delivered relics to the Antarctica shores (both captains told it at the interrogations held by
the American and British intelligence services) seems rather dubious. It is unlikely that
the serious operation was designed only for the sake of delivery of the Third Reich
documents and relics.

Later, special services seized a confidential letter of Captain Schäffer to his friend,
Captain Wilhelm Bernhard who obviously planned to publish his memoirs.
The letter was dated with June 1, 1983.

It runs as follows:

Dear Willy,

I was thinking if it is reasonable to publish your manuscript concerning the U-530.
The three submarines that took part in that operation (U-977, U-530 and U-465)
are currently at the bottom of the Atlantic Ocean. Isn't it better to leave them there?
My old friend, think about it! Think please how then my book will look when you
publish your memoirs (after, WWII Heinz Schäffer wrote a book named "U-977").

We all made an oath to keep the secret; we did nothing wrong, we just obeyed
the orders and fought for our loved Germany and its survival. Please think again:
isn't it better to picture everything as a fable? What results do you plan to achieve
with your revelations?

Think about it, please.

Even 40 years after the events, Heinz insisted that Bernhard mustn't say the truth.
Is it possible that the submarines delivered something more dangerous
to the continent, not Hitler's documents?

Could it be the bacteriological weapon traces of which were discovered in Antarctica
as unknown viruses in the permafrost last year?

NEUBERLIN

If you had been a Wehrmacht soldier at the bombed-out railroad station in Poltava,
a city in the Ukraine, during the summer of 1942, you may have seen a very strange-looking
military unit on the march, heading for a waiting passenger train. The unit consisted of women,
all of them blond and blue-eyed, between the ages of 17 and 24, tall and slender,
their sensational figures encased in striking sky-blue uniforms.

Each woman wore an Italian-style garrison cap, an A-line skirt with the hem below the knee,
and a form-fitting jacket with the insignia of the SS. You might have thought the SS had recruited
a platoon of high-class call girls, but the truth was far stranger than that. You would have been
looking at Reichsführer-SS Heinrich Himmler's latest brainstorm -
the Antarktische Siedlungnsfrauen [Antarctic Settlement Women or ASF].

The story actually begins in 1938, when the German seaplane carrier Schwabenland sailed
across the South Atlantic, bound for Queen Maud's Land in Antarctica.

According to Russian ufologist Konstantin Ivanenko,

"The Schwabenland sailed to Antarctica, commanded by Albert Richter,
a veteran of cold-weather operations. The Richter expedition's scientists
used their large Dornier seaplanes to explore the polar wastes, emulating
Admiral Richard E. Byrd's efforts a decade earlier. The German scientists
discovered ice-free lakes (heated by underground volcanic features)
and were able to land on them. It is widely believed that the Schwabenland's
expedition was aimed at scouting out a secret base of operations."

A German base was established in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, just inland from
the Princess Astrid Coast. The area was renamed Neuschwabenland (New Swabia)
and "the base was known only as Station 211.

From the movie Schindler's List, people have gotten the idea that killing Jews was
the Nazis' main concern. But in actual fact, Hitler and the SS were just as ruthless
with the rest of the population in their eastern European empire, thinking nothing of
shuffling large numbers of people around in their quest for a more perfect Aryan race.

This shuffle was accomplished by a little-known office of the SS called
the Rasse und Siedlungshauptamt (German for Race and Settlement Bureau) or RuSHA.
In the Ukraine alone, RuSHA drafted 500,000 women for forced labor in the munitions factories
of Nazi Germany.

It was RuSHA which selected women for Himmler's unit of Antarktische Siedlungsfrauen
(Antarctic Settlement Women) About half of the "recruits" were Volksdeutsch-ethnic Germans
whose ancestors had settled in the Ukraine in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries.
The others were native Ukrainians whom RuSHA had "upgraded" to full Aryans.

This process was called Eindeutschung (Germanization). According to Ivanenko,

There is increased popularity for the idea of a 'German-Slavonic Antarctic Reich.'
It is said that 10,000 of the 'racially most pure' Ukrainians, out of half a million
deported in 1942 by Martin Bormann, were transported to the German Antarctic bases
during World War II, in the proportion of four Ukrainian women to one German man.

If true, this would mean that Himmler transferred 2,500 Waffen-SS soldiers, who had proven
themselves in combat on the Russian front, to Station 211 - now Neuschwabenland - in Antarctica.
This may be the source of the myth of the "Last SS Battalion."

An ASF training camp was set up in Estonia, on a peninsula near Ristna on Hiiumaa Island
in the Baltic Sea. It was a combination finishing school and boot camp, where the ladies
took lessons in charm and housekeeping along with their courses in polar survival.
Himmler kept the camp's existence a closely-guarded secret. For "unhappy campers,"
the only escape consisted of a one-way train ticket to Auschwitz.

(There is one known instance of an ASF "deserter." In 1943, Auschwitz guard Irma Griese, 22,
the off-and-on girl friend of Dr. Josef Mengele, took to wearing a sky-blue ASF uniform,
which she had scavenged from a pile of inmate clothing. Griese was hanged in 1946 for war crimes.
The uniform's original owner must have had serious second thoughts about a permanent move
to Antarctica).

The failure of Grossadmiral Karl Dönitz's U-boat offensive by May 1943 freed up dozens
of "milk cow" U- boats. These were large submarines, almost as big as tramp steamers,
which Dönitz had used to supply his U- boat "wolf packs" in remote seas of the world.
Himmler now put them to work carting supplies and personnel to Antarctica.

Himmler's rationale for sending thousands of settlers to Antarctica can only be understood
within the context of his mystic beliefs. As a result of his youthful reading of New Age books,
his association with the occultist Dr. Friedrich Wichtl, and his membership in the Artamen,
Himmler became a believer in the Hindu concept of world-ages or yugas. He believed that
the current age, or Kali Yuga, would end in a global cataclysm, thereby giving birth to
a new world-age called the Satya Yuga.

By sending a Nazi colony to Antarctica, Himmler was ensuring that a remnant of
the "pure Aryan race" would survive the coming cataclysm with its society and culture intact.
They would then take possession of Antarctica when the cataclysm melted the south polar ice cap.

According to believers, the Neuschwabenland colony survived not only the end
of World War II, but a full on battle with the 3,500 Marines and aircraft of Operation High Jump.

In 2003 Ivanenko wrote:

The total population of Nazis in Antarctica now exceeds two million and that
many of them have undergone plastic surgery in order to move about with greater ease
through South America and conduct all manner of business transactions.

He called the Antarctic Reich,

"one of the most militarily powerful states in the world because it can destroy
the USA several times over with its submarine-based nuclear missiles, remaining itself
invulnerable to U.S. nuclear strikes because of the two-mile-thick ice shield."

Further, he claims that the city of Neu Berlin, the colony's capital, sprawls through
"narrow sub-glacial tunnels" under an unnamed mountain range, heated by "volcanic vents."

The ufologist also makes the claim that Neu Berlin adjoins,

"the prehistoric ruins of Kadath, which may have been built by settlers from
the lost continent of Atlantis well over 100,000 years ago."

Still other fringe researchers claim that the actual ruins of Atlantis have been found -
and possibly reoccupied - under the Antarctic ice. Some say that Atlantis is located near
one of the 70 or so warm water lakes that have been discovered miles beneath the Polar Ice Sheet,
such as Lake Vostok near the Russian base at the Pole of Inaccessibility.

Another of the oft made claims about Neuberlin is that the city has an Alien Quarter,
where Pleiadians, Zeta Reticulans, Reptoids, Men In Black, Aldebarani and other visitors from
the stars dwell. As we have seen, the Nazis were working on some very advanced aircraft,
some of which may have been capable of leaving the earth's atmosphere.

Some researchers are convinced that the Nazis did indeed make it to the moon, and even Mars.
Could they have made contact with space aliens once they left the earth? Or, could
their rockets, foo-fighters and disk aircraft have attracted aliens to visit them?

A claim floats around in modern U.F.O. lore that an extraterrestrial craft with
anti-gravity propulsion crashed in the Schwarzwald in the summer 1936, and was recovered
by the Nazis who back-engineered it, thus explaining their flying saucer program.
This parallels stories of a similarly recovered crashed "saucer" near Roswell, New Mexico
in 1947, the American back-engineering of which supposedly led to the discovery of
the transistor (patented by Bell Laboratories the following year), fiber-optics and
other exotic technologies.

Ivanenko reported that talk about the Antarctic Reich is "becoming more and more popular"
in Russia, Poland, the Ukraine, Belarus and other countries in eastern Europe.

He writes,

"In the May 10, 2003 issue of the (newspaper) 'Frankfurter Allgemeine', Polish journalist
A. Stagjuk criticized Poland's decision to send troops to Iraq" to assist with
the Allied occupation.

"At the end, he said, 'The next Polish government will sign a treaty with Antarctica
and declare war on the USA.'"

Ivanenko added that Stagjuk's words were broadcast on the shortwave radio station
Deutsche Welle the same week.

Some analysts compared this sentence to famous code phrases which started wars
in the Twentieth Century, such as 'Over all of Spain, the sky is cloudless' in 1936,
and 'Climb Mount Niitaka' in 1941.

("Climb Mount Niitaka" was the signal Admiral Yamamoto sent to Kido Butai,
the Imperial Japanese Navy's fleet, to begin the attack on Pearl Harbor.)

It is strange to think of a large population living under the ice of Antarctica, totally divorced
from the "mainstream" world. Then again, there are Jivaro indigenous people living on
Lago de Yanayacu (lake), less than 50 kilometers (30 miles) east of Iquitos, Peru,
who have never heard of Courtney Love.

• So, is there a city under the ice inhabited by the grandchildren and
  great-grandchildren of the original SS settlers?
  
• Or is it just an urban legend stemming from the chaotic conditions that prevailed in
  Europe during World War II?
  

Some day we may know for certain.

NASA AND US NAVY CONDUCT A CLANDESTINE
SEARCH IN ANTARCTICA

On December 30, 1946, a U.S. Navy patrol plane with a crew of nine, mapping the Antarctic coast
as part of a military effort called Operation High Jump crashed in a snowstorm after its radar
failed to detect a slope not shown on the charts.

Now the U.S. Navy, piggybacking on scientific explorations of western Antarctica, has begun
an effort to locate the plane and recover the remains of the crew members who died.






The crew members and their plane were part of what remains to this day the largest expedition
ever in Antarctica, Operation High Jump, which was led by the renowned polar explorer,
Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, and consisted of 13 ships, 23 aircraft and 4,700 men.

According to a 1946 Navy memorandum, the mission's goal was 'consolidating and extending
U.S. sovereignty over Antarctic areas, investigating possible base sites and extending
scientific knowledge in general.'

With the Cold War turning more frigid by the month, the venture unnerved the Soviet Union.
The Soviet whaling fleet had just begun plying Antarctic waters, and a military publication
called Red Fleet warned darkly that the operation was proof 'American military circles are
seeking to subject the polar regions to their control.'

Argentina and Chile were none too happy, either. Both countries had their own overlapping
claims to areas extending from the tip of South America. Their fears of an American incursion
were heightened when Chile asked Washington's permission to send an observer along,
but was turned down.

In their books, written in the 1970s, Wilhelm Landig and "outcast ufologist" Ernst Zündel
claimed that Operation High Jump was literally "the last battle of World War II."

In Secret Nazi Polar Expeditions (1978) and Hitler at the South Pole (1979), Zündel
claimed that Reichsführer-SS Heinrich Himmler had founded an SS colony in Antarctica
called Neuschwabenland. The base, known as Point 211, eventually became the Antarctic Reich.

Opinion is sharply divided about the final fate of Neuschwabenland. Some argue that the Nazis
abandoned their Antarctic sanctuary in the 1960s and moved to sites in the Andes.
Another group claims that the Antarctic Reich still exists and has grown into
"a civilization under the ice," home to about 3 million people of German and Ukrainian descent.
It's supposed to be somewhere in the Mühlig-Hoffman Mountains, adjacent to the ruins
of Kadath, a city founded by settlers from the lost continent of Atlantis.

The Redemptionists believe that Adolf Hitler escaped from Berlin in April 1945, traveled to
southern Argentina in a U-boat, and from there traveled to Neuschwabenland
in a Nazi flying saucer. Hitler supposedly lived in Antarctica until 1952, when he reportedly
traveled to the moon and met with aliens from space.

These aliens took him to Aldebaran, 68 light-years from Earth. According to the legend,
some day Hitler will return with an Aldebarani space armada.

On November 27, 2004, the Navy undertook "the initial flight... to try to locate the wreckage
of the George 1," the plane that crashed in 1946.

The search flight,

"was a joint one, conducted aboard a Chilean Navy Orion P-3 aircraft with a Chilean crew
and NASA scientists working together."

"This wasn't just a routine task for us," said Capt. Christian Aldunate, the senior Chilean pilot
on the recovery flight. "It was a challenge to find clues that could help locate the plane,
even though we knew it would be almost impossible to get at it because of the ice and snow
that had piled up over so many years."

During an 11-hour flight from and back to Punta Arenas, in the extreme south of Chile,
the search plane dipped as low as 500 feet (150 meters) over Thurston Island so scientists
could use radar and laser beams to try to locate the remains of the U.S. Navy PBM
(Martin) Mariner seaplane.

"Even today it's not easy, but we can rely on information from satellite photos,
GPS systems and wind predictions," Aldunate said, referring to global positioning
networks. 'But from the time they took off until the time they arrived in the area,
they had no idea what to expect."

Though little known in the outside world, the three men who died in the (1946) crash -
Wendell K. Hendersin, Maxwell Lopez and Frederick Williams - are still celebrated
in Antarctica as heroes.

At McMurdo Station, a U.S. research base on the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf,
there is a plaque to honor the men, the first Americans to die on any of Byrd's many expeditions.

(See the Duluth, Minn. News-Tribune for January 2, 2005, "Navy tries to find plane lost
in Antarctica 58 years ago").

There are lines of magnetic force emanating from the South Magnetic Pole. What is strange
about the North and South Poles is the way in which the magnetic lines of force move.

The magnetic lines of force originate from a "hole" just off the coast of Antarctica.



There are Chilean and Peruvian scientists/bases being near or along the route of UFOs
emanating from inside the Earth.

Many UFOs fly directly south-north along South America. If one draws a line from South America,
through the Antarctic bases of Chile, etc through the South Pole to the South Magnetic pole -
then you get a straight line. What's interesting about this potential "UFO route" is that UFOs
coming from Inside the Earth would end up flying over the America South Pole base.

However, the line of flight is such that the only places in the Antarctic where you'd stand
a chance of seeing these UFOs is in the "Weddell sea" area where South American countries
have their bases and at the Scott Base at the South Pole.

The other parts of the UFO route is somewhat offset from the commonly traveled routes
and so there's little chance of running into UFOs by accident at any other places.
That would explain why the US Govt doesn't like visitors to the South Pole base:
It's not that the hole is AT or NEAR the South Pole base (as we originally thought),
but along the route from the real hole in the oceans off the coast.

Bob Borino, in his article, 'UFO Bases Found in Antarctica' (Globe, Jan. 18, 1983)
quotes from certain scientists who believe that a subterranean UFO Base is located
beneath the strange 'Polynya Sea' in the Antarctica's Weddell Sea region.



The French Agence France Press on 25 September 1946, said:

The continuous rumors about German U-boat activity in the region of
Tierra del Fuego (Feuerland, in German), between the southernmost tip
OF LATIN AMERICA AND THE CONTINENT OF ANTARCTICA are
based on true happenings.

The newspaper 'France Soir' had the following account:

Almost 1-1/2 years. AFTER cessation of hostilities in Europe, the Islandic Whaler,
"Juliana" was stopped by a large German U-boat. The Juliana was in the ANTARCTIC region
around Malvinas [now Falkland] Islands when a German submarine surfaced and
raised the German official naval Flag of Mourning -- red with a black edge.

The submarine commander sent out a boarding party, which approached the Juliana
in a rubber dinghy, and having boarded the whaler demanded of Capt. Hekla part of
his fresh food stocks. The request was made in the definite tone of an order to
which resistance would have been unwise. The German officer spoke a correct English
and paid for his provisions in U.S. dollars, giving the Captain a bonus of $10 for
each member of the Juliana crew.

Whilst the food stuffs were being transferred to the submarine, the submarine commander
informed Capt. Hekla of the exact location of a large school of whales. Later the Juliana
found the school of whales where designated.

To address that 1947 story. To this day there has never been any Icelandic whaler
in the South Atlantic, let alone in the Antarctica. No Icelandic ship has ever been named
Juliana and Hekla is an active volcano in Iceland, not a last name.

99% of all Icelandic last names for males end in ”-son”.



The Hitler-in-Argentina tale is an old one. It first surfaced in a book by Ladislao Szabo
entitled "Hitler Esta Vivo" (Spanish for Hitler Is Alive) back in 1947.

A second book by Michael X. Barton was published in 1969 entitled "We Want You:
Is Hitler Alive?" Then Ernst Zündel took up the banner in 1974. Out of these books
has sprung the "Saucer Nazi" theories.

Both theories agree that Hitler escaped from the Führerbunker in Berlin and fled to Argentina
in a U-boat. However, believers in the Antarctic Reich theory contend that Hitler left Argentina
in the early 1950s and moved to Neuschwabenland, an SS colony under the ice of Antarctica,
right next to the prehistoric ruins of Kadath.

Here, they say, Adolf lived out his life, resuming his artist's career and painting
a series of Antarctic icescapes.



Prior to World War II German scientists were obsessed with Antarctica. Far from finding
a desolate wasteland covered with ice, the Germans discovered ice-free areas, warm water lakes
and cavern systems.

The following passage refers to German efforts to claim a region of Antarctica
after Norwegian expeditions in the 1920's and 30's:

After these expeditions the Germans also got interested in Queen Maud land
[or "Neuschwabenland" as referred to by the Germans], and planned an expedition
to declare it as theirs... Anyway, it is still lying there as a remote ice-shelf with lots
of high mountains over the glacier. Truly a beautiful land.

Queen Maud land is dominated by the giant shelf of ice, flowing slowly from
King Haakon VII - plateau over the South Pole, down to the ocean. This area is called
"Fenriskjeften" after the mouth of the giant Devil-wolf in Norse mythology.
According to this mythology Fenris' (the wolf) teeth were very sharp, and they would
kill all people on Earth during Ragnarok - the end of the world.

Most of the mountains in Fenriskjeften have names with analogies to teeth,
or to other parts of the Norse.

The use of wolf symbology is interesting as it touches upon a theme in Nazi symbology
which used the wolf as a totem of the hunter-killer: Hitler's retreat in Berchtesgaden,
Bavaria was nicknamed "Wolf's Lair" and the tactic used by German U-Boats to defeat convoys
during the War was called "Wolfpack."

Germany also had allies in South America and South Africa. Many Nazis fled to Argentina
following the war and South Africa resembled a Nazi state as racial minorities [including Indians
as well as blacks] were subjected to apartheid.

Hitler's dream was of a "Thousand-year Reich." Is this a thinly-veiled counterpart to
Jesus' Millennial Kingdom? Allied pilots reported seeing "foo fighters" during the latter stages
of the World War II. These craft appeared and vanished at incredible speeds and created
electrical and magnetic anomalies when close to allied aircraft. These craft are similar to
"flying saucers" that were reported initially in 1947.

Nazi leaders were known for their obsession with the occult, including astrology and
ancient relics. Remember the Indiana Jones movies that used Nazi quests for the holiest relics
of the Judeo Christian faith? These movies are based on the occultic practices of Nazis.
One relic they were fascinated with [and may possess] was the "Spear of Destiny"
that pierced Christ's side on Golgotha.
The next movie in the Indiana Jones series is tentatively titled "Indiana Jones and
the Lost Continent" an allusion to Atlantis - the antediluvian civilization destroyed
by God's flood in Genesis Chapter 6 after the daughters of men were taken
by the sons of God as their wives [a reference to "fallen angels"?]

Hitler's corpse was never found. Recent reports of "opened KGB files" assert that
Hitler's bones were kept and then destroyed by Soviet intelligence. But the current
incarnation of Russia is a wolf in sheep's clothing and there is little faith in the KGB
[or FSB, its "successor"] veracity. UFO abductee Barney Hill [who in the 1960's was
one of the first publicized abductees] claimed under hypnosis that one of his abductors
"look[ed] like a German Nazi". Other abductees have claimed seeing Nazi-style decorations
or hearing German or German-accented voices as part of their abduction experience.

Under "Operation Paperclip" Nazi scientists and intelligence officers were integrated
into the military, NASA, and the intelligence community. Wernher von Braun
is the most famous and is remembered for being the genius behind the Saturn rockets.
The most infamous was Reinhard Gehlen, a Major General in the Nazi Abwehr or
intelligence agency.

Gehlen was sponsored by the Dulles brothers. John Foster Dulles was
a founding member of the CFR and served as President Eisenhower’s Secretary of State;
Allen was a president of the CFR, and was the Director of Central Intelligence -
head of the CIA - when John F. Kennedy was assassinated.

Not only has the CIA been implicated in the assassination of JFK, Allen Dulles was
a member of the Warren Commission - the investigative body JFK researchers argue was
the government’s official cover-up of the conspiracy. German wealth [much of it looted
from nations conquered during World War II] was spirited out of Germany.

U.S. Undersecretary of Commerce Stuart Eizenstadt reported the following
concerning the Nazi Treasury:

The evidence presented in this report is incontrovertible.

....The Swiss National Bank and private Swiss bankers knew, as the War progressed,
that the Reichsbank's (the German central bank) own coffers had been depleted,
and that the Swiss were handling vast sums of looted gold.
("TRANscript: EIZENSTAT BRIEFING ON LOOTED NAZI GOLD REPORT"
United States Department of Commerce. 8 May 1997).

When World War II ended, and Europe was being overrun by the allies, the country in charge
of each sector of Europe. In our sector, we backed trucks up to the former production facilities
and hauled off all the documents.

Everyone else did the same thing.

Some twelve years later the Australians discovered a 16mm film, a technical report,
of the German V-7 research project. The V-7 weapons research project involved
circular disk-shaped craft. Now, we knew about programs V-1 through V-4,
but we had no previous idea about the V-7 program.

The information in this documentary seemed to indicate that the Germans built their
first operational disk sometime in the early 1940's in the first production facility in Prague.
Then they proceeded to expand their design, development and research teams until
by the time the Germans were being driven back into Germany, they had nine research
facilities, all with projects under testing.

They successfully evacuated eight of those facilities out of Germany, along with
the scientists and the key people. The ninth facility was blown up.
Now, this 16mm film showed some pictures of flying vehicles in operation.

We also knew through intelligence, where I was working at the end of the war,
that the Germans built eight very large cargo submarines, especially built,
and they were all commissioned, launched and proceeded to disappear
without a trace. To this day, we have no idea where they went.

They are not on the bottom of the ocean or at any port we know of. It's a mystery,
but the mystery might have been solved by this Australian documentary film,
which shows large German cargo submarines in the Antarctic with ice flows
all around them, and crews standing on deck waiting for tie-up at a quay.
We have underground information that some of the research facilities in Germany
were taken to a place called "New Schwabenland".

Now, Germany was called "Schwabenland" before it was called Germany.
So, we are talking about "New Germany", and it is located in an area at
the South Pole formerly called Queen Maude Land.



Back around 1937, we convened an international conference under the League of Nations
at the time to decide to restrict new claims to land in Antarctica.

At the time, everyone seemed to have a claim except Germany, who had not staked out
a claim but only had some research going on down there. The whole thing was
designed to keep Germany from making a land claim as the Nazi's were coming to power.
We refused to recognize German claims, which were shown on German maps.

A couple of years ago, National Geographic showed the German claim on a map
for the first time. But, back in 1939, Göring led an expedition to the Antarctic,
including a submarine force, and they took construction and digging equipment
down there and began excavating a tunnel complex, and this activity might have been
going on since that time. If that is the case, it could be a sizable complex today.

That may be where the big cargo submarines are.



We believe that at least one or more of the disk research facilities were taken to Antarctica.

We had information that one was taken to the Amazon, and that another was taken to
the north coast of Norway, where there is a strong German population. Those were taken
into secretly maintained underground facilities.

Before World War II, the Germans had military advisors all over South America,
and when we got into the war we persuaded countries in South America to give up
German advisors and accept American ones. Down there, they still prefer the Germans
and have never liked us. It is quite possible that some of this material and some of these
research facilities were de-centralized to South America as the German empire
began to collapse.

The big companies like I.G. Farben and the German subsidiary of General Electric
opened large subsidiary plants in Rio and Sao Paulo in Brazil, and some of these
new facilities became larger that they had been in Germany. So, there would have been
support capability for disk research facilities. One has to wonder how much truth
there really is to all of this.

It appears that some of the craft we see today are nothing more than
further developments of German disk technology. So, we may in fact be visited
periodically by Germans.

One has to wonder how much we are observing is man-made, and how much is truly
extraterrestrial technology. Certainly there is some of both, but we don't know
what the percentages are.

~Wendelle C. Stevens

Thousands of Missiles Fired by Russian and American Forces over Earth's Arctic Regions
– completely unannounced

Are we fighting extraterrestrial UFOs?

India Daily Staff Reporter Apr. 14, 2005

Report is reaching of a strange behavior by the American and Russian forces in
the Earth’s Arctic regions. Completely unannounced, both the super powers are launching
thousands of missiles from both land based and aircraft launched these missiles
that are being directed out of the earth’s atmosphere into the outer space regions of
our planets atmosphere.

From various news services however there is being reported that Russia and the United States
are conducting Missile Defense War games. The valid question is why was this separate
military exercise not previously announced. Some UFO researchers believe that both the forces
are jointly fighting something that they are not saying.

There are also reports that someone is manipulating the earth’s weather systems in a massive scale.
Are American and Russians jointly fighting them?

The cosmic bursts hitting the earth are also strange.
The Solar flares in recent times have shown extreme abnormal behavior.
The increasing earthquakes, floods, droughts and landslides may have been
caused by some artificial agents.

• On the surface the American and Russians are saying these missile
  launches are part of military exercises but why are they unannounced?
  
• What triggered this massive launch of terrestrial missiles in thousands?
  

Photo taken over the Antarctic sky

VIDEO DOCUMENTARIES

Secrets of the 3rd Reich
http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-8291386537788537096&hl=en#

[googlevideo] [/googlevideo]

Secrets of the 3rd reich

57:29-3 years ago

Evidence of the use of extra terrestrial technology. One of the lasr great mysteries of
the 20th century is the occult past of the 3rd reich, and membership of secret societies
by some of its leading exponents.The question as to whether these people were
aware of the existence of lost extraterrestrial technologies, once applied by past
advanced cultures, is raised by completely new research, supported by historical documents
and original film footage of the period. Were the disk-shaped flying objects (UFOs),
driven by anti-gravitation forces, actually constructed?. Test pilots, engineers and
investigators explain the Nazi programme for space travel and contact with aliens.
Look at the evidence and decide for urself. keywords; ufo conspiracy illuminati mars
coverup secret space programm antigravity free energy nazi technology atlantis

Secrets of the 3rd Reich 21/06/2006 from VideoGoogle Website Evidence of the use of extra terrestrial technology. One of the last great mysteries of the 20th century is the occult past of the 3rd Reich, and membership of secret societies by some of its leading exponents. The question as to whether these people were aware of the existence of lost extraterrestrial technologies, once applied by past advanced cultures, is raised by completely new research, supported by historical documents and original film footage of the period. Were the disk-shaped flying objects (UFOs), driven by anti-gravitation forces, actually constructed?. Test pilots, engineers and investigators explain the Nazi program for space travel and contact with aliens. Look at the evidence and decide for yourself.

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-6541755440775382831&hl=en#

[googlevideo] [/googlevideo]

Russian UFO Documentary - May 2006

Secrets of the Third Reich II - Nazi Bases in Antarctica

15/09/2006
fromVideoGoogleWebsite

UFO Documentary from Russia May 2006, 'Secrets of the Third Reich II' (a Follow Up),
amongst others about Nazi Bases in Antarctica (and much more) ... broadcasted in
RUSSIAN MAINSTREAM MEDIA ... This explosive documentary, is for
EDUCATIONAL & CONSIDERATION purpose ONLY ... it CAN contain disinformation,
please do your OWN checking. It is meant as a WARNING that a PART (!) of the UFOs
could be very well Top Secret Manmade Suppressed Technology, using FREE ENERGY
& Anti Gravity (or Electric Gravitics) Technology HIDDEN from public scrutiny.
Black Projects CAN abuse power, and are very difficult to bring them to justice
(so no real accountability).

[eye in the sky]

UFO - The Greatest Story Ever Denied Part 2 - Moon Rising

[youtube][/youtube]

[eye in the sky]

http://www.nrl.navy.mil/clm/

Naval Research Laboratory
Clementine Lunar Map 2.0

























http://simkin.asu.edu/clem/

Clementine Moon Maps

In 1994, the Clementine spacecraft spent 70 days orbiting the moon to make detailed maps.
The science payload included ultraviolet, visible light, infrared and high resolution cameras,
and a LIDAR laser transmitter to measure surface topography.
Here are links to products of that mission.

Coordinate Systems

Farside	Nearside West	Nearside East	Farside

One challenge for the beginner is that there are several coordinate systems in use for
locating features on the moon. The image above, from JPL's Planetary Image Atlas
goes from 0 to 360 degrees increasing to the East, or right.
But the Clementine Lunar Image Browser goes from 0 to 360 degrees increasing to the West, or left.
Other maps may go from -180 to 180, or 180 West to 180 East. The only longitudes common to
all of these systems are zero at the center of the nearside and 180 is the center of the farside.

Many planetary data sets use positive longitude west coordinates, although positive longitude east
coordinates are more common in recent work. Make sure you check the coordinate system used by
whatever resource you choose.

The Geologic History of the Moon The Clementine Atlas of the Moon
JPL's Planetary Image Atlas Clementine Lunar Image Browser

180W	135W	90W	45W	0	45E	90E	135E	180E
-180	-135	-90	-45	0	+45	+90	+135	+180
180	225	270	315	0	45	90	135	180
180	135	90	45	0	315	270	225	180

Lunar Feature Locator

• Lunar Feature Locator
  
  Enter the name of a crater or other feature on the moon, and get its map coordinates.
  (This uses positive longitude east coordinates, like those found in
  The Geologic History of the Moon.)
  

Online Resources

Crustal Thickness

• Crustal Thickness Data
  
  Crustal thickness at 1x1 degree resolution (in the gravity directory).
  This site includes ASCII data files that you could write a program to process.
  
  NOTE: This is merely a low-resolution model with some uncertainty.
  Do not base conclusions on this data alone.
  

Gravity

• Gravity Data
  
  Gravity anomalies and accelerations at 1x1 degree and 0.25x0.25 degree resolutions.
  This site includes ASCII data files that you could write a program to process.
  
  NOTE:
  Better gravity data should be available from the subsequent
  Lunar Prospector mission.
  

Images in ultraviolet, visible light, and infrared

• Albedo Images
  
  Near side and far side hemispheres. These are from the 750nm filter.
  
• Albedo Map of the Moon
  
  Four JPG images, each larger than 1MB, compiled from about 50,000 Clementine images.
  These are also from the 750nm filter, and the page describes them as
  "the best albedo map produced to date for most of the far side". Resolution is 1km per pixel.
  
• Albedo Maps of the Moon
  
  JPG images in various projections at 5km per pixel and 10km per pixel.
  
• Brightness Temperature Images
  
  Images acquired by the long-wavelength infrared camera, organized by revolution number and then by latitude.
  
• Clementine Lunar Image Browser
  
  Enter latitude and longitude, choose desired kilometers per pixel and preferred image size.
  Retrieve original Clementine satellite images.
  
  NOTE: These images are stored on magnetic tape.
  When you submit your request, the appropriate tape will be mounted
  and the data read from tape. This takes some time,
  so there may be a delay before your image is available.
  If your image does not come up at all, try again perhaps an hour later.
  
• CLIB Lunar Feature Extension
  
  Locate images by type and name instead of by latitude and longitude.
  For example, you could choose "Apollo Landing Site" as the category
  and then select "Stone Mountain" which is one of the named features in that category.
  
• JPL's Planetary Image Atlas
  
  The links next to the Clementine mission will let you search for images from
  every Clementine camera using a web form (Product Search) or a clickable map
  (Map Search), or via the Map-A-Planet interface under Tailor-made Maps.
  There is also a large collection of CD-ROM copies that contain the raw
  unprocessed images as acquired from the spacecraft, organized by orbit number,
  and a global basemap mosaic where you can
  browse down to individual 100m per pixel JPG images by latitude and longitude.
  
• Lunar Images
  
  This site includes
  
  
  
  • Orthographic views from various longitudes at 2km per pixel as 3MB TIFF files
    
  • Basemap at 500m per pixel in ISIS and TIFF formats, file sizes range from 15MB to 240MB
    
  • Color mosaics in TIFF and ISIS formats, file sizes from 21MB to 1.9GB (from Clementine UVVIS MULTISPECTRAL DIM CDs Volumes CL_4001 - CL_4078)
    
  • Hi Res mosaics from orbits 214, 218 and 220, in TIFF and ISIS formats, at resolutions up to 100m per pixel
    
  • Hi Res north pole mosaic in PNG format (37MB) and ISIS format (57MB to 380MB)
    
  
  


• Near-Infrared Global Multispectral Map
  
  Download 1.4GB mosaic files in ISIS cube format.
  

Mineral Resources

• Map of Possible Ice at the South Pole
  
  Two JPG images, each larger than 1MB, showing the location where data indicates there may be ice at the Moon's south pole.
  
• Resource Maps
  
  Iron and titanium maps.
  

Surface Texture

• Raw Bistatic Radar Data
  
  On 1994-04-10 Clementine's antenna was aimed at the Moon's south pole in "spotlight mode"
  and the reflected radio signal was recorded on Earth.
  The strength of the scattered signal from the illuminated area may be
  interpreted in terms of the texture of the surface at that point.
  
  
  On 1994-04-23 a similar experiment was conducted on the lunar north pole,
  and on another small portion of the Moon for comparison.
  See RADIO SCIENCE SUBSYSTEM INSTRUMENT INFORMATION
  (search for "Bistatic Surface Scattering Measurements")
  for more information about this experiment.
  This corresponds to the data on Clementine CDs CL_2001 through CL_2013.
  
  
  
  • (NOTE: If Internet Explorer will not open the above web page,
    try another browser such as Netscape, Mozilla or Opera,
    or right-click, Save Target As, and open it with some other program.
    There is nothing wrong with the file itself.
    It should open just fine with any program that correctly implements the well-defined web standards.)
    
  
  


• Reduced Bistatic Radar Data
  
  This has partially processed data from orbit 234,
  and corresponds to the data on Clementine CDs CL_2101 through CL_2108.
  

Topography

NOTE: These topography results are all based on a LIDAR laser altimeter
which was subject to several operational constraints. The spacecraft's orbit was too high
to get useful results near the poles (beyond about 78 degrees). The laser was usually
directed toward the ground track under the satellite's orbit, so measurements are
typically 2.8 degrees apart in the east-west direction. The laser fired usually every 20km
along the north-south path, but many pulses did not produce a valid return.
Some pulses even produced multiple returns. Vertical precision was about 40m.
The data has been interpolated down to 1x1 degree and 0.25x0.25 degree, but at that
scale you would be looking at a lot of interpolated data for each original measurement.

• Color-coded Topography
  
  Oblique shaded-relief elevation map.
  
• Lunar Topography
  
  Small color image, 461x381 pixels.
  
• Topography Data
  
  
  
  
  Elevation data interpolated from the LIDAR instrument at 1x1 degree and 0.25x0.25 degree resolutions.
  This site includes ASCII data files that you could write a program to process.
  
• Topographic Maps
  
  Near side, far side, east and west hemispheres.
  

General Reference

• Space Photography Laboratory
  
  This is a catalog of materials available online or by visiting the SPL in PSF 513-A.
  

Hardcopy and Media

Visit the Space Photography Laboratory in PSF 513-A to view these materials.
The SPL is open 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday.

• Clementine Atlas of the Moon
  
  This book includes 144 full-page pictures covering the entire
  lunar surface and identifying most of the named features.
  The atlas also includes a few color maps, such as iron and titanium concentrations,
  a geologic map, and neutron spectrometer measurements of epithermal neutron flux at the poles.
  
• Images and Data on CD-ROM
  
  Experimental Data Records, ultraviolet and visible camera mosaics,
  multispectral DIMs, and Hi-Res Strip Mosaics.
  These CDs are archival data sources and may not be removed from the SPL.
  A complete online copy of these CDs, with descriptions of what is on each,
  can be found at JPL's Online Data Volumes.
  

http://www.lpi.usra.edu/lunar/missions/clementine/data/

http://www.mapaplanet.org/explorer/help/data_set.html

http://onmoon.jpl.nasa.gov/

You have reached a WMS server for Lunar data. The WMS server URL, to be used by
WMS client applications is http://onmoon.jpl.nasa.gov/wms.cgi
If you are writing a WMS client, or use one that allows the definition of a coordinate system,
please use the IAU2000 namespace for coordinate reference systems encoding,
in which the lunar geographic projection is encoded as IAU2000:30100

The following datasets are available:



Clementine

The Clementine 750 nm Base Map data is a greyscale image representing the albedo
(brightness of the lunar surface) as measured at the 750 nm wavelength by the UV/Vis camera.
This lunar base map is a radiometrically and geometrically controlled, photometrically modeled
global image mosaic compiled using more than 43,000 images from the 750 nanometer filter
observations of the Ultraviolet/Visible camera onboard the Clementine Spacecraft.
The final NASA PDS archive (volumes CL_3001 through CL_3015) was produced in July, 1997
by the USGS Astrogeology Research Program in cooperation with University of Arizona
(Lunar and Planetary Laboratory) and Northwestern University, Evanston, IL.
The resulting image was warped using a 6th order polynomial to conform to
the ULCN2005 control network. To see the Clementine mosaic using GoogleEarth
use this KML file:OnMoon_Clementine.kml.



Lunar Orbiter Mosaic

This Lunar Orbiter global digital mosaic was constructed using data aquired by LO III, IV and V;
High- and Medium- Resolution cameras that were projected to Equirectangular projection
at 512 pixels/degree (~59.0 meters/pixel). A high pass boxfilter was applied to the individual frames
before mosaicking in order to normalize the relative brightness. The results emphasize
the high-frequency data by retaining only 10% of the low-frequency brightness variation.
For further information, visit USGS Planetary GIS Web Server



Clementine UV and Visual, multispectral.

This layer contains the full resolution, 5 band, 16 bit per pixel Clementine ultraviolet and
visual mosaics, warped to match the ULCN2005. Coverage is limited to latitudes
between S60 to N60. The default style contains bands 2,1 and 0, mapped to red,green and blue,
and then scaled to a 8 bit range. The Ultraviolet/Visible (UV/Vis) camera was designed to
study the surface of the Moon at five different wavelengths in the ultraviolet and visible spectrum.
This experiment yielded information on the petrologic properties of the surface material
on the Moon, as well as giving images useful for morphologic studies and cratering statistics.
Most images were taken at low Sun angles, which is useful for petrologic studies but not for
observing morphology. The global images were further warped using a 6th order polynomial
to conform to the ULCN2005 control network.
Band 1 - 415 nm, Ultraviolet-Violet
Band 2 - 750nm, Red-Near Infrared
Band 3 - 900nm, Near Infrared
Band 4 - 950nm, Near Infrared
Band 5 - 1000nm, Near Infrared



ULCN 2005Elevation

The lunar elevation as 16 bit integers, matching the Unified Lunar Control Network 2005,
16 data points per degree. The default style is scaled to 8 bit range. The full precision DEM
can be requested by useing PNG format and the "short_int" style. The elevation model,
at 1895m per pixel, is based on a local polynomial of first degree with a segmented a circular
search area having four segments to select the closest minimum of 5 and maximum of
25 control network points.



Colorized and shaded elevation

Image obtained by applying a color scale to the elvation, with extra hillshading.



Grayscale and shaded elevation

Grayscale elevation, with hillshading.

The shaded relief data were originally published as a series of 1:5 million shaded relief maps.
This series included three U.S. Geological Survey maps: I-1218-B, Shaded Relief Map of
the Lunar Far Side, 1980; I-1326-A, Shaded Relief Map of the Lunar Polar Regions, 1981;
and I-2276, Sheet 2 of 2, Shaded Relief Map of the Lunar Near Side, 1992. These maps were
digitized and mosaicked into a single digital file. An area of approximately 500,000 km2 near
the south pole was not visible in any pre-Clementine images and is blank on the published map.
The digitized relief base was revised based on the Clementine mosaic and recent
Earth-based radar imagery to show features in this area. Errors that were present in the original
interpretations of lunar morphology have not been corrected in the digital version of the warped
shaded relief map base. These original errors were caused by scanty data, ambiguities introduced
by highly oblique solar incidence angles, and distortions created in generating orthophotographs
from oblique images.

[eye in the sky]

http://www.hallofthegods.org/2008/12/ancient-moon-bases.html

Ancient Moon Bases

Summary

There is hard visual evidence that there are artificial constructions and areas on
the Moon's surface that are being intentionally obscured from view due to
image tampering by NASA and the US Navy. Some of these structures have slipped
through the censors net and are clearly visible on photographs taken by
the Apollo missions and the Clementine satellite. It is only a matter of time now
before the public at large finds out that the remnants of an ancient civilization,
considerably more advanced than our own, have been discovered on the moon.
The implications are seismic.

Twenty first century missions to the Moon

The establishment of bases on the Moon and commercial exploration of the surface
of the planet will soon be a reality. NASA intends to return to the Moon in 2014
with its new Orion spacecraft, while the construction of an actual manned lunar base
is scheduled for 2019.

Russia’s booster rocket maker, Energia, has a more ambitious program;
to build a permanent manned base on the Moon by 2015. Russia says that
the base will be built to develop the industrial production of Helium-3.
The non-radioactive isotope of Helium, Helium-3, is a powerful fuel that
can be used in nuclear power generation. It is believed that only six tons
of this fuel could provide enough energy to power a large European country
for one year.

India's space program successfully launched its first lunar mission (Chandraayan)
in October 2008, joining what is looking increasingly like a 21st century space race.
Japan (Selene) and China (Changle) already have survey craft in orbit.

A meeting on future space exploration that was held in Athens in May 2007 identified
detailed research of the Moon as one of the priority issues of the European space program.

NASA and the Moon

Both the Soviet and American lunar programs of the 1960’s and 1970’s were undertaken
with a high level of secrecy, and only a portion of the information compiled was released
to the public. NASA might be considered a civilian agency, but in reality most if its astronauts
and other employees have to adhere to strict military security regulations.
The majority of NASA’s activities are funded from the defense budget. NASA screens
and stores all images from the Moon. Only carefully selected and censored images are
open to the general public and only a small proportion of lunar material and samples
are available for scrutiny.

So why the cover up? - Most probably because the US government has been trying
to buy time. There are structures on the Moon built by a highly technologically
advanced civilization. If word got out that these lunar structures existed,
a new and vastly expensive space race would be triggered. The cover up has bought
NASA and the US 30 years – but now the race is on! Has somebody spilled the beans?
Or is this just the start of a new space age ‘gold rush’ for Helium 3?
Either way, it is only a matter of time now, with so many nations getting involved
in lunar exploration, before the cat is let out of the bag and the world is told -
Somebody got to the Moon many thousands of years before us!

Amazing structures on the Moon

Looking at the old Apollo photographs and more recent pictures taken by satellite,
ink spots and blurs can frequently be seen. NASA and the US military censors
have carefully inspected every single photograph and have blurred some areas
while applying black ink to others. What are they trying to hide?

Technology has moved on since the days of the Apollo missions. Computers and
their software are now vastly more sophisticated. Features that were not evident
on lunar photographs released to the public in the 1960s and 1970’s, and thus missed
by the censors, can now be discerned using modern image analysis software.
Detailed analysis of photographs released by NASA has revealed evidence of
what appear to be ruins and artificial constructions of various types.
Photographs taken from Apollo space craft in lunar orbit show rectangular and
square shaped objects in the Aristotle crater. These structures are most definitely
not of natural origin.



Below is an image taken from the Clementine satellite image browser at latitude -35
and longitude 208. Note that the obscured angular image is still partially visible.



Numerous myths and legends from different historical cultures and nations speak
of a race of ‘gods’ that once inhabited the Earth. Could it be that constructions on the Moon
were created by a highly advanced human civilisation that lived 12,000 years or more ago,
before the catastrophic ending of the last ice age?

Lunar enigmas

The Aristarchus crater enigma is one of numerous so-called transient lunar phenomena (TLP).
It is one of the brightest lunar occurrences, which changes colour, sometimes producing
a red or bluish glow, and appears to emit gas. In 1958, Aristarchus crater's strange phenomena
were observed by Russian astronomer N. Kozyrev. They were also reported by the crew
of Apollo 11. The nature of the crater phenomena has given credence to a theory that
there could be some sort of a power device, possibly a fusion reactor, in the crater.



In 1968, a year before Neil Armstrong first stepped onto the Moon, a NASA catalogue of
TLPs was published. The document featured almost 600 unexplained lunar phenomena,
which had been observed since 1540. The catalogue included the 1871-1896 reports from
England's Royal Astronomical Society of lighted geometrical images on the Moon.
Later astronomers confirmed observations of oval moving lunar objects, and
reports of bridge-like constructions in the lunar region called Mare Crisium.

Another lunar enigma is centred on Copernicus crater. The site appears to resemble
an ancient strip mine. As there is no wind or free flowing water on the Moon,
erosion of the lunar terrain cannot be involved in producing a landscape
which resembles a vast mining operation site, with debris and rock piles and angled terraces.
The topography of the Copernicus crater (see below), such as ridges and ramps,
resemble those of strip mines seen on Earth.



The Shard

A strange object rising above the surface of the Moon was photographed by
an Apollo mission. The object has a spindly geometrical shape and is about 1 mile
in length. It is highly unlikely that the Shard is a natural phenomenon.



Other lunar anomalies

There are many more unexplained lunar anomalies. For example, in the upper part of
Rima Hadley, not far from the place where Apollo-15 landed, a construction surrounded
by a tall D-shaped wall was discovered. A transparent dome raised above a crater edge
was apparently discovered near the Copernicus crater. Many structures in or close to
craters have been deliberately obscured in lunar photographs.



Apollo-10 astronauts took a photo (AS10-32-4822) of a one-mile long object called ‘Castle’,
which casts a distinct shadow on the lunar surface. The object seems to consist
of several cylindrical units and a large conjunctive unit.



Former NASA scientists speak out

In March 1996 it was announced for the first time that artificial structures and objects
had been discovered on the Moon. The briefing was given by former NASA scientists,
engineers and other researchers, under the aegis of ‘The Mars Mission’, a grassroots
space research and policy group of specialists and citizens. They stated that they were
acting independently of NASA, and that their briefing had not been sanctioned
by the space agency.

At the briefing in the National Press Club in Washington D.C. it was stated that,
in addition to NASA, the Soviet Union had photographic evidence proving
the presence of ancient ruins on the Moon. Video films and photos made by US astronauts
during the Apollo program were shown at the briefing. Representatives of the media
were extremely surprised as to why the materials had not been revealed to
the public earlier. It was indicated that this was due to censorship by NASA.

These official mission films, analysed using scientific techniques and computer technologies
unavailable to NASA 30 years ago (when the original photographs were taken),
now provide compelling evidence for the presence of ancient artificial structures on the Moon.

Startling Apollo lunar allegations

The former manager of the Data and Photo Control Department at NASA’s Lunar
Receiving Laboratory during the manned Apollo Lunar Program, Ken Johnston,
has released a number of sensational statements recently in the USA.
The specialist said that U.S. astronauts found ancient ruins of artificial origin
when they landed on the Moon. He said that the U.S. government had been
keeping this information a secret for 40 years.

Johnston's incredible allegations have recently appeared in a new book,
‘Dark Mission: the Secret History of NASA’, co-authored by former NASA consultant
and CBS Science Advisor, Richard C. Hoagland and Mike Bara, an aerospace
engineering consultant.

Towers on the Moon

Massive towers have also been discovered on the lunar surface. Below is an attempt
by the NASA censors to smudge out one of these towers from an Apollo photograph.



Attempts to conceal the towers have not always been successful. As can be seen
in the photograph below, a massive tower is clearly visible on a NASA photograph
enhanced using modern image processing technology.



Ancient spaceship on the Moon?

An anomalous object was captured on film in 1971 by the Apollo 15 astronauts
at an altitude of about 70 miles above the lunar surface as they passed over
the ‘dark’ side of the moon. The image shown below is from the official Lunar and
Planetary Institute’s Apollo Image Atlas AS15-P-9625.



This object bears a striking resemblance to the cigar shaped Vimanas,
or ancient flying craft, described in ancient Indian texts.

http://www.marsanomalyresearch.com/evidence-reports/2004/067/moon-towers.htm

MOON TOWER EVIDENCE
Report #067
May 12, 2004 (documentation replaced 2/13/2010)
Joseph P. Skipper

J. P. Skipper can be contacted at jskipper@marsanomalyresearch.com



This type of evidence reporting may be disturbing to some, not because of the evidence itself
so much as because of its implications. After all, this evidence isn't on what we consider to be
some distant remote planet like Mars but on the Moon close to us hanging right over our heads
every night. A place that we consider as ours and to be dead and without active current life.
If you have strong feelings in this regard, perhaps you should consider not getting into
this report and its evidence because this may burst a bubble.

With that said, the above first image, as are all the rest here, is taken directly from the 1994
Navy Clementine military official science data and shown above at standard official resolution
demonstrating two massive left and right towering objects in the terrain. Although blur and
smudge tampering applications have completely covered up these objects so that no specific
details of their true structure can actually be directly seen, that doesn't mean that
there isn't plenty here to interpret and learn from.

We are fortunate that the 1994 tampering applications stage of development mapped
and tightly conformed to each of these huge object's individual shape in a different
digital layer rather than more effectively blending that shape out against and into
the background terrain in a single layer as is more typical of the later MGS MOC imaging.
The net effect of this is that we can still tell that these are most likely massive very tall
vertical towering structures that dwarf by far anything else in the terrain around it.
The objects wider base footprint tapering to a narrower form as it goes up to
the more slender top is typical of a very tall skyscraper building forms here on Earth.
However, these on the Moon are much more massive and far taller than anything
here on Earth, no doubt enabled by the Moon's much lower gravity.

Now note right off that these objects do not cast a shadow and that might at first impression
lead one to consider that this may be a tapering shaped strip of blur/smudge tampering
horizontally oriented on the ground and not covering a tall vertical object. However,
the terrain all around these towers where a shadow might be have been has been
subjected to smudge color coordinated object specific image tampering applications done
at much closer resolutions than officially released. As I have stated a number of times,
the mapping type tampering applications map around normal size evidence at much
closer resolutions never released to the public and then the distancing technique
added produces the tiny looking geometric rectangular structures you will see here
that this terrain is absolutely full of around and nearby these immense structures.

The mapping to individual objects process leaves out the light reflective tops of normal size
rectangular structures and creates the many rectangular tiny specks you see in this terrain
at the official resolution that is released to the public. If you will look very close,
take special note of these prominent specks in the terrain to the immediate left of the base of
the left tower and note that they are for the most part rectangular shaped. These tampering
applications in the terrain have also in the process broken up and covered up the shadows
of these towers along with just about everything else natural or artificial in the surface
topography except for the reflective tops of rectangular structures. With long straight linear lines
at the edges, the dark very long shadows that would be expected to be thrown by these objects
would fall well within the automated software's geometric programming profiles and
be candidates for cover up applications.

When this close resolution stage of the tampering work is done, the imaging is then
drawn back to a more distant view leaving the software having only to map to the tower objects
in a separate digital layer. The color coordinated (with the terrain) blur/smudge tampering is
applied to the towers. Once these largest of all structures are covered up, then the view
is again drawn back to an even more distant and final level providing the official view seen
above as released to the public. This much distancing away from the true much closer
image resolution reduces anything normal size to something very distant and tiny as you see here
at official resolution where original shapes tend to merge together forming new false shapes.

This distancing tampering technique works well with normal size now reduced
to very tiny size evidence but, even heavily covered up by blur/smudge tampering,
the massive towers dominating the terrain are still far too large, still too prominent,
and still too noticeable. So they then cause the imaging to be generally substantially
out of focus and it is also darkened a bit.

If questioned on this particular obfuscation technique, you can bet that their misdirection
defense would no doubt be to point out that this is albedo tuned Clementine Moon imaging
designed to capture color reflectivity and differentiation and not designed to enhanced
ground based object sharpness and detail. Of course such a explanation would ignore
the fact that some simple enhancements by me are able to RETURN the image to a level of
resolution closer to its original sharpness just as you see here in my imaging and thereby
substantially improve the view. Obviously, if the original sharpness wasn't there in the image
to start with, I could not have done this. That fact demonstrates that the original sharpness
of the image has been degraded. That is unless you accept that the best military imaging
specialists in the world able to count the warts on a bald headed terrorist's noggin from
a distant satellite view (okay a slight exaggeration) are consistently incompetent in image
after image in the tens of thousands of the Clementine Moon.

The combination of all these different types of image tampering effectively leaves even
the immense towers vague appearing and harder to see and differentiate from the terrain
they sit in. Yelp, you guessed it, that describes the resolution situation of the Clementine
official data as released to the public and for research. So, if you are inclined to look at
the official imaging for yourself to check behind me and verify the evidence and its details
as appears in my imaging here, remember that I have done clarifying work to defeat
some of these obfuscation tactics. So be prepared to have some graphics software at hand
and use it if you desire to bring this evidence out of the darkness and sharpen up its official
fuzzy quality to match the clarity of my images here.

As evidence of these tampering applications destroying shadows, I draw your attention
to the small crater and its interior shadow to the immediate right of the top of the right tower
and then note the small crater a little further to the left even with the top of the right tower in
the above first image. If real and not themselves tampered with (possible), these two small craters
demonstrate the sun angle and the position of legitimate interior shadows on the crater floors.
Now look around at the other craters and you will seen that in varying degrees they do not
demonstrate this sharp shadow effect, even though they as craters theoretically should.

That's because they are generally larger, have broader surface interiors apparently providing
more room for development of content in them needing obfuscation administrations and
therefore have been the recipient of a lot of tampering smudge applications. This out right
destroys or at the very least compromises the visuals of shadows cast on the near side interior
by the raised crater rims along with the rim and everything else, including any artificiality or
natural geological topography evidence.

I could have shown these tampering applications better here by darkening the scene
and zooming in more but this would have come at the expense of clarity on the towers
main evidence and I ran out of image room in this report for any additional imaging.
In fact, all the images in this report are seeing a lot of ground level detail typical of
tampering masked civilization evidence making each image file size larger than normal
and six of them are pushing the envelope and have bogged down this report's loading
speed considerably. I am sorry about that but it couldn't be helped.



The above second image offers a split screen view showing the two towers much closer
or rather the blur/smudge tampering covering them. At the very minimum, the mere presence
of this blur treatment covering something this large and massive on the Moon's surface
should be a real eye opener for even the most hardened skeptic. Even if you can't accept
my take of what this evidence logically appears to be, you have to ask yourself,
what could there possibly be about the supposedly airless no gravity dead lonely
Moon's geological surface that could warrant these highly object specific very clear image
tampering treatments on such a scale???

Make no mistake about it, you are looking directly at evidence of censorship and
by the military, not just the usual manipulations of NASA/JPL and company.
The military is in absolute control of the Clementine Moon mission from beginning to end
and you can bet that what ever is under this tampering is as top secret as it gets in our society.
To clarify in your mind just how much in control of this particular Clementine mission
the military is from the DOD (Department of Defense) on down, reread my previous
report #066 titled "The Clandestine Moon: An Overview" for some enlightenment.

However, as obvious and highly dramatic as this massive very tall structures evidence is,
it is not the only important evidence here. Now these scenes have been over lightened
a bit from the darker originals to give you the best view of these immense tall objects
but this came at the expense of the much smaller evidence detail and that's what
I want you to consider now.

In the above second image and in the left split screen frame, please look close and note
the area in the terrain to the immediate left of the base of the left tower structure.
The color coordinated smooth surface featureless smudge tampering application
coatings there tightly hugging the terrain should be obvious to many of you.
You can see how this both covers over almost everything but also leaves portions,
particularly top portions (roofs) of some of the tiny rectangular structures out in the midst
of the application. When drawn back to the official distant resolution as evidenced in
my first image above, these just look like simple specks in clarity enhanced imaging. Likewise,
when viewed in the official resolution with its fuzziness and darker quality, these are often
not even visible even as tiny specks and only as a vague terrain texture that breaks up
the smooth featurelessness of the applications.

This is how what we would consider normal size civilization evidence is hidden.
This is how tower shadows and crater interior shadows are visually compromised,
broken up, and/or destroyed. This is how color coordination is mapped into the terrain
on the back of this mapped coating done at many times closer resolutions than seen here.
This is how the visuals of real natural geological surface details are compromised or
destroyed substituting false illusionary detail. This also how visual frame of reference
surface objects are compromised that might tip one off as to what the true distance/scale
is as opposed to what we are being conned into believing exists in any view.

Once you understand how these manipulations are done, then you begin to realize that
the view is much more distant that you are led to believe by the official statistics and that
these tiny rectangular structures are really what we would consider normal size objects,
just seen very distantly via artificial manipulation. For example, one of those tiny
rectangular objects you see in the midst of that tampering to the left of the base of
the left tower is actually the size of a very large long multistory commercial building.
Once you understand that and the real scale here in this scene, you begin to realize that
the vertical artificial tower (assuming it is that) is actually incredibly massive, super tall,
colossal in scale, and well beyond the size of any vertical structure seen here on Earth.



The above third image demonstrates yet more very obvious tower evidence
but in a different location. This new and different site is actually nearby and to the right
or east of the site of the two towers in my first and second images here. The massive structures
in my first and second images are very similar to each other in their super tall tapered shape
but here the left tower is very similar to the first two but the two towers to the right in this scene
are a bit shorter, more blocky in appearance, and a bit more massive. The collection of green
arrows point out some of the most obvious but not all of the civilization evidence in this scene.

The tampering covered up massive structures are very obvious but also note the great number
of rectangular tiny specks located all around in this scene. Many of these are tops of
geometric structures sticking out of the smudge tampering applications but you will also
see a good many tiny rectangular structures sitting in the landscape not covered up by
the tampering. Scale wise this is what we might consider normal size civilization evidence,
just seen very tiny because of the use of the distancing technique. It is this very telling
smaller size evidence that provides us with insight into the true size scale here and gives us
a more accurate perception of the colossal size of the dominating massive structures.

Pay special attention to the large shallow appearing crater in the background landscape
behind the towers. It is shallow appearing only because the mid and rear areas are covered up
by heavy darker smudge image tampering applications that have obliterated the side and
rear crater rims blending these areas into the general surrounding terrain and creating the illusion
of not much depression depth. The near foreground rim in the dark narrow band area has
also been broken up by tampering applications but, although thick, these applications
are a little more spotty there and there is just so much small geometric structure evidence
concentrated in this band and much of it can be seen better in the closer imaging in
the next two images below.



The above fourth image demonstrates a closer view of the scene in the left field of
my third image. As you can see, the blur/smudge tampering covering up the largest most
massive vertical structures is clear and very obvious standing out very sharply in the terrain.
Note the long narrow horizontal band of tampering application extending out left and
right from the base of the taller tower on the left and in the background behind the right tower
hiding something lower profile and long in the terrain.

Just as important, please note the few small but still clearly seen rectangular
geometric structures evidence in the terrain out in the foreground in front of the left tower
and to the left of the right tower that the direct tampering applications missed.
Now look at the small geometric structure evidence thick in the dark area at
the top of the image. Small but very telling evidence and it is all over this general scene.



The above fifth image is a closer view of the right field of view in my third image.
Note the obvious massive but lower profile (relative to the tallest towers) structure hidden
by the blur/smudge tampering application near the right side of the image. It dominates
everything but this scene is more important because it has some of the most and
the best small structure evidence in it.

Get close to the computer screen and look very close at the many geometric small structures
in the darker area near the top of the image. Many have dark black narrow runs of tampering
on them to break up their visuals and run them together but some individual geometric structures
can still be clearly seen to, especially the reflective roof tops. This is very powerful artificiality
evidence and right on the Moon hanging over our heads every night. Note to that this
evidence significantly appears to be in the open and not under protective covers.

However, this imaging does not allow a conclusive determination as to whether any of this
artificiality evidence is active or long dead or abandoned. But, if you can accept any of this
evidence at all and before some start choosing to believe that this must be dead or
abandoned evidence, consider why there have been no human return visits to the Moon
in over three decades since the initial flurry of the 1960s and 1970s? That clearly amounts
to avoiding the Moon and instead concentrating on space stations closer to home in
the intervening decades.

Also, why the refusal to have Hubble close image the Moon? That to clearly amounts to
avoidance as well. Why the determined resistance in spite of pressure from scientists
in this regard? Think about it! If there were long dead and/or abandoned sophisticated
structures on the Moon on the large scale you see here, there would have been secrecy
but also a mad scramble to access them and their knowledge potential as quickly as possible.
That this appears not to have happened is significant evidence in its own right.

Likewise, some might want to suspect that we are already on the Moon and the mostly
hidden civilization evidence seen here is only evidence of our being there and that is
the secret being hidden. Well we might be there but I doubt it. Either way, the civilization evidence
seen here is too much and far beyond what could have been accomplished in secret on
the Moon by Earth humans in the last few decades. It clearly represents the presence,
past and/or present, of someone else on "our" Moon.

The most likely scenario is that early Moon exploration discovered something there
that has caused us to keep our distance for decades and this is the secret that is
being maintained. Why? Very likely because there is little to nothing we can do about it.
This has no doubt had its impact on our exploration of Mars as well with a similar result.
Non intrusive observation devises may be permitted but not anything more intrusive
than that and that is why the only missions to the Moon and Mars since then have been
in the form of lower profile fairly covert surveillance technology and why manned missions
have been so determinedly resisted.

Some skeptics in denial may want to talk about these many geometric forms being
the result of over pixelation of the images. If so, all you have to do is look at the smoother
featureless and a bit lumpy (conforming/mapping to what they cover up) tampering
application surfaces and edges and note that you see absolutely no pixelation in these spots
such as on the towers. Pixelation is the result of zooming in too much so that the underlying
square pixel grid is blown up too much and starts introducing blocky patterns all over the image.

If this was truly happening, then that blocky pattern influence would be demonstrated
all over the image, not just in the parts of it demonstrating geometric structures.
That this is not the case, is very telling. Further, anyone with graphics software can prove
to themselves that pixelation is not a factor by simply increasingly zooming in on
the original official image. When you reach the zoom factor matching what I have on the evidence
(always stated), you will see no pixelation on the evidence. But, if you zoom further
beyond that point, true pixelation blocky patterns will gradually begin to appear.
The point is that pixelation happens only beyond the point of my zoom factors confirming
that pixelation by me is not a factor in my imaging.



The above sixth image demonstrates a mosaic image section clearly inserted into
the overall image. The presence of this insert and its relation to the other evidence
can be seen at the top of my third image here in this report.

Note that, just as I pointed out in my older report #054 titled "Viking Tampering Evidence,"
the insert stands out so sharply in this terrain because the image tampering applications
are different in this mosaic piece than the others surrounding it. The terrain outside the insert
has a great deal of color coordinated tampering applications in it such as the more evident
carpeting treatments in the large crater in the left bottom area of the above image that created
the shallow crater illusion at the back of the crater. However, within the insert area there are
a lot of very dark color tampering applications. The result is the strong contrast between
the two different tampering fields drawing attention to the insert and its straight perimeter
demarcation lines.

Most of the small civilization evidence within the image insert area has been obliterated
by the very dark tampering leaving only the smallest of all evidence out of it and that
located in high albedo (reflective) areas which tends to obscure it. However, even though
very small due to the distance tampering, the tiny evidence left out of the tampering,
some of which is pointed out by the green arrows, still clearly appears to be lower profile
rectangular geometric structure evidence strongly suggestive of artificiality and buildings.

You should be aware that the official images the evidence in this report is drawn from
are located in the upper northern latitudes near but not in the North Polar Region.
The satellite/camera orbital path from south to north generally conforms to the curve of
the Moon's surface over most of its passage but begins in its elliptical orbit to be further
away from the surface as it approaches the poles. This starts occurring right at this
mosaic image insert point and its camera shots of the surface at this point begin to be further
away from the surface and more angled. This distancing and widening of the view taking in
more of the curvature of the Moon away from the camera also tends to stretch the image.
The Moon topography at and just above this insert's location starts to show this effect.
Above this point, viewable detail very rapidly degrades and distorts with distance
and this stretching effect.

CONCLUSION

I suspect that some of you have strong fairly entrenched assumptions about what is
acceptable to be considering as being on or not being on the Moon. After all, generations
have grown up thinking of the Moon a certain way and that it is a dead airless place
inhospitable to life as we know it and the only way human life as we know it could live
there is in protected and even armored environments on the surface or underground.

If thought about at all, this concept is so deeply entrenched in the public psychology
and reinforced by a perception of familiarity with the Moon (warranted or not),
that evidence such as you see here is probably going to be perceived by some
as too fantastic and perhaps even too disturbing and therefore rejected emotionally
as outright impossible. The fact that the smaller evidence that we can also see here
appears to be out in the open and not protected by traditional barriers (that we can see
or might be familiar with) appears to fly impossibly in the face of our belief systems and
what we might think we should expect of the supposedly airless Moon, also tends to
reinforce the concept that this evidence is impossible.

Yet, the visual hard evidence presented here is implacably what it is. Further,
it is readily verifiable in the official data by anyone who cares to go to the trouble of
checking it behind me via the links provided below and supported by that data.
Just remember, I do not in any way make this evidence, only present it as it is found,
so don't blame the messenger if you see something here you don't like and find disturbing
in its implications and possibilities.

As you can see in the hard visual evidence here, it is clearly an inescapable fact that
there are massively large objects or areas on the Moon's surface being intentionally
visually hidden from our view by image tampering applications. Clearly someone here on Earth
is doing this and definitely knows the truth! Beyond that identifying what is being hidden
beneath the tampering is admittedly speculation but that speculation can also be based on
logic and reason to and therefore still informative and worthy of exploring.

Clearly, the military logically would not be hiding natural rock/sediment topography as that
would simply not be worthy of such secrecy obfuscation treatments and can be ruled out.
So what else is there? By the process of elimination, based on the question of what would be
worthy of such treatments, the obvious implication is that these are artificial structures of
some kind and therefore most probably represent civilization evidence. The small rectangular
geometric evidence in the terrain around and nearby these massive objects that are not
completely hidden by the image tampering applications also reinforces this concept.
Additionally, the mere presence itself of the considerable image tampering mapping to
and covering up most of this evidence also reinforces this concept. Obviously,
where there is smoke, there is also of course probably fire.

If someone else does have a long term entrenched presence on "our" Moon so close
every night over our heads with all of its implications, including how they be interacting
with us and who has a right to what, then this is our truth and reality whether we are willing to
admit it or not or face it or not. Personal denial and pretense changes nothing at all and
only perpetuates self ignorance and that in turn increases the risk of an unfortunate unprepared
for outcome as reality goes on relentlessly about its business. We have to wake up to
the real world that we already live in and learn to effectively deal with it if we are ever to be
worthy of our own self respect and stand on equal footing with peers we didn't even know we had.

At the very minimum, the crystal clear and undeniable tampering hard visual evidence seen here
on such a large scale mapping to such sharply defined specific points of the Moon's surface
topography tells us absolutely conclusively that there is a large secrecy agenda in existence
within our space exploration programs, someone here is clearly involved, and it represents
some kind of truth that is big and important enough to be actively hidden from the public
and taxpayers who pay the freight that enables the very endeavors that produce this evidence
and who own it.

Maybe some of you will not agree but I think this situation is wrong, increasingly risky,
and a situation requiring correction. If we need to grow up some in the process, then so be it.
What do you think? Do you really want to know? Can you handle the truth I suspect many of you
already sense and logically anticipate? Are you ready to move on psychologically into
a new age of increased complexity that appears to possibly be already upon us?

DOCUMENTATION (replaced 2/13/2010)

The military's Clementine Lunar Browser (CLIB) version 1.5 has been "retired"
and the new "improved" version 2.0 data that replaces it now conveniently (for secrecy)
does not contain the discovery evidence presented here in this report and it appears that
those former discovery sites have been altered in the 2.0 data to sanitize them away.
Therefore, to facilitate verification and prove that the anomalous discoveries were in fact
in the older 1.5 science data and part of it for 16 years, the links immediately below access
the unaltered version 1.5 originals downloaded by this researcher in 2004 and now parked
on this website.

Report 1st & 2nd source image from the 1.5 data

Report 3rd, 4th, 5th & 6th source image from the 1.5 data

Since the general terrain around these discovery sites can still be identified in the new 2.0 data
despite changes, you can compare the old 1.5 versus the new 2.0 sites and see the sanitization
for yourself. Even though this may be historically consistent with past secrecy treatment of
anomalous Moon evidence, I see this foolishness 16 years later military move targeting these
anomalous discoveries as particularly offensive, arrogant, and of very poor judgment.
Worse it demonstrates a serious disconnect with and disregard for the American people
who paid for this and who's sole property it is. However, you must decide for yourself
http://www.cmf.nrl.navy.mil/clementine/clib:

This link accesses the Clementine Lunar Image Browser (CLIB) version 2.0
noting that version 1.5 data is now no longer available. There one can search
the official military Clementine science data based via either the graphical interface
or Moon latitude and longitude coordinates. When using those coordinates below
highlighted in green, just enter them in the appropriate coordinate boxes and
hit your return or enter key.REPORT 1st & 2nd IMAGES: At the above link on
the form provided enter 64 in the Latitude box and 265 in the Longitude box
and then hit your "Enter" key to access the same evidence site as in the version 1.5 data
and to confirm the sanitizing.

REPORT 3rd, 4th, 5th & 6th IMAGES: At the above link on the form provided enter 70
in the Latitude box and 240 in the Longitude box and then hit your "Enter" key
to access the same evidence site as in the version 1.5 data and to confirm the sanitizing.

Joseph P. Skipper, Investigator

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Man_and_the_Moon



http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread497942/pg10

Originally posted by Mintwithahole.
I have no idea what all this Annunaki stuff is all about. Sorry. . .
But I would be eternally grateful if you could post a link to some information
about that Disney picture.

Hmmm sounds like a raw deal

Define 'eternally grateful'

Originally posted by Skanna
And I really dont know, how to debunk a...Disney movie from 1955

Yes Disney created it for a movie... the image has the Disney TV logo on it



No its not a Hoax... because it was a MOVIE... so yes it's real

However... the movie was a collaboration between Wernher von Braun and Walt Disney
to make a movie about a Moon Base as a cover for the work von Braun was doing on
Project Horizon, the US Army program under Brig Gen Trudeau to put a base on
farside by 1962. The document was completed by 1959 and can be gotten under FOIA
if you can drive down to Huntsville Alabama and make a copy (several hundred pages)

The program was under US Army SMDC, the same guys who ran "Paperclip",
the same guys who run Redstone arsenal where von Braun headed up the ICBM team
before NASA, the same guys who run Kwajalien Atoll launch facility in the Marshall Islands...



Photo Credit 1954 NACA

OH and that model he is holding is the Martian glider

now then about that 'eternally grateful' thing...



Kwajalein Atoll




http://embedr.com/playlist/ufos-as-seen-from-nasa

STS-63 UFO seen by NASA & Russian cameras:UNCUT

A UFO moves across the shuttle, left to right & the Russian camera zooms in!
When NASA cuts to the shuttle B&W camera, the UFO is at the bottom left ,
pulsating. From Martyn Stubbs NASA UFO Archives.

[eye in the sky]

http://www.ufos-aliens.co.uk/cosmicapollo.html


THIS ARTICLE WAS WRITTEN TO PROVE, ONCE AND FOR ALL,
THAT WE ARE NOT BEING TOLD THE TRUTH ABOUT
THE NASA FILM FOOTAGE OF THE APOLLO MISSIONS.
THIS WILL ASTOUND EVEN THE MOST HARDENED SCEPTIC AND
CONVINCE MANY PEOPLE THAT THE WHOLE APOLLO MOON PROJECT
OF THE LATE 1960's AND EARLY 70's WERE A COMPLETE HOAX.
VIDEO LINKS ARE PROVIDED SO YOU CAN WATCH WITH
YOUR OWN EYES THE THAT PROVES THAT WE REALLY
HAVEN'T BEEN TOLD THE WHOLE TRUTH!!!

PLEASE NOTE: A new updated version of this article is now in the process of
appearing at our new site HERE. Over the next few weeks, this 5 part epic will be
added to the site. Part One is available now - please click the link after reading
this article for the latest update.

(CLICK ON THE FRAMED PICTURES TO VIEW THE FILM EVIDENCE.. ALL FILMS ARE IN

All pictures and Movies on this page are either copyright of NASA,
Aulis or The Disclosure Project.

Evidence Of NASA Airbrushing Out Moon Anomalies

Before we get into the issue of the Apollo moon landings, I would like to finally show
evidence of NASA airbrushing out anomalies on the Moons surface. I have claimed
since this website began in 1999 that NASA has been covering up what they have found
and filmed on the Moon from lunar orbit and now I have the film evidence to back up that claim.
For many years now I have been subjected to flaming from the pro-NASA fraternity,
claiming that such evidence does not exist. Well, here's your wake up call!




Bill Kaysing was a librarian/writer of technical publications and advanced research
at Rocketdyne Systems from 1956 to 1963. He states that it was estimated in 1959
that there was a .0014 chance of landing man on the Moon and returning him safely to Earth.
This took into account the effects of radiation, solar flares and micro meteorites.
He could not believe in 1959 that man could go to the Moon.

However, only 2 years later, American President John F. Kennedy set a goal in May 1961,
when he made the following famous speech. 'I believe that this nation should commit itself.
To achieving the goal, before this decade is out, of landing a man on the Moon and
returning him safely to the Earth. No single space project in this period will be more
impressive to mankind or more important for the long range exploration of Space.
' It was just eight years later in 1969, that man finally left Earth and set foot on the Moon...
Or so we have been led to believe.

I would like to show you some astonishing evidence that shows glaring mistakes or
anomalies on the 'official record' of NASA film footage and still photographs.
I have included the actual official Apollo film footage on this page to illustrate and
also possibly educate you, the reader, of the anomalies and to let you see with your own eyes
what has become one of the biggest cover-ups in the history of Mankind.
I will also explain why the US Government has tried to keep this a secret for over 30 years.

I would like to suggest that if Man did go to the Moon during the missions, the Apollo films
that we were told were filmed on the Moon are bogus and not the real footage.
Evidence suggests that Man could not travel to the Moon's surface, but instead
they had to stay in near Earth orbit within the safety of the Earth's magnetic field
that would have protected them from the radiation that is emitted by
the Van Allen radiation belt!!!

But why would NASA and the United States bother to fake such an event and to what cause
I hear you ask? Please read on and I will explain. Was man too optimistic about
what we could actually do in deep space, and was President Kennedy's speech
in May 1961 pressure enough to keep the hoax going?

David Percy is an award winning television and film producer, a professional photographer
and also a member of the Royal Photographic Society. He is co-author, along with Mary Bennett,
of the fascinating book 'Dark Moon:Apollo and the Whistle-Blowers' (ISBN 1-898541-10-8).
The majority of the film footage on this page is taken from the film 'What Happened on the Moon?',
a film that also features Percy and Bennett and one which I strongly recommend
if you have an interest in the Apollo missions (details of how to purchase the video are
at the bottom of this article). Percy firmly believes that the Apollo footage was either faked or
not the original film that was shot on the Moon. He believes that many anomalous features
that would alert the eagle eyed viewer, could have been placed in the films by whistle blowers
who were deeply dissatisfied to be a part of the cover-up. He has studied the entire transfer of
the original film on video tape, a feat that not many people have done. What many people
did not realize at the time was that a lot of the footage was actually pre-recorded
and not live at all.



The first anomalous piece of footage I would like to discuss is from the 1972
Apollo 16 Mission. There is a major discrepancy between the still photograph
taken with a Hasselblad 500 EL/70 camera and the TV coverage film
which was shot from a stationary movie camera placed behind the astronauts.
The movie sequence (that is viewable by clicking the picture to the left)
shows one of the astronauts making a jump salute whilst another astronaut
takes a still photo with the Hasselblad camera. On the still photo (that is pictured left)
we see a flap of triangular fabric that has come loose and flapped up behind
the astronauts head. However the TV film which was shot from behind the astronaut
doesn't show the flap? Why not?



Another example that appears to be faked is the footage of Earth taken from the Apollo 11
when it was 130,000 miles away. This is the very first view ever taken of Earth on the mission
and it seems strange that Buzz Aldrin would film the Earth when he was stood far away
from the window, why would he do that? Surely you would want to get close to the window
to get the best picture and also to eliminate light reflections that are evident towards
the end of this sequence? But no, we see the window frame come into view on
the left of the shot. The camera isn't set to infinity either to get the closest shot.
The window frame that comes into shot would have been out of focus if it was.



Did the astronauts actually film a transparency of the Earth that was stuck to the window?
You may think this odd, but a few minutes after filming the Earth, the cameraman
adjusts his lens and focuses on Mike Collins inside the craft. What we see is
what appears to be an exposure of the Earth taped to the window that is in
the background to the right of him. That is the very same window that
Aldrin was filming the Earth.

But the biggest shock is yet to come! The camera pans left past Neil Armstrong towards
the left hand side of the Apollo 11, and what do we see out of the left window???
We see what appears to be another Earth... Go on, watch the video by clicking
the picture above and you'll see it with your own eyes!

It must also be noted that the Apollo 11 at this point of the mission was supposedly
half way to the Moon. The time elapsed was 34 hours and 16 minutes, but from the view
of Earth in the right hand window, we can say that in fact they were not in deep space at all,
but still in low Earth orbit! look at the blue sky outside. That would also explain why
they would be filming an exposure of the Earth that was far away, to give the impression
that they were in deep space. The exposure would be clipped to the window and
the Sun's luminance would light it up, a technique that was used to read star charts
to help with navigation and star reference.

Anomalies with the film footage!



Hasselblad were the manufacturer of the camera that took all of the photos on
the Apollo missions. Jan Lundberg was the Manager Of Space Projects at Hasselblad
from 1966 to 1975 and responsible for the production and building of the Hasselblad
500 EL/70 cameras that were used on the Apollo Missions. He says 'Originally NASA
made all the alterations themselves, then they presented what they had done to us
and asked if we could do the same, to which we replied yes we can, and we can do it better.
We proceeded to make the alterations that were accepted by NASA.' Protective plates
were added to the case and film magazine.

An important factor to take into consideration is the great variations in temperature
that the film would have had to endure whilst on the lunar surface. The temperature
during the Apollo missions were recorded as being between -180F in the shade to
an incredible +200F in full Sunshine. How could the film emulsion have withstood
such temperature differences? The astronauts can be seen to move between the shadows
of the rocks and then into full sunlight in some shots. Surely the film would have perished
under such conditions? If the film used during the Apollo missions had such qualities
as to withstand such differences in temperature, why are Kodak not publicly
selling them in today's market?

	On all Apollo footage there should be cross hairs or reticules present on the film. These crosshairs were,according to NASA, placed on the film to help calculate distances on the Moon. The crosshairs were actually built into the camera and therefore should be isible on every single picture taken by the astronauts on the surface of the Moon. Incidentally, Jan Lundberg has stated that the only way that you could calculate the distance in the shot using the crosshairs would be if you had two cameras set up to take a stereo picture!
Take a look at the pictures presented here and you will see that parts of the crosshairs have disappeared from the film. This is impossible unless the film has been tampered with. The crosshairs should be completely visible in all shots and not hidden behind objects in the pictures. The only solution must be that NASA has gone to the trouble of either airbrushing out certain objects in the film, or added them over the crosshairs!
	Why does this rock have a letter 'C' on it? There is also a 'C' on the ground in front of the rock. The use of the letter C on film props is well known by the people in Hollywood and is used to show where the centre of the scene should be. One sceptic on the Bad astronomy sceptics web group has even said it is a hair??? on both the rock and ground? Now who's trying to cover things up?

One of the biggest anomalies that appear on the Moon shots are the way in
which shadows seem to be cast in totally different directions, even when the objects
making the shadows are a mere few feet apart? A classic example can be viewed
by clicking the picture to the right. If the guy on the left was near a vertical rise
of ground (as has been suggested) his shadow would show a definite 'crease'
where the land begins to rise. It doesn't!

Question: How can an astronaut cast a shadow several feet taller than his colleague
who is standing a few feet away from him?

Answer: He is standing farther away from the arc light that is illuminating them both.
I truly believe that this footage is taken on a film set, you cannot reproduce this strange
shadow phenomenon with natural light, and that includes taking into consideration
two natural light sources (the Earth and Sun) as many sceptics would have you believe.



The video on the left contains film footage from the Apollo 11, 12 and 14 missions
that would suggest that there are many light sources lighting the so-called
Moon's surface. In the Apollo 11 film the shadow cast by Armstrong is strange,
the sun angle is estimated at 10 degrees above the horizon. Now compare it with
the Apollo 12 footage that shows a longer shadow. The sun is at a 15 degree angle
and so therefore the Apollo 12 shadow should have been shorter. In the Apollo 14
footage look at the shadow as it does some truly amazing manoeuvres! this is
consistent with moving away from a source of light that is close to the astronauts.

Some of the lighting on 'official NASA film' are very suspect. The NASA picture to the left should show the astronaut in complete shadow because the sun is behind him, and yet the whole of the astronaut is caught in bright light? The shot should appear like the one on the right which was simulated by David Percy.

I have had quite a few debates on the web about the picture above and the others on this page.
I'm told by sceptics that the picture appears as it does because you have to remember that
two light sources are present on the Moon's surface (the Sun and Earth glow).
I do not doubt that there could be reflective light from the Earth, but, in my opinion,
if a light is bright enough to light up this astronauts suit, it is sure capable of also producing
another shadow behind him... Sceptics believe that he is illuminated by light reflecting off
the Moon's surface. As I've stated elsewhere on this page, the reflectivity is only 7%
so the theory of the light bouncing from the surface is highly suspect. If this were the case,
the rock on the left of the picture would have hardly a shadow because it is closer to
the source where the light is reckoned to be reflecting from!

Shadows do not appear to be correct on several of the Moon shots. Take the picture to the left for example. The shadow on the LEM is due East and yet the shadows on the rocks in the foreground are South East? A simulation by David Percy of how the shadows should normally appear is illustrated in the picture to the right. If two light sources are at work on the Moon's surface, they would combine together and the shadows would fall accordingly, not at random points. Unless the sceptics are saying that Sunlight is falling in the middle of the picture and there is Earth light at the forefront of the picture? And that would go against known physics.

During the Apollo missions, the movie cameras were fitted with special night lenses
to compensate for the lack of light. Due to the atmospheric conditions on
the Moon's surface, only 7% of light is reflected from the ground (that's
the same reflectivity as asphalt). So, taking this into consideration, how did
the Hasselblad stills camera manage to pick up more detail than the movie cameras?
NASA have confirmed that no artificial lighting was used on the Moon's surface,
so how can the stills camera take pictures that were brighter and sharper than
the movie cameras that were fitted with special lenses to compensate for the dark conditions?
The picture to the right shows you just how dark a place the Moon is.
Look how dark the shadows are on the side of the rocks.

Watch the film sequence to the left that has both movie and still pictures to compare
the difference. It's interesting to note that the still photos seem to have Aldrin brightly lit,
in comparison to the gloomy motion picture images that had the special night lens on it?
It appears that artificial lighting was used or has been added to the still photos to show
better features on Aldrin's suit and the Lunar Lander. Because of the lack of
atmosphere on the surface of theMoon, the shadows would be intensely black.

As illustrated in the above motion picture, why is there such a vast difference
in the light from the two cameras, unless the still shots were lit by artificial lighting?
NASA have said that no lighting was taken to the Moon, but this cannot be true
when you view the evidence. The still pictures seem to show that Aldrin is being
artificially lit as he descends the ladder.

The reflectivity of the Lunar surface is so low, that light does not even reflect onto
the rocks that are on the ground, yet the light in these pictures are so intense,
even Aldrin's heel protector on his boot is lit up! Dr. David Groves who works for
Quantech Image Processing has done some analysis of these particular shots and
has used resources to pinpoint the exact point at which the artificial light was used.
Knowing the focal length of the camera's lens and being able to get hold of an actual boot,
he has calculated that the artificial light source is between 24 and 36 cm to the right of
the camera. If the TV footage is actually real, then I could understand this, as the movie images
are very dark and grainy, but I believe that the still photographs are definitely faked.

	Lets move onto the famous picture of Buzz Aldrin that shows the LEM, Neil Armstrong and landing site in the reflection of his visor. One of the strange things with this picture is that the reticule that is supposed to be in the middle of the picture actually shows up at the bottom of Aldrin's right leg? How can this be when the camera is attached to the cameraman's chest??? A fact that is easily verifiable by the reflection of the cameraman in the visor.
Many people have speculated that the pictures have been retouched to bring up the detail of the astronauts. But this cannot be applied to the Apollo 11 photographs because a duplicate copy of the original Armstrong film has been analyzed and shows that the pictures are all on one continuous roll of film that contains over 100 images. Even Jan Lundberg from Hasselblad, the makers of the camera, says that the pictures seem as though Armstrong is standing in a spotlight. The only way the reticule could appear in the bottom of the leg is if the picture had been copied and reframed!!!
	The horizon is about 89 degrees from the true vertical. Dr Groves has worked out that after analysing the shadows cast by both the astronaut in the picture and the supposed cameraman in the visor, that Armstrong who is taking the picture is standing on ground that is a mere few inches higher than where Aldrin is stood, If this is the case, then it means that whoever took the shot was in fact at least 2 feet higher than Aldrin and therefore means that Armstrong, although visible with the camera in the visor, is not the actual person who took the shot.

During Apollo 12, one of the cameras suffered a malfunction after the lens had been
pointed towards the Sun. As you can see from the sequence here, although the viewing
public were told at the time that the camera had burnt out, the lens is still working?
the camera didn't actually burn out at all. The very same thing happened on Apollo 15
where the camera's lens didn't burn out. It is interesting to note that during
the Apollo 16 mission, one of the astronauts who was being told by Houston to
adjust the camera asked if he should point the camera towards the Sun??
even though the manual from the camera specifically points out not to do this?
You may be interested to see what the astronauts say on this film
while this camera fiasco was taking place.



We have to remember that the camera used didn't actually have any viewfinder,
and the astronauts could not see the whole of the camera that was strapped
to their chests due to the restrictions posed by their spacesuits.
They had to use their body to point in the rough direction of their subject.
The astronauts even had to change the lens whilst stood outside on the lunar surface,
wearing their heavy gloves. A feat that is quite hard to believe considering
the very awkward pressurized gauntlets that they were wearing. The precaution of
changing the film inside the LEM was not adhered to and could have ended in
disaster if the film had actually been dropped into the dust on the ground.
And what about the exposure to the heat?

It would have been virtually impossible to change the film and adjust the lenses
in such apparatus. However in certain films, they do seem to be wearing different gloves
that do not seem to be pressurized?



How can we see so much detail on the gold portion of the Lunar Lander in this picture?
As is evident by the shadow in front of the module, the Sun is in the background and
the gold area should be covered with shadow, not Sunlight? And why does
the 'Sun' have a halo around it if the Moon has no atmosphere?

Why Did The Apollo 11 Crew Lie About being in deep space?



This footage shows the Apollo 11 crew pre-recording supposed 'live' footage.
Armstrong claims that they are 130,000 miles from Earth, and yet we soon discover that
the camera is placed on the other side of the cabin, with the windows blacked out,
filming the Earth through the round window opposite. Why would they do this
if they wanted the best shot of the Earth? The answer is simple - to fool the public
into thinking that it is far away, when in fact the craft is still in Earth orbit.
How do we know this? Because just before the camera is turned off,
the windows are uncovered to reveal blue sky!

[eye in the sky]

http://www.thelivingmoon.com/43ancients/02files/Moon_Images_Menu.html

22) CNSA Chang-e 1 - China's
Lunar Probe

• CNSA - China National Space Administration
  
• China Completes Radio Telescope For Moon-Probe Project
  
  
  
  • China Shows First Image from Lunar Probe
    
  • China Says Moon Pictures Not Faked From NASA
    
  • Moon Photo Mystery Solved
    
  • Chinese Moon Photo Issued Nov. 26, 2007
    
  • Chinese Moon Photo Issued Dec. 11, 2007
    

http://khunnamob.globat.com/backup/khunnamob/www.khunnamob.info/board/show.php-Category=khunnamob&No=619&forum=6&page=107&PHPSESSID=5df051bc51e3404a3b6bdcb9f62a03ba.htm




Oct 08

: Just a quick note to let you know that I'm currently monitoring Yom Kippur
(Oct. 8-9), Jewish 'Day of Atonement' or 'Judgment Day' for certain 'signals'
(which may involved significant 'death' for reasons I won't go into here).
October 8 (and perhaps October 10), if you consider the fact that October
was the original eighth month ('octo' ='eight'), is interchangeable with August 8
which this year ('8/8/08') saw the start of the Russia-Georgia war and the Beijing Olympics
opening ceremony featuring a huge unfolding scroll. During the final phase of Yom Kipper
the ark containing the Torah scrolls are kept open for maximum communication with God,
and then the gate is considered closed...



[Unfolding scroll during Beijing opening ceremony]
...like the Beijing Olympics closing on August 24th with the 'Tower of Babel'
(main feature of the closing ceremony) signifying unification
(communication) of heaven and earth or men and 'God'.

http://khunnamob.globat.com/backup/khunnamob/www.khunnamob.info/board/show.php-Category=khunnamob&No=619&forum=6&page=94&PHPSESSID=5df051bc51e3404a3b6bdcb9f62a03ba.htm

http://www.bjghw.gov.cn/forNationalStadium/indexeng.asp



B01：Emerging from the landscape, and shaped by nature, the design will create
a simple symbolic link - a bridge - between old and new, between people
and country and China with the world.

The design introduces an innovative solution to the provision of temporary seats
during the Olympic Games. All the temporary seats are under cover and all seats
enjoy excellent views to the field of play. It adopts high technology principles
for operational management and interaction with the environment.

The moving roof created like two leaves is simple, elegant and economical.
After the games, people will be able to walk, via a safe and secure path,
along over the leading edge of the roof. The extended “wings” of the roof,
as an integral function of the moving roof and a fundamental part of an efficient roof structure,
allow for up to 200,000 people to have a direct experience of the Games .

http://www.cherada.com/articulos/reptiles-humanoides



http://www.flyingbuffaloes7.net/what_if.html



by Amitakh Stanford
14^th February 2010

What if clones are replacing people more and more as the identities of humans are stolen?
Most of the human victims could be quickly and quietly exterminated without anyone
suspecting the switch. The clones that replace specific humans will perform the same functions
as the original humans did before the clonal theft. Then there are other types of clones that
do not replace specific humans, but instead are directly “manufactured” to look and function
as if they were humans. For all intents and purposes, they are highly sophisticated
biological androids.
What if the ruling elite are using alien replacement clones of humans and
manufactured androids in their plan for One World Government?

The ruling elite have their eyes on China for their base of operations. Traditionally,
the Chinese people are not warmongers. They do have domestic battles, but, by and large,
they are not so interested in world conquest. However, as I have written before,
certain Anunnaki “minds” have been migrating to China, and those minds have very
different ideas from the traditional Chinese minds. Thus, the face of China is changing.

What if the aliens are aggressively and intensively cloning replacement humans in China?
These clones would be replacing their human counterparts – especially those in strategic positions.
These would be in addition to the android clones infiltrating all walks of life in China and
other countries.

China already has a huge army of which every nation in the world takes notice.
What if the conventional army of China swells dramatically due to the addition of clonal androids,
and the important command positions become infested with replacement clones?

What if the Chinese people are being programmed to believe that toxic cane toads are
culinary delicacies, and the consumption of the toads will benefit their health? In Australia,
the cane toads are so toxic that venomous black snakes are frequently found dead with
cane toads in their mouths. What if the toxin in cane toads, when ingested by humans,
can cause brain damage or make them more susceptible to cloning? What if there is
an agenda to infest the Chinese human population with replacement clones and other androids,
and the Australian cane-toad “invasion” is just a tiny part of this diabolical plan?

What if the supposed American dream of wanting to be the world’s policeman was really
an alien programmed desire, and that dream is now being shifted and imposed on China?
What if, at this time, China has no design for territorial expansion, although it still adamantly
insists that Taiwan is a part of its nation? What if the “souls” of Taiwan and China are
esoterically linked together?

What if certain major political figures throughout the world have been classified by
the ruling elite as being either sympathetic towards the ruling elite, being indifferent to
the ruling elite or being resistant to the ruling elite? What if in the earlier stages of
the cloning attacks on humans, the ruling elite replacement clones begin eliminating
the staunchest resistance to the ruling elite’s One World Government plans?

The deepening global economic crisis has affected nearly the whole planet.
The desperate situation in Spain and the looming catastrophe in Greece are affecting
the stronger economic partners in Europe. However, can they hold up the smaller nations
when things worsen and more European nations follow the Greco/Spanish downturn?
What if that is part of the plan of the ruling elite and the reason they introduced the Euro
as a unified currency for most of Europe – to bring about financial upheaval in that continent?
It is no accident that certain nations have not adopted the Euro for their currency despite
the reasons they have given for not accepting it.

What if the influx of refugees throughout the world is part of a plan to cause
internal racial, religious, social and economic problems to disrupt domestic government
in various countries so that martial law can eventually be implemented?
What if the ruling elite programme some people to violently resist the influx of refugees
whilst programming others to openly welcome refugees so they can cause domestic strife?

What if the ruling elite have declared war on humans?

What if fluoridated drinking water is purposely being used to tranquilize, programme and
numb the brains of people? What if drinking water is used to administer various drugs and
toxins to particular regions to affect people in different ways?

What if some foods are purposely adulterated to bring about diseases and disorders
in humans and animals? When the ruling elite “poisons” the food supply, they can then bring
about obesity, depression, despair, anxiety, panic, psychosis and other emotional/psychological
problems in unparalleled proportions.

What if “lone gunmen” are programmed to do evil by governmental people for the purpose of
allowing legislatures to implement laws to control people and to make it difficult for people to
freely possess firearms? Unarmed populations are severely disadvantaged in any attempts
to resist ruling governments.

What if the ruling elite’s “lone gunmen” are used in politics, business, religions, education,
military and many other fields, in different countries around the world?

What if many heinous projects that appear to have been run by “mad scientists” gone amok
were really just versions of “unarmed lone gunmen” with total deniability for their respective
governments that not only funded and condoned the wild projects, but also designed them?
What if “mad scientists” are creating genetically manipulated playmates, partners and
pets in laboratories for commercial purposes?

What if the power grids are turned off overnight?
What if the internet is suddenly turned off?
What if communications satellites are turned off?
What if airports, train and bus stations are closed?

What if some movies are released to subtly implant hypnotic suggestions to the masses,
and certain popular movies are surreptitiously altering the frequencies of human minds?

What if the world’s ruling elite are really alien minds in human bodies?
What if wars are planned by aliens, and humans are tricked into fighting them
whilst the ruling elite keep human nations driven to anticipate,
plan for and participate in shooting wars?

What if aliens are destabilizing human affairs? What if racial, cultural and religious tensions
are planned to ensure continued conflict around the globe?
What if aliens have provided humans with just enough technology to further
enslave humans little by little? What if aliens give warmongering technology to
certain unstable types to tempt them to invade other lands?

What if aliens are cloning humans and replacing humans with androids
that do the aliens’ bidding?

What if the agenda to radically alter human physiology has commenced, and the medical
profession has been infiltrated by alien beings with the purpose of conquering humans?

What if there are secret underground railways connecting secret underground communities
to one another? What if the personnel of major institutions around the world are
acting for the ruling elite?

What if the body scanners for airports in America, Australia and other places were ordered
and delivered long before the leg-wrap injector bomber was conveniently caught in Detroit?
We are led to believe that the would-be bomber’s arrest is the supposed reason for
the introduction of body scanners at airports. Are the designers of these machines voyeurs
who sold their peeping skills to the governments? What if the scanners have been introduced
to further discourage travel and thereby weaken the rapidly deteriorating economy,
amongst other reasons?

What if US president Obama cancelled the manned lunar project because after almost
five decades of trying, they still cannot send humans to the moon?

What if ruling elite agents have programmed groups of people throughout the world
to be at their beck and call to act and behave as “rent-a-crowds” to support their plans?
“Rent-a-crowd” mobs can be used for many purposes, whether violent, peaceful, wild,
chaotic, entranced, fearful, obedient, desperate or otherwise. “Rent-a-crowd” groups
can be used on virtually any scale for any purposes. These mobs can assemble at sporting events,
civic centres, public parks, on public conveyance, or just about anywhere.

What if “rent-a-crowd” groups are turned on to be destructive to enable justification of
draconian laws? What if they are assembled to support particular ideas in society?
What if they are used to support or destroy various political candidates, political parties
and other organizations?

What if the flat screen televisions and monitors that are replacing cathode ray tube devices
are causing various emotional disorders in viewers over a period of time?
What if the internet is used to track people and manipulate their minds,
and homing, tracking, viewing and listening devices have been secretly placed within cars,
computers, telephones, radios, televisions, appliances and the like in order to spy on people?
What if these spying devices are very widespread and used daily against hundreds of
millions of ordinary citizens?

What if the culling of certain plants and animals and the protection of other plants and
animals is part of the ruling elite’s agenda? What if the ruling elite are afraid of certain
breeds of dogs whilst they have an affinity with crocodiles, alligators, and snakes?

What if there are many criminal conspiracies and conspiracies within conspiracies going on
at any time within the ruling elite, but the ruling elite have so insulated themselves from
the filth that if any conspiracy is exposed, the top ones are immune?

What if the ETS is one of these conspiracies?
What if the planned cane toad “invasion” of China is another such conspiracy?
What if the alien cloning projects are part of the conspiracies?
What if “superbug” epidemics are also part of the huge ruling elite conspiracy?
What if human affairs are mired in alien conspiracies?

What if the very people scoffing at the idea of aliens on the Earth are aliens themselves
misdirecting us, alien collaborators doing the same, or unwitting assistants of the aliens?

What if no matter who wins an important election, they will become targets for replacement
cloning if they stand in the way of the ruling elite? The people are given the illusion of
democratic choice, but if they choose humans with human hearts and minds,
unless the politician’s mind and will are strong enough to reject total control of the cloning,
they will fall victim. Besides, even those politicians strong enough to resist replacement cloning
of themselves will face block voting from “rent-a-crowd” constituents, and ongoing abuse
by the media. This is not a conspiracy theory; it is a conspiracy!

What if almost the whole world has been lulled into complacency and
it sees that “everything is beautiful”?

Happy Valentine to Haidakhan Babaji

And, Happy Chinese New Year – the Year of the Tiger!

ฉ 2010 Amitakh Stanford

http://www.flyingbuffaloes7.net/keluar7.html

Keluar #7

The British Olcar’s ETS – A Crucial Step to Its World Dominance

by Amitakh Stanford

29^th November 2009

The carbon emission notion that is driving the current thrust for worldwide acceptance
of carbon-trading schemes is now at a critical stage. The stakes are not so much for
protecting the Earth, but, instead, for political domination of the planet.

There are several groups of the ruling elite on the planet; two of these are the strongest
contenders for political world dominance.(Within all of the groups of ruling elite, there is
some infighting.) The carbon-trading scheme is a very important piece on the chessboard.
If the scheme is adopted as currently presented, one of the major contenders for
global dominance will suffer serious damage to its cause, making its situation precarious.

The importance of the Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS) cannot be overstated.
It is not just a conflict between supporters and opponents of the carbon trading notion.
It is so critical to the political manoeuvring that some of the highest echelon ruling elite
are being forced to show their hands in support of or opposition to the scheme.

It has always been a part of the plan to use the British Commonwealth countries
for support if it were deemed necessary by one of the major contenders for world control.
However, it was hoped that the British Commonwealth countries would not be called
into open support of the ETS so as to avoid drawing world attention to this manoeuvre.
Rather, it was anticipated that the British Commonwealth could quietly unite to give subtle
support to the ETS in such a manner that the world would not suspect that coercion had been
applied to Commonwealth members for support. That is, the British Commonwealth countries
were to be quietly held in reserve, appearing to be tacit supporters of the ETS, and that their
subsequent open support for the ETS would appear to be based on their own decisions,
and not the result of prior design or coercion.

Amongst the scores of countries who are members of the British Commonwealth,
Australia has been selected as the critical mover to show support for the ETS.
Whilst the country of Australia has been picked to be the launching pad of
the New World Order, the State of Queensland is to be the main power base for
the launch. This has long been planned.

Nearly a century ago, Queensland’s Legislative Council, its then upper house of parliament,
endured relentless attacks from the Labor Party until it was finally eliminated in 1922,
leaving the Legislative Assembly as the sole surviving house of parliament in Queensland.
The Labor Party began its attacks on the Legislative Council by political manoeuvring in 1915,
and again in 1916. Both attempts failed to abolish the state’s upper house.
Then, government presented a referendum on the issue to the people in 1917,
which was resoundingly rejected by over 60% of the people. Labor again went after
the Legislative Council in 1920, which ultimately resulted in the abolishment of the upper house
by constitutional amendment in 1922.

Having a single house of parliament allows a democratic forum to be turned into a despotic one.
Other states in Australia are now considering following the Queensland, single-house model.
The main reason for justifying this is to efficiently consolidate power into a single house.
Worldwide, other governments have followed Queensland’s lead. The British Commonwealth country
of New Zealand followed suit in 1950, followed by Denmark in 1953, and Sweden in 1970.

Now that Queensland has a long established rule by a single house of parliament,
the groundwork is all laid for a legislative tyranny. The Queensland government presents
the appearance of being a democratic state, but it is literally a foundation for a despotic parliament.
The party that holds the majority of seats in the Legislative Assembly selects its leader,
who must also be a member of that house. This leader is given the title and position of Premier of
the State of Queensland. The Premier, as long as he or she does not run afoul of the majority party,
can literally dictate whatever policy or programme he or she wants. This is a very dangerous system.
The people think they have democratic protections, when in reality those rights are absolutely illusory.

In Queensland, the parliament can force any issue on the opposition party and the people,
if the majority party in power is bold and shameless enough to do so. Queensland parliament
has become bold enough to act the part of a legislative despot. It has wielded its despotic powers
with regard to fluoridation, recycling and desalination of drinking water, amalgamation of shires,
the selling off of a large amount of state assets to private sectors, and has run up atrocious deficits,
among other things. In short, a parliamentary tyranny is operating in absolute defiance of
the majority of the people. In regard to fluoridation of water and the amalgamation of shires,
more than 80% of the people were against these issues, yet the Queensland parliament still defied
the people’s wishes. In other words, Queensland has abandoned democratic rule on many
important issues and the parliament has become a tyrant.

The capital of Queensland is Brisbane, where massive infrastructure projects are underway
in and about the city. These include multi-billion dollar tunnels, desalination plants, bridges,
and other congestion-causing road works. The projects go forward regardless of people’s objections,
which is yet another indicator of the parliamentary tyranny in operation in Queensland.

To a lesser degree, parliamentary tyranny is operating in every Australian state and territory.
Despite protests and overwhelming objections of the people of Australia on certain issues,
they are powerless to halt the elimination of democratic principles.

Australia is a very large island that has been classified as a continent. Despite its large
geographic area, Australia is sparsely populated, with fewer than 30 million inhabitants.
Such a small, isolated country would not normally be able to play a significant role in
launching the New World Order.
However, it has been selected to do so by the ruling elite. Thus, the little country down under
is now on the world stage!

The Prime Minister of Australia, who is co-incidentally a Queenslander, became an active
international political figure soon after taking office. Queensland has become the fastest
growing state in Australia. According to news reports, people from interstate and overseas
are migrating to Queensland in great numbers every month. There is a force driving this
behind the scenes. Indeed, Queensland is the launch state, and Australia is the launch country,
for the One World Government.

The plans of where to launch the One World Government did not originate in Queensland,
nor were they hatched in Australia. They have been in the works for many decades.

To better understand the ruling elite and their hierarchy, consider that the Reptilians
have their very top positions filled by the Anunnaki Olcars. There are not many Oclars
in human bodies. Today, there is one in Great Britain, another in Australia, with one each in
the following locales: Russia, Finland, China, America, Western Europe, and Africa.
That is, there are only eight Olcars on Earth in human bodies at this time. The Olcars are
the very top of the Anunnaki hierarchy on Earth. They are above the ruling elite.
If Olcars are in the public eye, they usually appear as peripheral figures.
They remain hidden as far as is practicable. Whilst Olcars can take positions as world leaders,
they generally do not. Some of the Olcars are in very insignificant-appearing positions.
Despite their appearances, they are all very powerful. They remain incognito where possible,
but they will expose themselves in extreme situations or in times of desperation.

There was only one Olcar in Britain in the first half of the twentieth century.
This Olcar was responsible for many atrocities to human rights and democratic rule,
and he played both sides before and during WWII, at times supporting the Anglo alliance,
and at other times his energy supported the Nazi axis of power. The Olcar was active in parliament
and behind the scenes in 1911 when the House of Lords was stripped of its veto power,
which gave the House of Commons supremacy in Great Britain. The Olcar was setting
Great Britain up for parliamentary despotism, knowing full well that, by giving the appearance
that the power was in the hands of the people, a despotic legislature could rule and
be accepted by the people.

The British Olcar did not limit himself to Great Britain. He simultaneously meddled with
American politics, and was very influential in the alteration of that country’s constitution
by having amendments to it adopted in 1913 to allow for a tax on incomes, as well as on a major
overhaul of the selection method for members of the United States’ upper house, the Senate.
Prior to 1913, the American Senators were appointed by the several state legislatures. In 1913,
the U.S. Constitution was amended so that the senators were elected by popular vote of
the people. This diminished state involvement in the federal government and gave the people
an even greater illusion of power, letting them think that since they were now able
to democratically elect senators, that they had more say in their selection.
To this day, the illusion of people power is reinforced whenever it suits the ruling elite’s plan.
The collapse of the Berlin Wall is an example of where the people have been deluded into
thinking that it was their power that brought it down. It was not people power, but an Olcar dictate,
that caused the erection of the wall in the first place, and it was not people power,
but another Olcar order, that allowed the wall to be brought down! Do not for a moment think that
the people who signed the orders to erect and tear down the Berlin Wall were Olcars.
Olcars hide whenever possible.

The pattern of Olcar intervention in democratic parliaments becomes clear when these
three events are considered. First, the British Olcar began stripping away the veto power
from Great Britain’s upper house with a constitutional amendment act known then as
the Parliamentary Act of 1911. This act later became attached to a subsequent constitutional
amendment and jointly they became known as the Parliamentary Acts of 1911 and 1949.
The 1949 amendment further limited the powers of the House of Lords by shortening the time
by which that body could delay legislation. Second, and almost simultaneously,
the Olcar interfered with the United States upper house. Third, he began the thrust that caused
the Labor Party of Queensland to abolish its upper house.

Contrary to common belief, Great Britain and the United States have not been
harmonious allies over the past centuries. America broke away from Great Britain
in 1776. Since then, Britain has used force, subterfuge and other subtle means to try
to bring its former colony back into the British Empire. Britain went to war with
America in 1812, was instrumental during the American Civil War,
and the British Olcar of the first half of the twentieth century
was responsible for driving the United States into WWI and WWII.

The current British Olcar took over for the early twentieth-century Olcar and has continued
behind the scenes to influence and encourage America to strive to be the world power,
and to be involved in many wars outside its borders. The current Olcar has been happy to make
America look like the world power, all the while turning the country into
the most hated nation in the world. The present British Olcar has succeeded in severely
damaging America’s reputation, finances, politics and morals by surreptitiously directing
his own “army” of ruling elite to chip away at the core of the country, which has been
going on since 1776, but especially since 1913.

Just as Thomas Paine had to oppose his native Britain to ignite the American colonists
to throw off the rule of George III, again, today, Paine is a British subject who is about to charge
the Americans with the energy to dare challenge the authority of the British Olcar.

Australia has been hand picked by the British Olcar to lead the way in
the Emissions Trading Scheme. Today, the Labor Party is in power in Queensland and Australia.
As noted earlier, the Olcar wants to diminish or remove upper houses, and it has successfully
stripped Queensland of its upper house already. The federal parliament in Australia is composed of
two houses, the House of Representatives and the Senate. The head of state is the leader of
the majority party in the House of Representatives, which today is the Labor Party.
The party leader is the Prime Minister of Australia.

The Senate has a limited veto power of legislation, but, Australia is not a completely
independent country. It is a constitutional monarchy. The British Monarch has the power
to veto Australian laws, even though such power is rarely threatened or exercised.
The British Monarch can also order a double dissolution of the Australian Parliament;
this power is also rarely exercised.

When things are critical to the British Olcar’s plans, he can direct the British Monarch to
intervene with internal affairs of British Commonwealth countries. This type of intervention
occurred less than one year ago in Canada, when the Olcar’s preferred Prime Minister
seemed destined for removal. The British Olcar influenced the British Monarch to step in
and intervene in Canadian politics. The Monarch did so, and the Canadian Prime Minister
remains in power today.

The British Olcar has influenced the Australian Labor Party to pass an Emissions Trading
Scheme Act this year. It is very important to the British Olcar’s plans that the Australian
Prime Minister can take this bill to the summit on global warming in Copenhagen, Denmark,
next month.
This act is known by the initials of “ETS”. ETS bears official Australian stamps,
but there is no mistaking that it is the brainchild of the British Olcar.

ETS easily passed the Australian House of Representatives, which is controlled by the Labor Party.
It was thought that it could be shoved through the Senate, but some of the opposition have
violently resisted its passage. This has caused a severe rift within the opposition party.
Oddly, amidst extremely strong challenges to the leadership of the party, the current opposition leader
remains steadfast and confident that he will get the ETS through the Senate. It is very obvious that
the opposition leader has been briefed and instructed regarding the ETS from outside of Australia.
It is also obvious that the British Olcar is responsible for the briefing and instruction of
the opposition leader.During debate over the ETS, an Australian Labor MP tried to mock the opposition
by calling its opposition to the bill a wacko, right-wing tactic that would be more expected from
the Militia of Montana in a gun wielding display of rebellion than something that is fitting for
discussion in the Australian Parliament. It is very telling that this member is so informed about
the Militia of Montana when many Australians would have difficulty pointing to Montana on a map,
much less be familiar with the workings of that state’s citizen militia.

Australia’s passage of the ETS is so important to the British Commonwealth appearing to
lead the way for the carbon trading schemes as a supposed solution to global warming that
the British Monarch has now intervened. As I have anticipated, the Queen has now publicly
called upon her Commonwealth countries to support the carbon trading scheme desired by
the British Olcar. This public call will definitely assist in trying to pass the ETS
in the Australian Senate. The situation must be very desperate for the British Olcar to have
called on such support and intervention.

Whilst the British Olcar is aggressively trying to consolidate the world under one rule,
he is being assisted by his agents in America to undermine the American position.
America will not willingly join the British Olcar or his British Commonwealth of countries.
It has its own plans for world domination, which does not include granting power
to either the American Olcar or the British Olcar.
This is an alien conflict being played out through humans.

To counteract the Australian launch of One World Government, the American ruling elite
have established their launching pad in the American state of Colorado. Many things have
occurred and will continue to occur in Colorado to bring about the American launch.

The alien wars are being played out more aggressively and openly now through humans
than they have been for awhile. How America responds to the British Olcar’s ETS will show
whether it has succumbed to the British Olcar, or if it still has the will to resist sabotage
and stand on its own.

ฉ 2009 Amitakh Stanford

[eye in the sky]

http://www.flyingbuffaloes7.net/keluar6.html

Keluar #6

Scientific Doomsday Mania

by Amitakh Stanford

22^nd November 2009

There is a doomsday message that is swiftly gaining global acceptance.
The new wave is clothed in acceptable clich้s and has won over the support of many of
the respected scientific communities.

Unlike most other doomsday messages, this one is supposedly based upon scientific evidence.
The scientific “doomsdayers” wear masks and pretend that they are predicting calamities
based on hard evidence. This lulls the unsuspecting public into absolute belief and
acceptance of the doomsdayers’ ravings.

If the same message were given in a spiritual setting, the adherents would probably be encouraged
to turn to God in preparation for the final days. Generally, scientists have sneered at and mocked
spiritual predictions regarding the end times, and the same scientists have convinced
the general public to do likewise. Further, governments of the world use their police powers
to suppress, restrict, or even eliminate these spiritual-based groups. Scientists have now
one-upped the spiritual believers by supporting their dire predictions of calamity with supposed
scientific evidence. Using their scientific clout, they have now convinced most of
the world leaders to meet in Copenhagen. The stated agenda of the gathering is
to halt global warming with a unified and urgent approach.

People may remember that there have been similar gatherings to solve the global economic crisis.
In those meetings, every leader attending was told to boost their economies by stimulus spending.
By and large, the world leaders have dutifully followed those dictates. One might ask:
Is the global recession over due to this unified approach – or is it deepening?
Many thinking economists have finally realized the latter to be the case.

In Copenhagen, world leaders will be adopting mandated solutions to
the impending doomsday that the scientists have predicted based on global warming.
The world leaders will be asked to forego meaningful debate or reasonable consideration
of whether the proposed solutions are prudent or effective. They will be ordered
to turn over their governance on global warming in the same manner
they surrendered it regarding the global economic crisis.
In other words, the Copenhagen summit is just for show. None of the leaders will have
any meaningful input. The decisions have already been made by the ruling elite
before the world leaders even agreed to assemble to discuss the issues.
Copenhagen is really just a meeting place where the orders will be disseminated,
and the world leaders will be expected to follow those dictates.
The global warming agenda has long been calculated and is now being played out.

The urgent push for the global treaty to counteract greenhouse gases and
global climate change is politically important to the ruling elite,
even though it is disguised as a natural science issue. One justification cited for the summit
is that the world is getting hotter, despite refutations of this by some climatologists
whose voices have been suppressed. Those assuming that the Earth is heating up often cite
the increased incidence of disastrous weather anomalies. Right now, for example,
Great Britain has experienced unprecedented rainfall and flooding.

There is no denying that other disasters, including fires, heatwaves, floods,
droughts, storms, wind, rain, hail and other “natural” events have had catastrophic effects
on certain regions, and dramatically affected ecosystems, flora, fauna and human societies.
But, is the increase in weather abnormalities due to global warming, or the effect of other causes?
In reality, many of the recent calamitous events have been artificially unleashed, sometimes
as experiments and other times as weapons, a notable example of the latter being
the Boxing Day tsunami. Even if global warming were reversed, there are still the massive problems
of the increasing incidence of earthquakes and the phenomenon of the hotter sun to deal with.
The ruling elite will not touch these issues because to even address them could cause public panic.
If there is a mass panic, the ruling elite could lose control.

The pressure on carbon trading is based upon the notion that humans are primarily responsible
for global warming. Relying on this notion, the scientific community appears to be speaking
as one voice, spreading the warning that carbon emissions are the main culprit for global warming.
Many people have been convinced by the scientific doomsdayers because they have been
“educated” to accept everything that has a scientific basis behind it.

In fact, the data on global warming is inconclusive. To have real science applied to the issue,
and not Al Gore-style propaganda, the data should be made public and available to
all members of the scientific community and any lay groups that have interest in it.

Al Gore’s campaign sends the “green” message that the Earth’s survival hangs in the balance
and is at risk. If this be true, then open and public debate on the issue should be welcomed
by the proponents of the carbon-trading schemes. Instead, many opposing voices have been
silenced, mocked, targeted or totally ignored. The carbon-trading scheme proponents
do not want to have the facts heard; they want their position accepted and adopted.

It is not that the “green” voice on climate change is entirely emotion based, with science
used to fill in gaps when it is expedient. It is undeniable that human acts such as massive
deforestation or large-scale irrigation, damming and other huge hydro projects can dramatically
and negatively affect regional ecosystems. But, is there a significant and undeniable correlation
between these types of activities and global warming? To put it another way, if humans ceased
to reside on the Earth tomorrow, would the problem of global warming be resolved?
It might come as a surprise to most people that the removal of humans from the planet
would not abate the problem of global warming.

Were the carbon traders truly concerned that global warming is a seriously urgent issue,
they could perhaps justify following their untested carbon-trading notion.
But if it were an urgent situation, why would they offer a solution that will take decades to take effect?
If they have decades to work on the solution, by definition, it cannot be that urgent.
And, if they have decades to implement their plan, could they not spend at least a few years
or even a few months openly and transparently debating which course of action will save
the planet from its imminent death?

To demonstrate the absurdity of the current “green” position, consider that they are
proposing massive increases in nuclear power because it is supposed to be carbon friendly.
The nuclear proponents do not seem to care about the disposal of nuclear waste from these sites.
This means that they are presenting an extremely short-sighted solution, which is not really
a solution at all. Besides, the proponents of expanding nuclear power want to tremendously
restrict who can and who cannot use nuclear power. For instance, Iran and North Korea
are presently being ostracized for, among other things, having nuclear-power programmes.
This is a glaring instance where part of the real agenda of the ruling elite shows through;
the nuclear proponents are not as concerned about global warming as they are
with political dominance.

As indicated earlier, humans are only marginally responsible for global warming.
The hotter sun is undeniable, and it is the main reason for global warming. A few years ago,
unnatural events on Earth were causing temperature rises, but these were not caused by humans.
The Lemurian aliens who resided underwater knew that the Earth was heating up
and would become uninhabitable in the future. (This is primarily related to the increased
speed of the sun’s hexahedron and the deterioration of the Earth’s icosahedron.)
Therefore, the Lemurians began heating up the ice shelves attached to Antarctica
to release their mothercrafts that were encased in the continent’s ice.
They employed several underwater heating devices to free their mothercrafts,
which melted massive amounts of Antarctica’s ice. This had a major impact on
global water temperatures, which noticeably affected the weather.
However, the Lemurians have freed their mothercrafts and turned off their underwater
heating equipment. Thus, the Lemurians are no longer contributing to global warming.
It was an alien-inflicted, one-off condition that is no longer relevant to the problem of
global warming. Moreover, the Olcars have been experimenting with melting
glaciers and causing various catastrophic weather events for their own agenda.
Neither the Lemurians nor the Olcars are human.

There is a saying that since money equals power in this materialistic world,
the ones who have money control the world. There is another saying that any organization
or nation that has the means of controlling the weather will ultimately control the world.
However, a more effective and subtle way of controlling the masses is via controlling their minds.
Mind control can be done with radiation and broadcasting frequencies, among other means.
Once people’s minds are being monitored and manipulated, the illusion of choice is removed,
and people are effectively programmed to act according to the dictates of those
who control their minds. There is a common thread in all the important global issues
that are facing the world. This common thread is world control. The world leaders are in effect
being brain-washed into relinquishing their duties to protect their respective nations in
the name of doing something for the higher good.

This would be all well and good if it could be believed that scientists are acting in
the people’s best interests. But, since when have scientists been assumed to be altruistic?
Why is it accepted that they will only act in the best interests of humans? And why should
it be accepted that the scientists are correct about human causes of global warming?

Are not scientists responsible for developing biological, chemical, nuclear and other weapons
of mass destruction that have been used to control, bully, harm or destroy certain groups
and places? It is not so far fetched to say that many scientific developments are amoral.

So, should world leaders turn over their moral consciences to scientists who are knowingly
or unwittingly working for the ruling elite? The ruling elite have their own agenda,
which is definitely not in the best interests of the people.

The carbon-trading schemes, and other emissions-based solutions presented by
the ruling elite’s scientific doomsdayers, will not solve global warming.
But, if they get their way, they will change the lives of people for the worse.
That is part of the ruling elite’s agenda.

ฉ 2009 Amitakh Stanford

http://newlemuria.org/aq_info.htm#people



Antarctica

Location: continent mostly south of the Antarctic Circle
Geographic coordinates: 90 00 S, 0 00 E
Map references: Antarctic Region
Area:
total: 14 million sq km
land: 14 million sq km (280,000 sq km ice-free, 13.72 million sq km ice-covered) (est.)
note: second-smallest continent (after Australia)

Area—comparative: slightly less than 1.5 times the size of the US

Land boundaries: 0 km note: see entry on International disputes

Coastline: 17,968 km

Maritime claims: Republic of New Lemuria and see entry on International disputes

Climate: severe low temperatures vary with latitude, elevation, and distance from the ocean;
East Antarctica is colder than West Antarctica because of its higher elevation;
Antarctic Peninsula has the most moderate climate; higher temperatures occur in January
along the coast and average slightly below freezing

Terrain: about 98% thick continental ice sheet and 2% barren rock, with average elevations
between 2,000 and 4,000 meters; mountain ranges up to about 5,000 meters; ice-free coastal areas
include parts of southern Victoria Land, Wilkes Land, the Antarctic Peninsula area, and
parts of Ross Island on McMurdo Sound; glaciers form ice shelves along about half of
the coastline, and floating ice shelves constitute 11% of the area of the continent

Elevation extremes:
lowest point: Indian Ocean 0 m
highest point: Vinson Massif 5,140 m

Natural resources: none presently exploited; iron ore, chromium, copper, gold, nickel, platinum
and other minerals, and coal and hydrocarbons have been found in small, uncommercial quantities

Land use:
arable land: 0%
permanent crops: 0%
permanent pastures: 0%
forests and woodland: 0%
other: 100% (ice 98%, barren rock 2%)

Irrigated land: 0 sq km (1993)

Natural hazards: katabatic (gravity-driven) winds blow coastward from the high interior;
frequent blizzards form near the foot of the plateau; cyclonic storms form over the ocean
and move clockwise along the coast; volcanism on Deception Island and isolated areas of
West Antarctica; other seismic activity rare and weak

Environment—current issues: in 1995 it was reported that the ozone shield, which protects
the Earth's surface from harmful ultraviolet radiation, had dwindled to the lowest level
recorded over Antarctica since 1975 when measurements were first taken

Environment—international agreements:
party to: none of the selected agreements
signed, but not ratified: none of the selected agreements

Geography—note: the coldest, windiest, highest, and driest continent; during summer,
more solar radiation reaches the surface at the South Pole than is received at the Equator
in an equivalent period; mostly uninhabitable under normal circumstances.
However, the Republic of New Lemuria government is currently researching and
developing superior technology to sustain independent stations in the Antarctic.

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread329953/pg1

Using information gained over the years i have constructed an ancient map of the world
before Lemuria and Atlantis were submerged and destroyed.

At some point after this it seems that North America was almost totally submerged
(it has since obviously re-emerged), however my map shows the world
prior to these major cataclysms.

I will provide, for reference, an image of the world as we currently know it.


Click on image for full version
i205.photobucket.com...

Below is the map which i have crafted. I have placed yellow markers on the locations of ruins
which have been attributed to Atlantean/Lemurian civilizations - it interesting that all of these
are located on previous land masses.

I have also highlighted what i believe to be the empires of Lemuria and Atlantis.



Click on image for full version

This map draws on some of my favourite ancient maps.

Some of these maps have land masses which are simply errors, but others appear to
repeat in different maps.

Such as the East coast of Asia which seems to have been much larger in the past and
extended down into the South China Sea and through to Malaysia and beyond.

Some of these maps also seem to omit Australia altogether and instead place it further
to the East, with myriad islands scattered where Australia is now located. Interesting.

Such maps include:

Wald Map


Ancient Chinese Map


Typus Orbis Terrarum Map


Click on image for full version

Vinland Map (looks to include Atlantis)

Click on image for full version

And there are many more ancient maps out there if one cares to look. There are many anomalies on them too.

But essentially i just wanted to get some thoughts on my map and raise the point that
if you look at maps of the past seems to become clearer and clearer that land masses
used to exist which are now somehow submerged.

Additionally, perhaps there are more ruins and/or monuments which can be added to it
to see if they also have a location on land. I know i only selected a certain few i could think of.

Thanks


NB: Not sure why the pics have embedded themselves so large - not sure how to stop
that happening.

[edit on 28-1-2008 by srsen]

(resized image, added link)

[edit on 3/11/08 by Jbird]

http://www.projectcamelot.org/base_new_berlin.html

http://www.burlingtonnews.net/leumurian1.html

Reference: Living in the Light , Believe in the Magic , Mary Sutherland from the works of H.P. Blavatsky The Bronze Age was inhabitied by the Third Race of Man in Lemuria. This Race was itself divided into three periods. The early Lemurians were sexless, producing their young by exuding drops of vital fluid, which formed an egg-shaped ball. The myth of Leda, whose twin sons were gestated in an egg, refers to this early method of procreation. Then came a cycle of bisexuality. Plato gives us a description of the Third Race at this point of its evolution. "Our nature of old," he wrote, "was not the same as it now is. It was then androgynous. Our bodies were round, and the manner of their running was circular. Hence Zeus divided them into two." Finally mankind became male and female, and since that time the reincarnating Ego has depended upon the union of the sexes for the production of its physical vehicle. *Adam and Eve and E DIN At the beginning of the Fourth Round on this globe, every class of being was one-eyed. The "one-eyed Cyclops" of Greek mythology, those giants fabled as sons of Coelus and Terra, three in number, represented the last three sub-races of the Lemurians, for the two front eyes, as physical organs, did not appear until the beginning of the Fourth Race. The myth of Ulysses, who visited the cave of the Cyclops Polyphemus and destroyed his vision by means of a fire-brand, symbolizes the atrophy of the "third eye." The adventure of Ulysses with the pastoral Cyclops, a giant race, is an allegorical record of the gradual passing of the Cyclopean civilization of stone and gigantic buildings to the more physical and sensuous culture of the Atlanteans, which finally caused the "eye of wisdom" to disappear. In the middle of the Third Race, the "lighting up of Manas" occurred. At the beginning of our evolution the Monad (the "vivifying agent" present in every atom in the universe) had been plunged first into the lowest form of matter, the mineral. Gradually, by the passage of the Life Wave through the vegetable and animal kingdoms, a superior form was evolved -- ready at last for the Host of Manasaputra whose destiny it was to incarnate upon this globe. Some of these mindless human forms were neither ready nor suitable for occupancy and remained destitute of higher knowledge until the Fourth Race. Into those forms which were half ready, a spark of intelligence was infused. Into those forms which were ready, the "Lords of the Flame" entered, kindling the germ of mind in the "mindless men" and adding to them the flame of their own Manas. The Hyperboreans of Atlantis/Mu The passage of Pliny (Hist. Nat. 4:26) on the Hyperboreans is worth quoting: "Beyond the Aquilon one finds a blessed nation called, according to tradition, the Hypeboreans. Among them, men reach an extreme age. Many marvels are told of this people. Some say that the hinges of the world and the limit of the course of the stars lie in their region... The country is bathed in sunlight and enjoys a pleasant temperature..." "Discord is there ignored, and so is disease. People there do not die but from the satiety of living. After a festive banquet, full of the joys of old age, the one who wants to die jumps into the seas from a lofty rock. Such is for them the happiest way to die. One cannot doubt the reality of this country, described by many authorities." Pliny, in the above passage, also adds that Hyperborea was the realm of Apollo and that the Hyperboreans sent, from the island of Delos, the first-fruits of their crops to Greece, to be dedicated to the Sun God Pliny's Hyperborea also evokes the description of the island of Emain Abalach (Avalon) in Celtic poems:.Treason is there unknown and so is sadness. There no pain, no regret, no death, no grief, No disease, no weakness, ever afflict anyone. For such is the fortune of Emain. Another a similar Celtic poem adds: What a wonderful country is this one! There the young never grow old at all! Avalon, Hyperborea, Thule, Taprobane, Eden, Paradise, Emain Abalach, the Garden of the Golden Apples, the Garden of Idun etc. are all one and the same thing. Their connection with the "first fruits" is an allegoric reference to the fact that Atlantis. MU was indeed the very first site of human civilization, the same as the legendary Paradise or Garden of Eden. These pleasant, luxurious gardens all lay at the extremity of the world which, from the Celtic perspective in Brittany was located on the side of the world opposite to their own misty islands.This Paradise was destroyed by a cataclysm, and they were forced to leave it, emigrating to the far Occident, under the leadership of Hu Gadarn, the Celtic Noah, the Judeo-Christian hero of the Flood The sinking of this realm is told in the legend of the Flooding of Ys, another central tradition of Celtic mythology. And their sunken Paradise became the Land of the Dead, the "Tomb of Glass" (Glastonbury) or "Island of Glass" (Ynis Wydr) that we encounter so often in their Celtic legends. This dismal Hades is the same as the Cimmeria of the Greeks, the Hanebut of the Egyptians, the Sheol of the Jews and the Nefelheim of the Germanic Nations. When this blonde haired/red haired, blue eyed race survived the Atlantean/Mu cataclysm they emigrated to the distant Occident in their ships — under the guidance of admirals like Aeneas, Hercules, Phoroneos, and Hu Gadarn and, perhaps, Noah, Canopus and Jason — they settled in colonies along the way, on every coast and every island that looked promising. The legends are certainly founded in actual fact, and these fleets of ocean worth vessels are the ones allegorized as the Ark of Noah in the Bible or as the Argonavis in Greek legends. It was thus that Mauritania was settled by the Berbers, Lebanon by the Phoenicians, Crete by the Minoans, Italy by the Etruscans, the British Islands and Brittany by the Celts and, of course, the Canaries by the Guanches. Many of these emigrants were, as is usually the case, mere passengers who never knew how to sail or, even less, how to design and build sea-worthy ships strong enough to sail the open, rough ocean, a feat very hard to accomplish in antiquity. Such huge sailships — the "ships of Tarshish" of Biblical traditions — are attested from remotest antiquity, for instance in the Gerzean ceramics of pre-Dynastic Egypt, In this way, the Guanches were stranded on the Canaries, and the enigma which has defied solution for millennia is naturally explained. The ancient peripluses like those of Hanno and Himilco relate similar expeditions and even the establishment of such insular colonies. Such is also the meaning of myths like the one of Aeneas and his fleet fleeing from the destroyed, sunken Troy or, also, of the Biblical relate of Noah and his clan repeopling the Islands of the Nations, and founding the different nations of mankind. Ref: Arysio Nunes dos Santos, Forbidden Research ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Note: Although the Names have been Changed, the Story is the same with the Sumerian Enki and Enlil During the first half of the Lemurian age, the involvement of Extraterrestrials was in the role of observers . They did not intervene, interject or become involved with subjects of their study at that point in time. Development and progression of planet Earth was under the study of what is called 'The Titan Project', which was under the extraterrestrial groups from Sirius, the Pleiades and Orion, although thre were other extraterrestrial races which also shared involvements. Although it seems that the Sirians, Pleiadeans and those from Orion did interact in cooperation with each ohter under the mutually agreed upon conditions of the program there was a renegade factor of reptilians that did not adhere to the 'rules' or doctrines of the Titan research project as set down by the three main project participants. This reptilian race is the dominating force behind what we now know as the Illuminati. The reptilians and Nordics interbred with each other to create hybrid bloodlines, using the rest of the world populace as mere pawns in the battles and alliances. History tells of that the blue eyed blondes and the reptilians have been at war in many parts of the galaxies with factions on both sides also joining togethere to create alliances for their mutual benefit. This reptilian race is the dominating force behind the Illuminati with considerable involvement from the greysand some elements of the extraterrestrial white race of 'Nordics' . The reptilians and Nordics interbred with each other to create hybrids bloodlines. There was also reptilian breeding with other races around the world, but the Nordic connections appear to be the most important to them. The fusion implanted a reptilian gnetic code into the DNA and htesea re the bloodlines that have ruled the world then and now. The fundamental theme running from the Golden Age of Atlantis , Mu, Greece, Europe and modern times is that of the snake or serpent. Both civilisations were known in legends as the Dragon Lands and the Motherlands. The Greeks called Atlantis 'Hespera' (a name for Venus) and they said it was guarded by a dragon. Native American recoreds call Atlantis 'Itzamana', which means Dragon Land. ..or 'Old Red Land'. The Illumaniti American Organization, The Leumurian Fellowship, says that an extraterrestrial race from Venus, known as the Kumaras, were the leaders of the Lemurian civilisation.The Fellowship says the Kumaras created a Mystery School to initiate chosen people into the advanced esoteric knowledge. It was structured with 13 schools (levels of initiation), each on more advanced then the other. Each has to go through all the schools of initiation. After passing the 13th , one is allowed to go on to teach the knowledge of the Brotherhood of the Snake or Serpent. Atlantis and Lemuria existed for hundreds of thousands of years and Atlantas broke up in staghes over a long period before the final destruction. Both cultures expanded across the world with their priests and 'royal' bloodlines or 'Dragon Kings...or as some people call 'Shepherd Kings', founding colonies in all parts of the globe spreading the Serpent Stories. Sacred sites were placed on the vortex poins on the global energy grid. This is a web of force lines, known as ley lines or meridians, which encircle or interpenetrate the palnet. When these lines cross it creates a spiralling vortex of energy and the mor lines that cross, the bigger the vortex. The grid is geometrical and the vortex points are in geometrical relationship to each other. Practically all of the gods of Greece are of a northern origin, originating in Lemuria toward the end of the Third Race after its physical evolution was completed. The Fourth Race is, with Hesiod, that of the heroes who fell before Thebes, or under the walls of Troy. The Trojan War, therefore, although an historical event of some 6,000 years ago, was also a symbol of other events which took place upon the continent of Atlantis. The Atlanteans developed from a nucleus of northern Lemurian men, centered, roughly speaking, toward a point of land which is now in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. The early Atlanteans were three-eyed, having two in front and a third eye at the back of the head. The Greeks preserved the record of this race in a statue of the three-eyed Zeus, discovered in the Acropolis of Argos and believed to be the oldest statue ever found in Greece. See Red Haired Mummies of Egypt At the height of their civilization the Atlanteans were giants both in body and in intellect, and were greater scientists than those of the present day. For one thing, they had aeroplanes which were operated by solar force. Homer's vessels "going without sails or oars" refers to them, as does the myth of Icarus, who was warned by his father Daedalus to fly ...nor low, nor high, If low, thy plumes may flag the ocean's spray, If high, the sun may dart his fiery ray. Unfortunately for their own future, the Atlanteans turned their knowledge to negative and material l uses. Many modern practices such as vivisection, blood transfusion, the transplanting of animal glands to human bodies -- even the craze for personal wealth and power -- In direct defiace of nature, The Atlanteans used their knowledge for warfare, which resulted in the catastrophic submergence of their continent which was felt around the word as can be evidenced by the great deluge stories around the world in all cultures. The Greeks preserved the tradition of the sinking of Atlantis in the myth of Deucalion. The legend says that after the fourth race had passed its apex of development, a change occurred in men. Modesty, truth and honor fled, and in their place came crime, fraud, cunning and the wicked love of gain. Seeing the condition into which the earth had fallen, Jupiter determined to destroy it and form a new land where men would have fresh opportunities to live a virtuous life. So the waters came and covered the land, leaving only Mount Olympus above the waves. There Deucalion and his wife Pyrrha found shelter, and from them sprang the new, fifth race. * Christians have the same story found in Genesis in the Accounts of Noah and the Flood. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Civilized Man can be traced back 120 millions based off evidence found in the Ural Mountains - A stone map that was created aeronomically Portions of this map can be found at the University of WIsconsin The map is now known as the "Map of the Creator" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TIME TABLE OF THE EVOLUTION OF MAN CRETAED BY SHELDON NIDLE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DATING 'INTELLIGENT' MAN BACK 65 MILLION YEARS Yes, Maybe Man Goes Back even further than what even Sheldon Nidle thinks . Although Science digs their heels in when it comes to dating man back further than thousands of years ago, they do agree than dinosaurs have been around for millions of years. But if we can put man with dinosaurs than science must concede that man is millions of years old as well. . In the riverbed of the Raluxy River in Texas, people found some footprints of dinosaurs that existed in the Cretaceous period. Archaeologists were amazed when they found 12 fossils of human footprints only 18.5 inches away from the footprints of dinosaurs.Furthermore, one of the human footprints overlaps with a dinosaur footprint. Scientists cut the fossils, and found that there were some traces of compression in the section under the footprint, which proved that this fossil couldn’t have been counterfeited. And in the same terrain nearby, scientists found a fossil of a human finger and a man-made hammer. In a cave in Peru, people found thousands of artworks made of stones that dated back to 200 million years ago. There are surprising pictures on some of them: a pilot was operating a strange flying object above a herd of dinosaurs, and some people were attacking the dinosaur with axes! Obviously, highly developed human beings once coexisted with dinosaurs. Scientists have found that dinosaurs died out suddenly 65 million years ago, a fact that still cannot be explained....or can it? A possible explanation would be that a catastrophe happened at that time and destroyed the human civilization and most species of animals, including the dinosaurs. This conforms with Sheldon Nidle's history for that time. 1.6 The city of Mohenjodaro was destroyed because of suddenly raised temperature. The site of the city of Mohenjodaro was found in the valley of the Indus River in today’s Pakistan. The excavation began in 1920 and has revealed that people at that time had achieved a highly developed culture comparable to the modern cosmopolitan culture. Houses were built with fired bricks. And in every household, there was an all but perfect drainage system. Water from upstairs toilets could be passed from pipes in the wall into the sewers, and there were access points in the sewers for regular cleaning! Furthermore, some households were even equipped with special rubbish bins so that they could discard rubbish from upstairs. Many human remains were found in the site of the city. These people were not buried in the tombs but looked like they had died suddenly. One of the excavators said: “Obviously, all of them died suddenly because of some kind of abrupt change.” It can be confirmed that the ruin of the city and the death of its inhabitants were caused by suddenly raised temperature. 1.7 Site of Tiahuanaco in South America From the site of Tiahuanaco, which lies on the boundary of Peru and Bolivia, scientists excavated many fossils of flying fish, shellfish, and other marine animals. They also found that Tiahuanaco was a harbor with well-designed docks, one of which could accommodate hundreds of boats all at the same time... However, this ancient harbor with an estimated history of 1700 years has ascended to a plateau 4000meters above sea level! It can be presumed that this harbor had been destroyed or abandoned because of intense shifts in the continental plates. 1.8 Ancient sunken cities in the Mediterranean Egyptian and French archaeologists found several ancient cities sunken on the bottom of the sea near the harbor Alexander in Egypt. It has been estimated that these ancient cities had been built in the 6th or 7th centuries B.C., during the period of the Pharaohs. Their names were often mentioned in Greek tragedies, travelogues and myths. This was the first time evidence was found to prove their actual existence. When the archaeologists dived to the sea bottom, they were shocked by what they saw: perfectly preserved buildings, magnificent temples, pretty modern harbors and huge statues exhibiting the life of that time. Whole cities frozen in the remote past! Judging from these underwater cities, citizens of these Pharaonic metropolises lived well. In order to enjoy life, they built spacious and bright houses with meticulously designed ventilation system, toilets and bathrooms, and also built large-scale open-air amusement parks and perfect urban drainage systems. These cities were suddenly destroyed at the peak of their prosperity over one night 1200 years ago. Why did they perish so suddenly? Archaeologists presume that an intense earthquake could have destroyed these cities. This earthquake might have happened in 7th or 8th century AD, because the coins and treasure found by the divers were all of the Byzantine period. Archaeologists tried to describe what happened on that disastrous night some 1200 years ago: a huge earthquake tore the city into parts, and a deep abyss appeared in the central area of the cities. Water ejected from the crack to the sky, swallowing streets, buildings and people instantly. More and more water surged into the cities, and the earth went deep into the sea. Soon the cities disappeared from the surface of the sea. Countless lives were buried at sea; almost nobody could have escaped from this disaster. Reference: http://www.zhengjian.org/sci/sci/home/newscontent.asp?ID=10682 1. ANCIENT MU OR LEMURIA According to various esoteric sources, the first civilization arose on the giant continent known as Mu or Lemuria . Mu is known for the building of long lasting megalithic buildings ie. Easter Island. Their greatest achievements came in the science of government. Reportedly there were only one language and one government, which can be validated through the legends of Babylon in the Old Testament. Madame H.P. Blavatsky claims this was the home of the third 'root-race' of man prior to the civilization of Atlantis. Her Lemurians were huge and hermaphroditic. Some had four arms, and eyes at the back of their heads. According to Blavatsky Lemurians communicated by telepathy and could move mountains by sheer will-power alone (Vryl Energy) The Forces of Nature and Life...Vryl (Cosmic Forces of Mu by Col. Charles Churchward) The universe is maintained by various forces. Any force changes a body or a body's position. There exist positive and negative forces and these arise in pairs. Forces move by vibrations of different frequencies, some of which we can sense. If a celestial body is alive it will revolve on its axis; what makes this possible is a hard crust and soft center, without which it will neither revolve nor generate any forces on its own: it will be dead. Four primary forces exist and emanate from the great infinite force. They induce a universal clockwise rotation in every celestial body. Of course, the liquid center of a body cannot move as rapidly as the hard, outer shell. The result is friction, between the shell and its core. As the result of this friction, two subsequent forces arise, the centrifugal force and a gyroscopic force. It could become tedious to describe the origination of other forces including magnetism, electromagnetic forces and our favorite, the force of gravity. So let this bit suffice. Interacting opposing forces establish neutral zones between them. They also have affinities, as, for example, the sun's magnetic forces attract the earth's magnetic forces. According to these tablets, the sun does not heat earth: rather it draws heat out from the earth. A stable equilibrium is established and maintained, producing, in the above case, an atmosphere. Life arises through the interaction of specific forces. These include electricity, a vital/life force, magnetism, heat and light. These forces, earth forces all, are activated by forces from the sun: without this interaction by radiation from the sun, there would be no life. (Again we see the reasons why they honored RA as a God..Sutherland Scott-Elliot (Lost Lemuria 1904) revealed that the Lemurians were twelve feet tall, had tamed pleiosaurs and led them around on leashes, like we do our dogs today. Some believe that this race had help of higher beings from Venus who arrived from the 'heavens' as teachers of useful arts, such as metallurgy, agriculture, and large-scale building along with religious instructions. Venusians of the White House (Val Thor and two other Venusians) Could these be the Venusians of the Leumurian Era. Unfortuantely it is difficult to determine, being that most of the alien species had the knowledge of shapeshifting and mesmerization. Frederick S. Oliver published an occult story in 1894, entitled "A Dweller On Two Planets", using the pen-name of "Phylos The Tibetan" in which he, as the narrator, encounters one of the Masters (a Chinese sage named Quong) on the same mountain, where a community of spiritual sages preserved all the ancient wisdom of their forefathers. He was accepted into their group, and they then took him, in his spirit-body, on a visit to the planet Venus. These Venusians had long ago already developed a highly-advanced civilization upon their planet, and they were able to teach the Lemurians how to attain immortality through repeated incarnations. *Note: Seven Clans of Mars could also be represented here with the Lemurians and their Seven Races? Madame Helena Petrovna Blavatsky,through her contact with the Brotherhood of Mahatmas was told that there are seven "Root Races" of beings destined to occupy the earth, and that we present-day humans are the Fifth such Race. After us, there are still two more yet to come. Apparently, the Sixth will evolve out of us and go back to occupy Lemuria, then the Seventh and final Root Race will leave this planet altogether and start over again upon the planet Mercury. Each Root Race is said to be composed of seven Sub-Races — the descendants of a Sub-Race of the Fourth Race (who were fully-human Atlanteans) are alleged to be the Australian Aborigines, the Papuans and the Hottentots. Regardless of how strange this may sound, there is now evidence that the United States was occupied OVER 27,000 years ago by these strange Australian Pigmies, which preceded the coming of the Giants to the land. According to Blavatsky Lemurians communicated by telepathy and could move mountains by sheer will-power alone. But regardless of their remarkable powers of nature they were not able to change their final outcome. Colonel James Churchward Thoughts of Colonel Jame Churchward *In 1722, a Dutch explorer, Jacob Roggeveen, sighted and visited the island. What he discovered on Easter Island were three distinct groups of people, Dark skinned, Red skinned, and very Pale skinned People with red hair CONTINUE BY CLICKING HERE

The original people of Lemuria are a previous hybridization from 7 genetic code structures
from within Orion Union, designed to best fit the earth climate and cosmic ray environment
which then existent on earth. Orientals originated from the ancient races of Lemuria.
The oriental race is claimed to be reserved for the oldest souls reincarnating back to earth.
Each time a new flock was "planted," it was engineered to be best suited to the environment
where it was planted. Aryans are the only exception, as they had to be moved to earth
in an emergency because their planet was being destroyed. The MidEast was actually
'seeded' with pre-existing Aryans. *Note RH negative factor in bloodlines of Aryans.

http://www.think-aboutit.com/aliens/ALienRacesHereOnEarthAlienEvolvingntotheHumanRace.htm

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=3688278981555458918&hl=en&emb=1#

Nazis - The Occult Conspiracy - Complete

1:44:01-2 years ago

FOR MORE GREAT DOCUMENTARIES GO TO WWW.
THEDOCUMENTARYCENTER.BLOGSPOT.COM
Nazis: The Occult Conspiracy, is an English language documentary regarding
the occult influences and history of the Nazi Era, (pre, during and post) in Germany.
New evidence has suggested that Nazism was not just a political movement
but an occult religion with Hitler as the Messiah.

[googlevideo] [/googlevideo]

[googlevideo] [/googlevideo]

[kiagenwa]

เหอๆ มนุษย์ต่างดาว....
ถ้างั้นแล้วใครสร้างมนุษย์ต่างดาวล่ะ??

[eye in the sky]

เหอๆ มนุษย์ต่างดาว....
ถ้างั้นแล้วใครสร้างมนุษย์ต่างดาวล่ะ??

http://nonlaw.forumotion.com/forum-f1/topic-t620-50.htm

http://khunnamob.globat.com/backup/khunnamob/www.khunnamob.info/board/show.php-Category=khunnamob&No=626&forum=6&page=23&PHPSESSID=5df051bc51e3404a3b6bdcb9f62a03ba.htm



พระสันตะปาปาเบเนดิกต์ที่ 16

http://www.newmana.com/yabb/index.php?action=printpage;topic=9006.0

วาติกันไม่ขวางความเชื่อ "เอเลียน" มีจริง เพราะพระเจ้าสร้างจักรวาล

โดย ผู้จัดการออนไลน์

15 พฤษภาคม 2551 15:29 น.

คลิกที่ภาพเพื่อดูขนาดใหญ่ขึ้น บาท หลวงนักดาราศาสตร์แห่งวาติกันเชื่อมั่นว่าพระเจ้ามิได้สร้างสรรค์สิ่งมี ชีวิตให้มีอยู่แค่เฉพาะบนโลกใบนี้เท่านั้น แต่ยังมีอีกหลากหลายชีวิตที่วิวัฒนาการอยู่บนดาวดวงอื่น หนังสือพิมพ์ L'OSSERVATORE ROMANO ของวาติกันในฉบับภาษาอังกฤษ

เอพี/เอเยนซี - นักดาราศาสตร์แห่งสำนักวาติกันเชื่อเรื่อง "เอเลียน" ไม่ขัดแย้งกับศาสนา เพราะ "พระเจ้า" สร้างจักรวาล เหมือนกับที่นักวิทยาศาสตร์ทั้งหลายทั้งมวลเชื่อว่า "บิกแบง" เป็น จุดเริ่มต้นของจักรวาล พร้อมเผยวิทย์และคริสต์ไปด้วยกันได้ ถ้านักวิทยาศาสตร์ศึกษาไบเบิลลึกซึ้งยิ่งขึ้นและนักบวชตามทันโลกวิทยาการมาก ขึ้น สาธุคุณโฮเซ กาเบรียล ฟูเนส (Rev. Jose Gabriel Funes) ให้สัมภาษณ์สื่อมวลชนจากหนังสือพิมพ์ลอสเซอร์วาโตเร โรมาโน (L'Osservatore Romano) ของวาติกัน และลงบทสัมภาษณ์ในหนังสือพิมพ์ฉบับวันที่ 13 พ.ค. 2551 ซึ่งพาดหัวว่า "มนุษย์ต่างดาว พี่น้องของพวกเรา" (The extraterrestrial is my brother) โดยมีเนื้อหาเกี่ยวกับการมีอยู่ของสิ่งมีชีวิตต่างดาว และเรื่องราวความสัมพันธ์ระหว่างศาสนาคริสต์นิกายโรมันคาทอลิกและวิทยาศาสตร์ สาธุคุณฟูเนส ผู้เป็นที่ปรึกษาด้านวิทยาศาสตร์ของพระสันตะปาปาเบเนดิกต์ที่ 16 (Pope Benedict XVI) และดำรงตำแหน่ง ผอ.หอดูดาววาติกัน (Vatican Observatory) ซึ่งอยู่นอกกรุงโรม ประเทศอิตาลี ท่านเป็นผู้หนึ่งที่เชื่อว่าจะต้องมีมนุษย์ต่างดาวอยู่นอกพิภพอย่างแน่นอน และบางทีอาจมีวิวัฒนาการที่ก้าวไกลกว่ามนุษย์โลกด้วยซ้ำ "ฉันเชื่อว่าเป็นไปได้ที่จะมีสิ่งมีชีวิตอาศัยอยู่บนดาวดวงอื่นเพราะ ยังมีดาวเคราะห์อีกมากมายที่เป็นหนึ่งในสมาชิกของกาแลกซีอีกจำนวนมากใน จักรวาลที่พวกเขาเหล่านั้นอาศัยอยู่ได้" พระนักดาราศาสตร์วัย 45 ปีเผย "พวกเราจะปฏิเสธการที่สิ่งมีชีวิตอาจกำลังมีวิวัฒนาการอยู่ที่ไหนสักแห่งได้ อย่างไรกัน?หากพิจารณาสิ่งมีชีวิตบนโลกของเราก็ล้วนเกี่ยวข้องเป็นพี่น้อง กันทั้งนั้น ทำไมพวกเราไม่พูดถึงมนุษย์ต่างดาวว่าเป็นพี่น้องของพวกเรา (extraterrestrial brothers) บ้างล่ะ? เพราะเขาก็เป็นส่วนหนึ่งของสรรพสิ่งต่างๆ" คำให้สัมภาษณ์ของนักบวชนักวิทย์ ท่านสาธุคุณยังบอกอีกว่า โลก ของเรายังมีสิ่งมีชีวิตหลากชนิดได้เลยฉะนั้นก็เป็นไปได้ที่จะมีสิ่งมีชีวิต ต่างชนิดอยู่บนดาวดวงอื่นและอาจเป็นสิ่งมีชีวิตฉลาดล้ำที่ถูกรังสรรค์ขึ้น โดยพระเจ้า ซึ่งเราก็ไม่อาจยึดถือกับข้อจำกัดของความอิสระในการสร้างสรรค์ของพระเจ้าได้ เป็นไปได้อย่างไรที่นักบวชโรมันคาทอลิกผู้เคร่งในพระคริสต์ธรรมมีความเห็น เป็นไปในทางเดียวกับนักวิทยาศาสตร์ส่วนมากที่เชื่อกันว่ายังมีสิ่งมีชีวิต อยู่บนดาวดวงอื่นในจักรวาลเพราะตั้งแต่อดีตมาแล้วที่นักวิทยาศาสตร์มักถูก มองว่าเป็นพวกนอกรีตและถูกต่อต้านจากคริสตจักร เช่นกรณีของ กาลิเลโอ (Galileo)ที่ค้นพบตั้งแต่ศตวรรษที่ 17 ว่าโลกกลมและโคจรรอบดวงอาทิตย์ แต่นักบวชแห่งโรมันคาทอลิกเพิ่งยอมรับเขาเมื่อปี 2535 นี้เอง และยังมีกรณีความขัดแย้งของทฤษฎีพระเจ้าสร้าง (creationism) กับทฤษฎีวิวัฒนาการ (evolution) ที่บัดนี้ก็ยังไม่มีข้อยุติ สาธุคุณฟูเนสกล่าวว่า การเชื่อว่ามีเอเลียนดำรงอยู่บนดาวดวงอื่นนั้นไม่ขัดกับความศรัทธาที่มีต่อพระ เจ้าเลยแม้แต่น้อย เพราะพระเจ้าคือผู้สร้าง และเป็นผู้สร้างแห่งจักรวาล ซึ่งก็เหมือนกับที่นักวิทยาศาสตร์ส่วนมากอธิบายว่าจักรวาลเริ่มต้นขึ้นจากปรากฏการณ์บิกแบงตั้งแต่เมื่อหลายพันล้านปีมาแล้ว "ฉันเชื่อมาเสมอว่าพระเจ้าเป็นผู้สร้างจักรวาลและพวกเราก็ไม่ได้เป็นแค่สิ่ง ของที่ถูกสร้างขึ้นมาอย่างเรื่อยเปื่อย ไม่มีจุดประสงค์ แต่เป็นเด็กน้อยที่มีพ่อผู้แสนดีและมีจิตใจรักเราอย่างเต็มเปี่ยม" สาธุคุณฟูเนสกล่าว และยังบอกด้วยว่า การสนทนากันระหว่างความศรัทธาและวิทยาศาสตร์สามารถปรับเข้าหากันและให้เป็นไปในทางเดียวกันได้ ถ้านักวิทยาศาสตร์ศึกษาพระคัมภีร์ไบเบิลให้ลึกซึ้งยิ่งขึ้น ส่วนนักบวชก็ต้องก้าวตามให้ทันโลกวิทยาศาสตร์ที่หมุนไปข้างหน้า

http://www.nytimes.com/2008/05/14/world/europe/14iht-vat.4.12885393.html

Vatican astronomer cites possibility of extraterrestrial 'brothers'

VATICAN CITY — The Vatican's chief astronomer says there is no conflict
between believing in God and in the possibility of extraterrestrial "brothers"
perhaps more evolved than humans. "In my opinion this possibility exists,"
said the Reverend José Gabriel Funes, head of the Vatican Observatory and
a scientific adviser to Pope Benedict XVI, referring to life on other planets.
"How can we exclude that life has developed elsewhere," he said in an interview
with the Vatican newspaper L'Osservatore Romano, published in its
Tuesday-Wednesday edition. The large number of galaxies with their own
planets makes this possible, he noted.Asked if he was referring to beings
similar to humans or even more evolved than humans, he said:
"Certainly, in a universe this big you can't exclude this hypothesis.
"In the interview headlined, "The extraterrestrial is my brother," he said
he saw no conflict between belief in such beings and faith in God."Just
as there is a multiplicity of creatures on earth, there can be other
beings, even intelligent, created by God. This is not in contrast with
our faith because we can't put limits on God's creative freedom," he said.
"Why can't we speak of a 'brother extraterrestrial'? It would still be part of creation.
"Funes, who runs the observatory that is based south of Rome and in Arizona,
held out the possibility that the human race might actually be the "lost sheep"
of the universe.There could be other beings "who remained in full friendship
with their creator," he said.Christians have sometimes been at odds with scientists
over whether the Bible should be read literally and issues such as creationism
versus evolution have been debated for decades.The Inquisition condemned Galileo
in the 17th century for insisting that the Earth revolved around the Sun.
The Roman Catholic Church did not rehabilitate him until 1992.Funes said dialogue
between faith and science could be improved if scientists learned more about the Bible
and the church kept more up to date with scientific progress.He said he believed
as an astronomer that the most likely explanation for the start of the universe was
"the big bang," the theory that it sprang into existence from dense matter
billions of years ago. But he said this was not in conflict with faith in God as creator.
"God is the creator," he said. "There is a sense to creation. We are not children of
an accident. "He added: "As an astronomer, I continue to believe that God is the creator
of the universe and that we are not the product of something casual but children of
a good father who has a project of love in mind for us."



http://www.findingdulcinea.com/news/science/May-June-08/Vatican--Believing-in-Aliens-Is-OK.html



Vatican: Believing in Aliens Is OK

May 14, 2008 03:27 PM
by findingDulcinea Staff

The belief that extraterrestrial life exists in the universe does not contradict faith in God,
according to the Vatican’s head astronomer.

30-Second Summary

The Rev. Jose Gabriel Funes, the Jesuit director of the Vatican Observatory,
was quoted in Vatican newspaper L’Osservatore Romano on Tuesday
as saying that it is possible that there could be intelligent life forms on other planets.

“How can we rule out that life may have developed elsewhere?”
Funes said. “Just as we consider earthly creatures as ‘a brother,’ and ‘sister,’
why should we not talk about an ‘extraterrestrial brother?’
It would still be part of creation.”

However, blogger Donklephant wonders about the timing of the announcement, writing,
“Obviously I don’t want to sound like a conspiracy nut, but why come out with this now?”

Two recent news reports regarding the existence of alien life may provide an answer.

On Monday, a crew of U.S. astronauts returning from their latest mission said that
humanity will eventually find life elsewhere in the universe,
according to an Agence France-Presse report.

“If we push back boundaries far enough, I’m sure eventually we’ll find something out there,”
said Mike Foreman, a mission specialist on the Endeavour, which returned to Earth in March.
“Maybe not as evolved as we are, but it’s hard to believe that there is not life somewhere else
in this great universe,” he said.

In addition, the British government today released to the public its most comprehensive files
on UFO activity, revealing that even air traffic controllers and police officers claim
to have seen mysterious spacecraft hovering in the skies.


Headline Link: ‘It’s OK To Believe in Aliens’

In an interview headlined “The extraterrestrial is my brother,” Rev. Jose Gabriel Funes
says that a belief in aliens does not contradict a faith in God because aliens
would still be creatures created by God.

Source: http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2008/05/13/AR2008051301332.html
The Washington Post (registration may be required)

Related Topics: Do extraterrestrials exist?

The crew of the Endeavor spacecraft thinks that there must be life in space,
although people have not yet found it. “I personally believe that we are going
to find something that we can’t explain,” said astronaut Gregory Johnson.
“There is probably something out there but I’ve never seen it.

Source: http://rawstory.com/news/afp/Astronauts_say_there_must_be_life_i_05122008.html
The Raw Story (Agence France-Presse)

The British government’s comprehensive files on UFO activity were compiled
by the Ministry of Defense from 1978 to 2002. The files include a report of
a 1984 incident in which three air traffic controllers tried to communicate with a UFO,
described as a “brilliant solid ball of light, bright silvery in colour,” which landed on their
runway and then departed at a fast speed.

Source: http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/1952867/British-Government-releases-UFO-files.html
The Telegraph

In March, findingDulcinea reported that the building blocks of life were found on
a moon of Saturn. The exploratory spacecraft Cassini found carbon-based molecules
in water vapor over Saturn’s moon Enceladus, raising the possibility that life could exist there.

Source: http://www.findingdulcinea.com/news/science/March-April-08/Organic-Compounds-Found-on-Saturn-Moon.html
findingDulcinea

Opinion & Analysis: Blogger questions timing of Vatican announcement

Blogger Donklephant speculates that the timing of the Vatican’s announcement
may be related to a recent announcement that NASA has found an object that
astronomers have been searching for more than 50 years.

Source: http://donklephant.com/2008/05/14/vatican-gives-belief-in-aliens-a-thumbs-up/
Donklephant

Background: L’Osservatore Romano

The L’Osservatore Romano is a weekly English-language edition of the Vatican newspaper,
which covers the Pope’s activities and is available on the Web.

Source: http://www.vatican.va/news_services/or/or_eng/index.html
L’Osservatore Romano

Reference: findingDulcinea’s Web Guide to Astronomy

FindingDulcinea’s Web Guide to Astronomy is the best and brightest resource on
the Internet for those looking for planetary data, celestial gifts, or fellow star seekers.

Source: http://www.findingdulcinea.com/guides.html?topic=/categories/science/Astronomy
findingDulcinea

ในความว่างไม่ว่างเปล่า มีจิตองค์พระบรมธรรมบิดาเจ้า พระผู้สร้างสุริยะจักรวาลทั้ง 3 โลก
คือ ศูนย์พลังธรรมชาติ ทุกศาสนาได้กำหนดหมายถวายพระนาม ต่างๆ นาๆ คือ องค์พระผู้เป็นเจ้า (GOD)

http://www.catholic.or.th/service/multimedia/sound/songaugust08/12.html

12.สรรเสริญพระผู้สร้าง
(**) เชิญมาสรรเสริญพระเจ้า
ผู้ทรงสร้างเราและสรรพสิ่งมากมาย
เชิญมาขอบคุณพระองค์
และรักพระองค์เหนือสิ่งอื่นใด

1.แยกความสว่างออกจากความมืด
ดังที่เราเรียกวันและคืนเรื่อยมา
สร้างฟ้าที่กว้างใหญ่นักหนา
สุดสายตาแสนโสภาเหลือเกิน (**)

2.ให้น้ำรวมกันเรียกว่าทะเล
ส่วนพื้นที่แห้งนั้นเรียกว่าแผ่นดิน
มีพืชผลต้นไม้มากมายสิ้น
ให้ได้เก็บกินอิ่มหนำสำราญใจ(**)

3.สร้างดวงอาทิตย์ให้อยู่บนฟากฟ้า
ส่องสว่างทั่วหล้าในเวลากลางวัน
มีดวงจันทราและดวงดาราพร้อมสรรพ์
ส่องสว่างทั่วกันในยามค่ำคืน(**)

4.สร้างนกให้บินไปมาในฟากฟ้า
และยังทรงสร้างปลาให้ว่ายไปมาในนที
สัตว์บกและน้ำอีกมากมายที่เห็นว่าดี
และยังทำให้มีลูกดกเต็มแผ่นดิน(**)

5.สุดท้ายเป็นวันสำคัญ
วันที่หกนั้นทรงสร้างมนุษย์ขึ้นมา
สร้างเธอและฉันเป็นเหมือนพระฉายา
ดูแลรักษาสรรพสิ่งมากมาย(**)

http://www.google.co.th/search?q=%E0%B8%9E%E0%B8%A3%E0%B8%B0%E0%B8%9C%E0%B8%B9%E0%B9%89%E0%B8%AA%E0%B8%A3%E0%B9%89%E0%B8%B2%E0%B8%87&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8&aq=t&rls=org.mozilla:en-US:official&client=firefox-a

หลักคำสอนของศาสนาคริสต์
1. หลักคำสอน เรื่องตรีเอกานุภาพ คือ การนับถือพระเจ้าองค์เดียว แบ่งเป็น 3 ภาค คือ
- พระบิดา หมายถึง พระเจ้า
- พระบุตร หมายถึง พระเยซู
- พระจิต หมายถึง วิญญาณบริสุทธิ์ในจิตใจของชาวคริสต์ที่มีศรัทธา

http://www.vcharkarn.com/vcafe/101887/1

ทำไมพระพุทธเจ้าไม่สอนเรื่อง “พระเจ้า” และ “พระผู้สร้าง”

พระพุทธเจ้าเปรียนเหมือนหมอผ่าตัดผู้ป่วยที่ถูกลูกศรปักอก หมอไม่จำเป็นต้องใส่ใจว่าคนยิงเป็นใคร
ทำไมคนร้ายจึงยิงหมอทำหน้าที่เพียงเร่งผ่าตัดช่วยชีวิตให้เร็วที่สุด....แต่ถ้าผู้ป่วยไม่ยอมให้ผ่าตัด
โดยตั้งเงื่อนไขว่า “ต้องหาคนยิงให้ได้ก่อน ..เขาหน้าตาเป็นอย่างไร? ผู้หญิงหรือผู้ชาย...
ต้องให้เขาบอกเหตุผลที่ยิงให้ได้ก่อน...ผมจึงจะยอมให้ หมอผ่าเอาลูกศรออก” ถ้าเป็นเช่นนี้
ก็รับรองได้ว่า “ผู้ป่วยตายแหง๊แก๊ !???”

ปรากฏหลักฐานในคัมภีร์พระไตรปิฏก ดังนี้ “หาก มีใครกล่าวว่า ‘ตราบใดที่พระผู้มีพระภาค
ยังไม่ทรงตอบเราว่า ‘โลกเที่ยงหรือโลกไม่เที่ยง? ฯลฯ (..โลกเกิดขึ้นได้อย่างไร )’ ตราบนั้นเราก็จัก
ยังไม่ปฏิบัติธรรมตามคำสอนของพระองค์ ต่อให้บุคคลนั้นสิ้นชีวิตไปตถาคตก็ไม่ตอบเรื่องนั้น
เปรียบเหมือนบุรุษต้องลูกศรที่อาบยาพิษอย่างร้ายแรง มิตรอำมาตย์ ญาติสาโลหิตของบุรุษนั้น
พึงไปหาแพทย์ผู้ชำนาญในการผ่าตัดมารักษาบุรุษผู้ต้องลูกศรนั้นพึงกล่าวอย่างนี้ว่า
‘ตราบใดที่เรายังไม่รู้จักคนที่ยิงเรา เราก็จักไม่ให้ถอนลูกศรนี้ออกไป’ ฯลฯ
บุรุษผู้ต้องลูกศรนั้นพึงกล่าว อย่างนี้ว่า ‘ตราบใดที่เรายังไม่รู้จักลูกธนูที่เขาใช้ยิง เราว่า
เป็นลูกศรธรรมดา ลูกศรคม ลูกศรหัวเกาทัณฑ์ ลูกศรหัวโลหะ ลูกศรหัวเขี้ยวสัตว์ หรือลูกศรพิเศษ
ตราบนั้นเราก็จักไม่ถอนลูกศรนี้ออกไป’ ต่อให้บุรุษนั้นตายไป เขาก็จะไม่รู้เรื่องนั้นเลย

อ้างอิง...พระสุตตันตปิฎก มัชฌิมนิกาย จูฬมาลุกยสูตร เล่ม ๑๓ ข้อ ๑๒๖ หน้า ๑๓๘

“เราไม่ตอบปัญหาว่า ‘โลกเที่ยงหรือโลกไม่เที่ยง? ฯลฯ (..โลกเกิดขึ้นได้อย่างไร)’
เราไม่ตอบเพราะเหตุไร?
เราจึงไม่ตอบเพราะปัญหานั้นไม่มีประโยชน์ ไม่เป็นเบื้องต้นแห่งพรหมจรรย์ ไม่เป็นไปเพื่อความคลายทุกข์
เพื่อคลายกำหนัด เพื่อดับ เพื่อสงบระงับ เพื่อรู้ยิ่ง เพื่อตรัสรู้และเพื่อนิพพาน เหตุนั้นเราจึงไม่ตอบ
ปัญหาอะไรเล่าที่เราตอบ คือปัญหาว่า

‘นี้ทุกข์ นี้ทุกขสมุทัย นี้ทุกขนิโรธ นี้ทุกขนิโรธคามินีปฏิปทา’ เราตอบเพราะเหตุไร?
เราตอบเพราะปัญหานั้นมีประโยชน์ เป็นเบื้องต้นแห่งพรหมจรรย์ เป็นไปเพื่อความคลายทุกข์
เพื่อคลายกำหนัด เพื่อดับ เพื่อสงบระงับ เพื่อรู้ยิ่ง เพื่อตรัสรู้ และเพื่อนิพพาน เหตุนั้นเราจึงตอบ
เพราะเหตุนั้นแล เธอจงจำปัญหาที่เราไม่ตอบว่าเป็นปัญหาที่เราไม่ตอบ และจงจำปัญหา
ที่เราตอบว่าเป็นปัญหาที่เราตอบเถิด”

อ้างอิง...พระสุตตันตปิฎก มัชฌิมนิกาย จูฬมาลุกยสูตร เล่มที่ ๑๓ ข้อ ๑๒๘ หน้า๑๔๑

http://khunnamob.globat.com/backup/khunnamob/www.khunnamob.info/board/show.php-Category=khunnamob&No=741&forum=8&page=4&PHPSESSID=5df051bc51e3404a3b6bdcb9f62a03ba.htm


**บทสัมภาษณ์ระหว่างนายแพทย์ไทยกับมนุษย์ต่างดาวจากดาวอังคาร
ชื่อ พาราซิทัลและดาวศุกร์ ชื่อ เอ็ดดี้**

1.ถาม-(หมอเทพนมฯ) ทำไมท่านจึงมาติดต่อกับผม เพราะบังเอิญหรือเพราะอะไร?

ตอบ-การมาติดต่อกับท่าน ไม่ใช่เพราะเหตุบังเอิญ พวกเราติดต่อกับสายพันธุ์เดียวกันเท่านั้น
หรือจะเรียกตามภาษามนุษย์ว่า มีกรรมพัวพันกันก็ได้ มนุษย์ต่างดาวจะมาที่โลกนี้ใน 3 รูปแบบ คือ

1)มาในรูปมนุษย์ต่างดาว อย่างพวกเราขณะนี้

2)มาในแบบถูกส่งมาจุติให้เป็นมนุษย์ ท่านได้ถูกส่งลงมายังโลกนี้ห้าพันกว่าปีแล้ว
มีหน้าที่ประสานงานระหว่างมนุษย์กับต่างดาว

3)วิญญาณของมนุษย์ต่างดาวเข้าสิงอยู่ในตัวมนุษย์

2.ถาม-วิญญาณหรือจิต มีจริงหรือไม่?

ตอบ- วิญญาณ หรือจิต หรือพลังงานชีวิต มีจริง ในสิ่งที่มีชีวิตทั่วจักรวาล พลังชีวิตนี้ ไม่มีใครทำลายได้
เมื่อมนุษย์ตาย ร่ายกายเน่าเปื่อยไป แต่วิญญาณยังคงอยู่ และจะต้องไปจุติตามการกระทำ หรือกรรม
ที่ตนทำไว้ อาจไปเกิดเป็นสัตว์ก็ได้ พวกที่เกิดเป็นมนุษย์อีก มักเกิดใกล้สถานที่ที่กำเนิดในชาติก่อน
มีจำนวนน้อยที่ไปเกิดข้ามทวีป และมีจำนวนน้อยมากอย่างยิ่ง ที่ไปเกิดในอีกดาวหนึ่ง......

3.ถาม-ท่านนับถือศาสนาอะไร? มีศาสนาแบบมนุษย์ไหม?

ตอบ-พวกเรานับถือสิ่งศักดิ์สิทธิ์สูงสุดเหมือนกัน มีองค์เดียวที่สูงสุดและทุกชีวิตมาจากหนึ่งเดียวนี้
ตามความจริงซึ่งท่านจะได้เรียนรู้และทราบในศตวรรษใหม่ที่จะมาถึง ในจักรวาลอันกว้างใหญ่นี้
มีพระผู้สร้าง หรือสิ่งศักดิ์สิทธิ์สูงสุดอยู่ 1 องค์ ที่สร้างทุกอย่างในจักรวาลขึ้นมาแต่เริ่มแรก
แต่การบริหารจัดการกับสิ่งมีชีวิตต่างๆนั้น มีคณะกรรมการจัดการระหว่างดวงดาว ซึ่งบรรดาศาสดาต่างๆ
ของโลกมนุษย์ก็เป็นกรรมการอยู่ ศาสนาทุกศาสนาสอนให้คนทำดี ไม่ควรมาเปรียบเทียบกันว่า
ศาสนาของฉันดีกว่าศาสนาของเธอ เพราะศาสดาทุกท่านก็มาจากที่เดียวกันหมด
และถูกส่งลงมาช่วยพัฒนาจิตใจมนุษย์เป็นระยะๆไป.....

4.ถาม-ท่านอายุเท่าใด? และพวกท่านมีตายบ้างไหม?

ตอบ(ท่านพาราซิทัล)-เราอายุหลายพันปี ตั้งแต่เราเกิดมาจนถึงปัจจุบัน เคยเห็นพวกเราตายแค่ 3 คน
ตายจากอุบัติเหตุยานอวกาศตก ทางด้านโรคต่างๆ เราสามารถพิชิตได้หมดแล้ว
ขอให้ถามท่านเอ็ดดี้ ผู้ตรวจจักรวาลบ้าง

ท่านเอ็ดดี้- ท่านพาราซิทัลพูดถูกต้องแล้ว พวกเราอายุยืนมาก......

5.ถาม-ขอให้ท่านให้ความกระจ่าง เกี่ยวกับมนุษย์คู่แรกบนโลกนี้ว่า มาจากไหนกันแน่?
มาจากลิงใช่หรือไม่?

ตอบ-มนุษย์ไม่ได้พัฒนามาจากลิงอย่างที่เข้าใจกัน ตามความเป็นจริง
มนุษย์เพศชายคนแรกที่พวกท่านเรียกว่า"อาดัม"นั้น ถูกสร้างขึ้นมา
ที่ดาวนพเคราะห์ดวงหนึ่งนอกระบบสุริยะของท่าน พระผู้สร้างได้ให้พวกเรา
นำมนุษย์ผู้นั้นมาไว้ยังโลกนี้และต่อมาได้สร้างมนุษย์เพศหญิง
ที่พวกท่านเรียกว่า "อีฟ" ขึ้นมาอีกคนหนึ่งและให้นำมาอยู่ด้วยกัน
จนสืบเชื้อสายมีลูกหลานกันมากมายไปทั่วโลก พวกเราเปรียบเสมือนบรรพบุรุษของ
พวกท่านเหมือนกันมีหน้าที่คอยดูแลช่วยเหลือพวกท่านอยู่เสมอมา ในระยะ 200 กว่าปีที่ผ่านมา
มนุษย์เจริญทางวิทยาศาสตร์ขึ้นมามาก แต่ทางด้านศีลธรรม และจริยธรรม กลับพัฒนาได้น้อยมาก
เมื่อมนุษย์ค้นพบพลังงานใหม่ เช่นพลังปรมาณู ก็นำไปใช้สร้างอาวุธทำลายล้างกัน
แทนที่จะนำไปใช้ในด้านพัฒนาสุขภาพและสันติภาพ......

6.ถาม-ถ้าพระผู้สร้างมีจริง และเป็นผู้สร้างทุกสิ่งทุกอย่าง ทั้งสิ่งที่มีชีวิตและสิ่งไม่มีชีวิต
ขึ้นมาจริง อย่างที่ท่านบอกสิ่งนี้ขัดแย้งกับกฎแห่งกรรมของพุทธศาสนาหรือไม่?

ตอบ- พระผู้สร้างได้สร้างทุกอย่างในจักรวาลขึ้นมา แต่ท่านได้ให้อิสระเสรีภาพกับมนุษย์ทุกคน
ที่จะทำดี หรือทำชั่วก็ได้ หากทำดี ก็ได้รับผบตอบแทนที่ดี ทำชั่วก็ได้รับผลตอบแทนที่ไม่ดี
นับว่ายุติธรรมที่สุดแล้วไม่ใช่หรือ? ฉะนั้นไม่ขัดแย้งกับกฎแห่งกรรมของพุทธศาสนาเลย
และนี่คือ ความจริงของกฎจักรวาล........

------คัดลอกจากหนังสือ จานบินในประเทศไทย
เขียนโดย ดร.เทพนม เมืองแมน------------

[eye in the sky]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sistine_Chapel_ceiling

The iconic image of the hand of God giving life to Adam.


Despite records in the Carter library that show no meeting or phone call
between Spielberg and President Carter, the above picture shows clearly that
the two men did meet. Secondly despite a search for the actual photo of
the Spielberg/Carter meeting all that remains in the Carter library is this photocopy.

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/carter_spielberg.htm

http://www.toulo.com/product/ProductDetail.asp?ProductID=7934&CategoryID=10000


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Close_Encounters_of_the_Third_Kind


Spielberg with President Ronald Reagan and Nancy Reagan, fans of the film, in 1986

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/reagan_spielberg.htm

Letter from President Reagan to Steven Spielberg thanking him for showing "E.T.
The Extraterrestrial" at the White House.


http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.T._the_Extra-Terrestrial

http://www.presidentialufo.com/old_site/reagan1.htm

11/19/85 - President Reagan and Soviet General Secretary Gorbachev meet at their first Summit
in Geneva, Switzerland. It was during those private discussions where Reagan stated,
" I couldn't help but say to him, just think how easy his task and mine might be
in these meetings that we held if suddenly there was a threat to this world from
some other species, from another planet, outside in the universe.
We'd forget all the little local differences that we have between our countries,
and we would find out once and for all that we really are all human beings here
on this Earth together."


An object is spotted flying past the Washington Monument
during President Barack Obama's inauguration
Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/worldnews/article-1127191/Did-UFO-fly-past-President-Barack-Obamas-inauguration.html?ITO=1490#ixzz0hqvCYDvP

http://www.foxnews.com/story/0,2933,482427,00.html

Screenshot of video of what some speculate is a 'UFO' at President Obama's inauguration.

http://www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/news/article2165801.ece


Strange ... UFO seen whizzing past Washington monument
Read more: http://www.thesun.co.uk/sol/homepage/news/article2165801.ece#ixzz0hqwZOkdW

http://www.examiner.com/x-2383-Honolulu-Exopolitics-Examiner~y2009m1d22-Clinton-Confirmation-opens-door-to-UFO-Files

Clinton before Senate Foreign Relations Committee. AP Photo

http://www.barackobamaufo.com/?p=774
CNN Catches UFO on Camera During Inauguration?

เรื่องไม่ลับ ...กรณีอัยการสั่งไม่ฟ้อง=ปล่อย ผู้ค้าอาวุธสงคราม ??



Here is the R.R. speech at the U.N. (untold version)

Messages from Ronald Reagan;

Ronald Reagan talks about an alien presence or possible threat to human kind
and eventuality the necessity for nations to get closer if it would
happen... %? NWO [New World Order]

And just in case if you are wondering where does he mentioned in is speech the sentence;
"but yet i ask u now, isn't an alien force already among us";

Speech from the 42d Session of the United-Nations General Assembly, N.-Y. 09/21/1987:

«...In our obsession with antagonisms of the moment, we often forget how much unites
all the members of humanity. Perhaps we need some OUTSIDE, UNIVERSAL THREAT
to make us recognize this common bond. I occasionally think how quickly our differences
worldwide would vanish if we were facing an ALIEN THREAT from outside this world.
And yet, I ask you, is not an ALIEN FORCE already among us? What could be more alien
to the universal aspirations of our peoples than war and the threat of war?...»

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/exopolitica/exopolitics_reagan04.htm



Secret Handshakes of the Illuminati

Thesecret hand signs of Illuminists are thought to work magic, to evoke supernatural beings,
and, of course, to communicate messages. For example, the higher degree Mason, Rosicrucian,
or other Illuminist can discern at what ritual level a brother in the Craft is 'at by testing his handshake,
or grip. It is, therefore, an important mode of recognition. The commonly used phrase, "Get a grip,"
has Masonic origins.

The handshake, or grip, is a sign of unity, oneness of purpose and allegiance or devotion to joint cause.
It is considered a bond, or seal, of acknowledgment between Illuminist brethren.
The Masonic authorities speak of a "mystic tie" or spiritual union.
Certainly, demon powers do congregate together and enjoy one another's foul company.

ถ้าไม่มีมูลเลย สิ่งที่ผู้นำของมหาอำนาจระดับโลก
อย่างอเมริกาพูดออกมา ก็เป็นแค่ตัวตลกระดับโลก
องค์กรโลกบาลอย่าง UN ก็คงเป็นแค่
เวทีการแสดงตลกระดับโลกเท่านั้นเอง

[kiagenwa]

ทฤษฎีวิวัฒนาการก็ถูกเผยแพร่ไปทั่วโลกและไทยเราก็เอามาใช้เป็นแบบเรียนเหมือนกัน
ทั้งๆ ที่จนปัจจุบันยังไม่มีการพบหลักฐานของการวิวัฒนาการ(ที่มีก็ตีโพยตีพายไปเอง พอตรวจสอบก็รู้ว่าเป็นของเก๊)

ความรู้ในเชิงวิทยาศาสตร์และการวิเคราะห์ไม่ว่าจะเชิงตื้นหรือลึกก็ตาม
อาจทำให้เราหลงผิดและถูกครอบงำได้ ระวังไว้ด้วยละกันคร้าบ

ปล. หัวข้อแรกลองไปหาข้อมูลมาดูนะครับ ถ้าต่างจากที่ผมพูดก็รบกวนช่วยให้ตาสว่างด้วย^^
ปล2. ทฤษฎีบูชามนุษย์ต่างดาวเป็นทางออกของนักทฤษฎีวิวัฒนาการ= =

[eye in the sky]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_matrix.htm



http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_matrix07.htm



by Frances Flannery-Dailey and Rachel Wagner

This essay originally appeared in The Journal of Religion and Film

from WhatIsTheMatrxi Website

At the beginning of The Matrix, a black-clad computer hacker known as Neo
falls asleep in front of his computer. A mysterious message appears on the screen:
"Wake up, Neo."¹

This succinct phrase encapsulates the plot of the film, as Neo struggles with the problem
of being imprisoned in a "material" world that is actually a computer simulation program
created in the distant future by Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a means of enslaving humanity,
by perpetuating ignorance in the form of an illusory perception called "The Matrix."
In part, the film crafts its ultimate view of reality by alluding to numerous religious traditions
that advance the idea that the fundamental problem which humanity faces is ignorance and
the solution is knowledge or awakening.

Two religious traditions on which the film draws heavily are Gnostic Christianity and Buddhism.²
Although these traditions differ in important ways, they agree in maintaining that the problem
of ignorance can be solved through an individual's reorientation of perspective concerning
the material realm.³

Gnostic Christianity and Buddhism also both envision a guide who helps those still trapped
in the limiting world of illusion, a Gnostic redeemer figure or a bodhisattva, who willingly
enters that world in order to share liberating knowledge, facilitating escape for anyone able
to understand. In the film, this figure is Neo, whose name is also an anagram for the "One."

Although as a "modern myth"⁴ the film purposefully draws on numerous traditions,⁵
we propose that an examination of Gnostic Christianity and Buddhism well illuminates
the overarching paradigm of The Matrix, namely, the problem of sleeping in ignorance
in a dream-world, solved by waking to knowledge or enlightenment.

By drawing syncretistically on these two ancient traditions and fusing them with
a technological vision of the future, the film constructs a new teaching that challenges
its audience to question "reality."

I. Christian Elements in The Matrix

The majority of the film's audience probably easily recognizes the presence of some
Christian elements, such as the name Trinity⁶ or Neo's death and Christ-like resurrection
and ascension near the end of the film. In fact, Christian and biblical allusions abound,
particularly with respect to nomenclature:⁷

Apoc (Apocalypse), Neo's given name of Mr. Ander/son (from the Greek andras for man,
thus producing "Son of Man"), the ship named the Nebuchadnezzar (the Babylonian king
who, in the Book of Daniel, has puzzling symbolic dreams that must be interpreted),⁸
and the last remaining human city, Zion, synonymous in Judaism and Christianity with (the
heavenly) Jerusalem.⁹

Neo is overtly constructed as a Jesus figure: he is "the One" who was prophesied to
return again to The Matrix, who has the power the change The Matrix from within
(i.e., to work miracles), who battles the representatives of evil and who is killed
but comes to life again.

This construction of Neo as Jesus is reinforced in numerous ways. Within minutes of
the commencement of the movie, another hacker says to Neo,

"You're my savior, man, my own personal Jesus Christ."¹⁰

This identification is also suggested by the Nebuchadnezzar's crew, who nervously wonder
if he is "the One" who was foretold, and who repeatedly swear in Neo's presence by
saying "Jesus" or "Jesus Christ."¹¹

In still another example, Neo enters the Nebuchadnezzar for the first time and the camera pans
across the interior of the ship, resting on the make: "Mark III no. 11."

This seems to be another messianic reference, since the Gospel of Mark 3:11 reads:

"Whenever the unclean spirits saw him, they fell down before him and
shouted, ' You are the Son of God!'"

Like Mark's Jesus, Neo is an exorcist, who casts out alien Agents inhabiting
the residual self-images of those immersed in The Matrix. However, this trope illuminates
the differences between Jesus and Neo, since the latter accomplishes exorcisms not by healing,
but by killing the digital bodies of those who are "possessed" by Agents,
in turn killing the real people in the world of the Nebuchadnezzar.

The plaque, then, ultimately highlights the problem of violence in the film,
even as it draws parallels between Jesus and Neo.

II. Gnosticism in The Matrix

Although the presence of individual Christian elements within the film is clear,
the overall system of Christianity that is presented is not the traditional, orthodox one.
Rather, the Christian elements of the film make the most sense when viewed within
a context of Gnostic Christianity.¹²

Gnosticism was a religious system that flourished for centuries at the beginning of the Common Era,
and in many regions of the ancient Mediterranean world it competed strongly with
"orthodox" Christianity, while in other areas it represented the only interpretation of
Christianity that was known.¹³

The Gnostics possessed their own scriptures, accessible to us in the form of the Nag Hammadi Library,
from which a general sketch of Gnostic beliefs may be drawn.¹⁴ Although Gnostic Christianity
comprises many varieties, Gnosticism as a whole seems to have embraced an orienting
cosmogonic myth that explains the true nature of the universe and humankind's proper place in it.¹⁵

A brief retelling of this myth illuminates numerous parallels with The Matrix.

In the Gnostic myth, the supreme god is completely perfect and therefore alien and mysterious,
"ineffable," "unnamable," "immeasurable light which is pure, holy and immaculate"
(Apocryphon of John). In addition to this god there are other, lesser divine beings in the pleroma
(akin to heaven, a division of the universe that is not Earth), who possess some metaphorical
gender of male or female.¹⁶

Pairs of these beings are able to produce offspring that are themselves divine emanations,
perfect in their own ways.¹⁷ A problem arises when one "aeon" or being named Sophia
(Greek for wisdom), a female, decides "to bring forth a likeness out of herself without the consent
of the Spirit," that is, to produce an offspring without her consort (Apocry. of John).

The ancient view was that females contribute the matter in reproduction, and males the form;
thus, Sophia's action produces an offspring that is imperfect or even malformed,
and she casts it away from the other divine beings in the pleroma into a separate region
of the cosmos. This malformed, ignorant deity, sometimes named Yaldaboath, mistakenly
believes himself to be the only god.

Gnostics identify Yaldabaoth as the Creator God of the Old Testament, who himself decides
to create archons (angels), the material world (Earth) and human beings. Although traditions vary,
Yaldabaoth is usually tricked into breathing the divine spark or spirit of his mother Sophia
that formerly resided in him into the human being (especially Apocry. of John; echoes of Genesis 2-3).
Therein lies the human dilemma. We are pearls in the mud, a divine spirit (good) trapped in
a material body (bad) and a material realm (bad).

Heaven is our true home, but we are in exile from the pleroma.

Luckily for the Gnostic, salvation is available in the form of gnosis or knowledge imparted by
a Gnostic redeemer, who is Christ, a figure sent from the higher God to free humankind from
the Creator God Yaldabaoth. The gnosis involves an understanding of our true nature
and origin, the metaphysical reality hitherto unknown to us, resulting in the Gnostic's escape
(at death) from the enslaving material prison of the world and the body, into the upper regions of spirit.

However, in order to make this ascent, the Gnostic must pass by the archons,
who are jealous of his/her luminosity, spirit or intelligence, and who thus try to hinder
the Gnostic's upward journey.

To a significant degree, the basic Gnostic myth parallels the plot of The Matrix,
with respect to both the problem that humans face as well as the solution.

Like Sophia, we conceived an offspring out of our own pride, as Morpheus explains:

"Early in the 21st century, all of mankind was united in celebration.
We marveled at our own magnificence as we gave birth to AI."¹⁸

This offspring of ours, however, like Yaldabaoth is malformed (matter without spirit?).
Morpheus describes AI as "a singular consciousness that spawned an entire race of machines,"
a fitting parallel for the Gnostic Creator God of the archons (angels) and the illusory material world.
AI creates The Matrix, a computer simulation that is "a prison for your mind."

Thus, Yaldabaoth/AI traps humankind in a material prison that does not represent ultimate reality,
as Morpheus explains to Neo:

"As long as The Matrix exists, the human race will never be free."

The film also echoes the metaphorical language employed by Gnostics. The Nag Hammadi texts
describe the fundamental human problem in metaphorical terms of blindness, sleep, ignorance,
dreams and darkness / night, while the solution is stated in terms of seeing, waking, knowledge
(gnosis), waking from dreams and light / day.¹⁹

Similarly, in the film Morpheus, whose name is taken from the Greek god of sleep and dreams,
reveals to Neo that The Matrix is "a computer generated dream-world." When Neo is unplugged
and awakens for the first time on the Nebuchadnezzar in a brightly lit white space (a cinematic code
for heaven), his eyes hurt, as Morpheus explains, because he has never used them.

Everything Neo has "seen" up to that point was seen with the mind's eye, as in a dream,
created through software simulation. Like an ancient Gnostic, Morpheus explains that
the blows he deals Neo in the martial arts training program have nothing to do with his body
or speed or strength, which are illusory. Rather, they depend only on his mind, which is real.

The parallels between Neo and Christ sketched earlier are further illuminated by
a Gnostic context, since Neo is "saved" through gnosis or secret knowledge,
which he passes on to others.

Neo learns about the true structure of reality and about his own true identity, which
allows him to break the rules of the material world he now perceives to be an illusion.
That is, he learns that "the mind makes it [The Matrix, the material world] real,"
but it is not ultimately real. In the final scene of the film, it is this gnosis that Neo passes
on to others in order to free them from the prison of their minds, The Matrix.

He functions as a Gnostic Redeemer, a figure from another realm who enters the material world
in order to impart saving knowledge about humankind's true identity and the true structure
of reality, thereby setting free anyone able to understand the message.

In fact, Neo's given name is not only Mr. Anderson/the Son of Man, it is Thomas Anderson,
which reverberates with the most famous Gnostic gospel, the Gospel of Thomas. Also,
before he is actualized as Neo (the one who will initiate something "New," since he is indeed
"the One"), he is doubting Thomas, who does not believe in his role as the redeemer figure.²⁰

In fact, the name Thomas means "the Twin," and in ancient Christian legend he is
Jesus' twin brother. In a sense, the role played by Keanu Reeves has a twin character,
since he is constructed as both a doubting Thomas and as a Gnostic Christ figure.²¹

Not only does Neo learn and pass on secret knowledge that saves, in good Gnostic fashion,
but the way in which he learns also evokes some elements of Gnosticism.
Imbued with images from eastern traditions, the training programs teach Neo
the concept of "stillness," of freeing the mind and overcoming fear, cinematically
captured in "Bullet Time" (digitally mastered montages of freeze frames/slow motion frames
using multiple cameras).²²

Interestingly enough, this concept of "stillness" is also present in Gnosticism,
in that the higher aeons are equated with "stillness" and "rest" and can only be
apprehended in such a centered and meditative manner, as is apparent in these instructions
to a certain Allogenes:

"And although it is impossible for you to stand, fear nothing; but if you wish to stand,
withdraw to the Existence, and you will find it standing and at rest after the likeness of
the One who is truly at rest...And when you becomes perfect in that place, still yourself... "

(Allogenes)

The Gnostic then reveals,

"There was within me a stillness of silence, and I heard the Blessedness whereby
I knew my proper self". ²³

(Allogenes)

When Neo realizes the full extent of his "saving gnosis," that The Matrix is only a dream-world,
a reflective Keanu Reeves silently and calmly contemplates the bullets that he has stopped in
mid-air, filmed in "Bullet Time."

Yet another parallel with Gnosticism occurs in the portrayal of the Agents such as Agent Smith,
and their opposition to the equivalent of the Gnostics - that is, Neo and anyone else attempting
to leave The Matrix.

AI created these artificial programs to be,

"the gatekeepers - they are guarding all the doors, they are holding all the keys."

These Agents are akin to the jealous archons created by Yaldabaoth who block the ascent of
the Gnostic as he/she tries to leave the material realm and guard the gates of the successive
levels of heaven (e.g., Apocalypse of Paul).²⁴

However, as Morpheus predicts, Neo is eventually able to defeat the Agents because
while they must adhere to the rules of The Matrix, his human mind allows him to bend
or break these rules.²⁵ Mind, though, is not equated in the film merely with rational intelligence,
otherwise Artificial Intelligence would win every time. Rather, the concept of "mind"
in the film appears to point to a uniquely human capacity for imagination,
for intuition, or, as the phrase goes, for "thinking outside the box."

Both the film and the Gnostics assert that the "divine spark" within humans allows a perception
of gnosis greater than that achievable by even the chief archon/agent of Yaldabaoth:

And the power of the mother [Sophia, in our analogy, humankind] went out
of Yaldabaoth [AI] into the natural body which they had fashioned [the humans
grown on farms by AI]... And in that moment the rest of the powers [archons/Agents ]
became jealous, because he had come into being through all of them and they had given
their power to the man, and his intelligence ["mind"] was greater than that of those
who had made him, and greater than that of the chief archon [Agent Smith?].

And when they recognized that he was luminous, and that he could think better than they...
they took him and threw him into the lowest region of all matter [simulated by the Matrix].

(Apocry. of John 19-20)

It is striking that Neo overcomes Agent Smith in the final showdown of the film precisely
by realizing fully the illusion of The Matrix, something the Agent apparently cannot do,
since Neo is subsequently able to break rules that the Agent cannot. His final defeat of Smith
entails entering Smith's body and splitting him in pieces by means of pure luminosity,
portrayed through special effects as light shattering Smith from the inside out.

Overall, then, the system portrayed in The Matrix parallels Gnostic Christianity in numerous respects,
especially the delineation of humanity's fundamental problem of existing in a dream-world that
simulates reality and the solution of waking up from illusion.

The central mythic figures of Sophia, Yaldabaoth, the archons and the Gnostic Christ redeemer
also each find parallels with key figures in the film and function in similar ways.
The language of Gnosticism and the film are even similar: dreaming vs. waking;
blindness vs. seeing;²⁶ light vs. dark.²⁷

However, given that Gnosticism presumes an entire unseen realm of divine beings,
where is God in the film?

In other words, when Neo becomes sheer light, is this a symbol for divinity, or for human potential?
The question becomes even more pertinent with the identification of humankind with Sophia -
a divine being in Gnosticism. On one level, there appears to be no God in the film.
Although there are apocalyptic motifs, Conrad Ostwalt rightly argues that unlike
conventional Christian apocalypses, in The Matrix both the catastrophe and its solution
are of human making - that is, the divine is not apparent.²⁸

However, on another level, the film does open up the possibility of a God through the figure of
the Oracle, who dwells inside The Matrix and yet has access to information about the future that
even those free from The Matrix do not possess. This suggestion is even stronger in the original
screenplay, in which the Oracle's apartment is the Holy of Holies nested within
the "Temple of Zion."²⁹

Divinity may also play a role in Neo's past incarnation and his coming again as the One.

If, however, there is some implied divinity in the film,³⁰ it remains transcendent, like the divinity
of the ineffable, invisible supreme god in Gnosticism, except where it is immanent in the form of
the divine spark active in humans.³¹

III. Buddhism in The Matrix

When asked by a fan if Buddhist ideas influenced them in the production of the movie,
the Wachowski brothers offered an unqualified "Yes."³²

Indeed, Buddhist ideas pervade the film and appear in close proximity with the equally strong
Christian imagery. Almost immediately after Neo is identified as "my own personal
Jesus Christ," this appellation is given a distinctively Buddhist twist.

The same hacker says:

"This never happened. You don’t exist."

From the stupa-like³³ pods which encase humans in the horrific mechanistic fields to
Cypher’s selfish desire for the sensations and pleasures of The Matrix,
Buddhist teachings form a foundation for much of the film’s plot and imagery.³⁴

The Problem of Samsara

Even the title of the film evokes the Buddhist worldview.

The Matrix is described by Morpheus as "a prison for your mind." It is a dependent "construct"
made up of the interlocking digital projections of billions of human beings who are unaware of
the illusory nature of the reality in which they live and are completely dependent on the hardware
attached to their real bodies and the elaborate software programs created by AI This "construct"
resembles the Buddhist idea of samsara, which teaches that the world in which we live our daily lives
is constructed only from the sensory projections formulated from our own desires.

When Morpheus takes Neo into the "construct" to teach him about the Matrix,
Neo learns that the way in which he had perceived himself in The Matrix was nothing more than
"the mental projection of your digital self." The "real" world, which we associate with
what we feel, smell, taste, and see, "is simply electrical signals interpreted by your brain."

The world, Morpheus explains, exists "now only as part of a neural interactive simulation
that we call The Matrix."

In Buddhist terms, we could say that,

"because it is empty of self or of what belongs to self, it is therefore said:
‘The world is empty.’ And what is empty of self and what belongs to self?
The eye, material shapes, visual consciousness, impression on the eye -
all these are empty of self and of what belongs to self."³⁵

According to Buddhism and according to The Matrix, the conviction of reality based upon
sensory experience, ignorance, and desire keeps humans locked in illusion until they are
able to recognize the false nature of reality and relinquish their mistaken sense of identity.

Drawing upon the Buddhist doctrine of Dependent Co-Origination, the film presents reality
within The Matrix as a conglomerate of the illusions of all humans caught within its snare.
Similarly, Buddhism teaches that the suffering of human beings is dependent upon a cycle
of ignorance and desire which locks humans into a repetitive cycle of birth, death, and rebirth.

The principle is stated in a short formula in the Samyutta-nikaya:

If this is that comes to be; from the arising of this that arises;
if this is not that does not come to be; from the stopping of
this that is stopped.³⁶

The idea of Dependent Co-Origination is illustrated in the context of the film
through the illusion of The Matrix.

The viability of the Matrix’s illusion depends upon the belief by those enmeshed in it
that The Matrix itself is reality. AI’s software program is, in and of itself, no illusion at all.
Only when humans interact with its programs do they become enmeshed in a corporately-
created illusion, The Matrix, or samsara, which reinforces itself through the interactions of
those beings involved within it.

Thus The Matrix’s reality only exists when actual human minds subjectively
experience its programs.³⁷

The problem, then, can be seen in Buddhist terms. Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion,
and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own
interactions with the program and the illusions of sensory experience which these provide,
and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous
desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real. This desire is so strong that
it overcomes Cypher, who can no longer tolerate the "desert of the real" and asks to be
reinserted into The Matrix.

As he sits with Agent Smith in an upscale restaurant smoking a cigar with a large glass of brandy,
Cypher explains his motives:

"You know, I know this steak doesn’t exist. I know that when I put it in my mouth,
The Matrix is telling my brain that it is juicy and delicious. After nine years,
you know what I realize? Ignorance is bliss."³⁸

Cypher knows that The Matrix is not real and that any pleasures he experiences there are illusory.
Yet for him, the "ignorance" of samsara is preferable to enlightenment.

Denying the reality that he now experiences beyond The Matrix, he uses the double negative:

"I don’t want to remember nothing. Nothing. And I want to be rich. Someone important.
Like an actor."

Not only does Cypher want to forget the "nothing" of true reality, but he also wants to be an
"actor," to add another level of illusion to the illusion of The Matrix that he is choosing to re-enter.³⁹

The draw of samsara is so strong that not only does Cypher give in to his cravings,
but Mouse also may be said to have been overwhelmed by the lures of samsara,
since his death is at least in part due to distractions brought on by his sexual fantasies about
the "woman in the red dress" which occupy him when he is supposed to be standing alert.

Whereas Cypher and Mouse represent what happens when one gives in to samsara,
the rest of the crew epitomize the restraint and composure praised by the Buddha.
The scene shifts abruptly from the restaurant to the mess hall of the Nebuchadnezzar,
where instead of being offered brandy, cigars and steak, Neo is given the "bowl of snot"
which is to be his regular meal from that point forward.

In contrast to the pleasures which for Cypher can only be fulfilled in the Matrix,
Neo and the crew must be content with the "single-celled protein combined with synthetic aminos,
vitamins, and minerals" which Dozer claims is "everything the body needs."

Clad in threadbare clothes, subsisting on gruel, and sleeping in bare cells,
the crew is depicted enacting the Middle Way taught by the Buddha,
allowing neither absolute asceticism nor indulgence to distract them from their work.⁴⁰

The Solution of Knowledge/Enlightenment

This duality between The Matrix and the reality beyond it sets up the ultimate goal
of the rebels, which is to free all minds from The Matrix and allow humans
to live out their lives in the real world
beyond. In making this point, the film-makers draw on both Theravada and
Mahayana Buddhist ideas.⁴¹Alluding to the Theravada ideal of the arhat,
the film suggests that enlightenment is achieved through individual effort.⁴²

As his initial guide, Morpheus makes it clear that Neo cannot depend upon him
for enlightenment.

Morpheus explains,

"No one can be told what The Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself."

Morpheus tells Neo he must make the final shift in perception entirely on his own.

He says:

"I’m trying to free your mind, Neo. But I can only show you the door.
You’re the one that has to walk through it."

For Theravada Buddhists,

"man’s emancipation depends on his own realization of the Truth,
and not on the benevolent grace of a god or any external power
as a reward for his obedient good behavior."⁴³

The Dhammapada urges the one seeking enlightenment to,

"Free thyself from the past, free thyself from the future, free thyself from the present.
Crossing to the farther shore of existence, with mind released everywhere,
no more shalt thou come to birth and decay."⁴⁴

As Morpheus says to Neo,

"There’s a difference between knowing the path and walking the path."

And as the Buddha taught his followers,

"You yourselves should make the effort; the Awakened Ones are only teachers."⁴⁵

As one already on the path to enlightenment, Morpheus is only a guide; ultimately Neo
must recognize the truth for himself.

Yet The Matrix also embraces ideas found in Mahayana Buddhism, especially
in its particular concern for liberation for all people through the guidance of those
who remain in samsara and postpone their own final enlightenment in
order to help others as bodhisattvas.⁴⁶

The crew members of the Nebuchadnezzar epitomize this compassion. Rather than remain
outside of The Matrix where they are safer, they choose to re-enter it repeatedly as
ambassadors of knowledge with the ultimate goal of freeing the minds and eventually
also the bodies of those who are trapped within The Matrix’s digital web.
The film attempts to blend the Theravada ideal of the arhat with the Mahayana ideal of
the bodhisattva, presenting the crew as concerned for those still stuck in The Matrix
and willing to re-enter The Matrix to help them, while simultaneously arguing that
final realization is an individual process.

Neo as the Buddha. Although the entire crew embodies the ideals of the bodhisattva,
the filmmakers set Neo apart as unique, suggesting that while the crew may be looked
at as arhats and bodhisattvas, Neo can be seen as a Buddha.

Neo’s identity as the Buddha is reinforced not only through the anagram of his name
but also through the myth that surrounds him.

The Oracle has foretold the return of one who has the ability to manipulate The Matrix.
As Morpheus explains, the return of this man "would hail the destruction of The Matrix,
end the war, bring freedom to our people. That is why there are those of us who have spent
our entire lives searching The Matrix, looking for him." Neo, Morpheus believes,
is a reincarnation of that man and like the Buddha, he will be endowed with
extraordinary powers to aid in the enlightenment of all humanity.

The idea that Neo can be seen as a reincarnation of the Buddha is reinforced by
the prevalence of birth imagery in the film directly related to him. At least four incarnations
are perceptible in the film. The first birth took place in the pre-history of the film,
in the life and death of the first enlightened one who was able to control The Matrix
from within. The second consists of Neo’s life as Thomas Anderson.

The third begins when Neo emerges, gasping, from the gel of the eerily stupa-like pod
in which he has been encased, and is unplugged and dropped through a large black tube
which can easily be seen as a birth canal.⁴⁷

He emerges at the bottom bald, naked, and confused, with eyes that Morpheus tells him
have "never been used" before. Having "died" to the world of The Matrix, Neo has been
"reborn" into the world beyond it. Neo’s fourth life begins after he dies and is "reborn" again
in the closing scenes of the film, as Trinity resuscitates him with a kiss.⁴⁸

At this point, Neo perceives not only the limitations of The Matrix, but also the limitations of
the world of the Nebuchadnezzar, since he overcomes death in both realms. Like the Buddha,
his enlightenment grants him omniscience and he is no longer under the power of The Matrix,
nor is he subject to birth, death, and rebirth within AI’s mechanical construct.⁴⁹

Neo, like the Buddha, seeks to be free from The Matrix and to teach others how to free
themselves from it as well, and any use of superhuman powers are engaged to that end.
As the only human being since the first enlightened one who is able to freely manipulate
the software of The Matrix from within its confines, Neo represents the actualization of
the Buddha-nature, one who can not only recognize the "origin of pain in the world of
living beings," but who can also envision "the stopping of the pain," enacting "that course
which leads to its stopping."⁵⁰

In this sense, he is more than his bodhisattva companions, and offers the hope of
awakening and freedom for all humans from the ignorance that binds them.

The Problem of Nirvana. But what happens when The Matrix’s version of reality is dissolved?
Buddhism teaches that when samsara is transcended, nirvana is attained. The notion of self
is completely lost, so that conditional reality fades away, and what remains, if anything,
defies the ability of language to describe. In his re-entry into The Matrix, however,
Neo retains the "residual self-image" and the "mental projection of [a] digital self."
Upon "enlightenment," he finds himself not in nirvana, or no-where, but in a different place
with an intact, if somewhat confused, sense of self which strongly resembles his "self"
within The Matrix.

Trinity may be right that The Matrix "cannot tell you who you are," but who you are seems
to be at least in some sense related to who you think you are in The Matrix. In other words,
there is enough continuity in self-identity between the world of The Matrix and "the desert of
the real" that it seems probable that the authors are implying that full "enlightenment"
has not yet been reached and must lie beyond the reality of the Nebuchadnezzar and
the world it inhabits.

If the Buddhist paradigm is followed to its logical conclusions, then we have to expect
at least one more layer of "reality" beyond the world of the crew, since even freed from
The Matrix they are still subject to suffering and death and still exhibit individual egos.

This idea is reinforced by what may be the most problematic alteration which The Matrix
makes to traditional Buddhist teachings. The Buddhist doctrine of ahimsa, or non-injury
to all living beings, is overtly contradicted in the film.⁵¹

It appears as if the filmmakers deliberately chose to link violence with salvific knowledge,
since there seems to be no way that the crew could succeed without the help of weaponry.

When Tank asks Neo and Trinity what they need for their rescue of Morpheus
"besides a miracle," their reply is instantaneous:

"Guns - lots of guns."

The writers could easily have presented the "deaths" of the Agents as nothing more than
the ending of that particular part of the software program. Instead, the Wachowski brothers
have purposefully chosen to portray humans as innocent victims of the violent deaths
of the Agents.⁵²

This outright violation of ahimsa stands at direct odds with the Buddhist ideal of compassion.

But why link knowledge so directly with violence? The filmmakers portray violence as redemptive,⁵³
and as absolutely essential to the success of the rebels. The Matrix steers sharply away at this point
from the shared paradigms of Buddhism and Gnostic Christianity.

The "reality" of The Matrix which requires that some humans must die as victims of salvific violence
is not the ultimate reality to which Buddhism or Gnostic Christianity points. Neither the "stillness"
of the pleroma nor the unchanging "nothingness" of nirvana are characterized by the dependence
on technology and the use of force which so characterizes both of the worlds of the rebels in
The Matrix.

The film’s explicit association of knowledge with violence strongly implies that Neo and
his comrades have not yet realized the ultimate reality. According to the worldviews of
both Gnostic Christianity and Buddhism that the film evokes, the realization of ultimate
reality involves a complete freedom from the material realm and offers peace of mind.

The Wachowskis themselves acknowledge that it is,

"ironic that Morpheus and his crew are completely dependent upon technology
and computers, the very evils against which they are fighting."⁵⁴

Indeed, the film’s very existence depends upon both technology’s capabilities
and Hollywood’s hunger for violence.

Negating itself, The Matrix teaches that nirvana is still beyond our reach.

IV. Concluding Remarks

Whether we view the film from a Gnostic Christian or Buddhist perspective, the overwhelming
message seems to be, "Wake up!" The point is made explicit in the final song of the film,
Wake Up!, by, appropriately, Rage Against the Machine.

Gnosticism, Buddhism and the film all agree that ignorance enslaves us in an illusory material world
and that liberation comes through enlightenment with the aid of a teacher or guide figure.

However, when we ask the question, "To what do we awaken?", the film appears to diverge sharply
from Gnosticism and Buddhism. Both of these traditions maintain that when humans awaken,
they leave behind the material world. The Gnostic ascends at death to the pleroma,
the divine plane of spiritual, non-material existence,
and the enlightened one in Buddhism achieves nirvana, a state
which cannot be described in language, but which is utterly non-material.

By contrast, the "desert of the real," is a wholly material, technological world, in which robots
grow humans for energy, Neo can learn martial arts in seconds through a socket inserted into
the back of his brain, and technology battles technology (Nebuchadnezzar vs. AI,
electromagnetic pulse vs. Sentinels). Moreover, the battle against The Matrix is itself made
possible through technology - cell phones, computers, software training programs.

"Waking up" in the film is leaving behind The Matrix and awakening to a dismal cyber-world,
which is the real material world.

Or perhaps not. There are several cinematic clues in the scene of the construct loading program
(represented by white space) that suggest that the "desert of the real" Morpheus shows Neo
may not be the ultimate reality. After all, Morpheus, whose name is taken from the god of dreams,
shows the "real" world to Neo, who never directly views the surface world himself. Rather,
he sees it on a television bearing the logo "Deep Image."

Throughout the film, reflections in mirrors and Morpheus's glasses, as well as images on
television monitors point the viewer toward consideration of multiple levels of illusion.⁵⁵
As the camera zooms in to the picture on this particular television and the viewer "enters"
the image, it "morphs" the way the surveillance screens do early in the film, indicating its
unreality. In addition, the entire episode takes place while they stand in a construct loading
program in which Neo is warned not to be tricked by appearances.

Although sense perception is clearly not a reliable source for establishing reality,
Morpheus himself admits that,

"For a long time I wouldn't believe it, and then I saw the fields [of humans grown for energy]
with my own eyes... And standing there, I came to realize the obviousness of the truth."

We will have to await the sequels to find out whether "the desert of the real" is itself real.⁵⁶

Even if the film series does not ultimately establish a complete rejection of the material realm,
The Matrix as it stands still asserts the superiority of the human capacity for imagination and
realization over the limited "intelligence" of technology.

Whether stated in terms of matter/spirit, body/mind, hardware/software or illusion/truth,
the ultimate message of The Matrix seems to be that there may be levels of metaphysical reality
beyond what we can ordinarily perceive, and the film urges us to open ourselves to the possibility
of awakening to them.

[eye in the sky]

Endnotes

1. All unidentified quotes are from The Matrix (Warner Bros. release, 1999).

2. In an online chat with viewers of the DVD, the Wachowskis acknowledged that
the Buddhist references in the film are purposeful. However, when asked
"Have you ever been told that The Matrix has Gnostic overtones?",
they gave a tantalizingly ambiguous reply: "Do you consider that to be
a good thing?" From the Nov. 6, 1999 "Matrix Virtual Theatre," at "Wachowski chat"

3. Elaine Pagels notes that the similarities between Gnosticism and Buddhism have
prompted some scholars to question their interdependence and to wonder whether,

"...if the names were changed, the 'living Buddha' appropriately could say
what the Gospel of Thomas attributes to the living Jesus."

Although intriguing, she rightly maintains that the evidence is inconclusive,
since parallel traditions may emerge in different cultures without direct influence.
Elaine Pagels, The Gnostic Gospels, (New York: Random House, 1979, repr. 1989), xx-xxi

4. James Ford recently explored other Buddhist elements in The Matrix,
which he rightly calls a "modern myth," in his article "Buddhism, Christianity
and The Matrix: The Dialectic of Myth-Making in Contemporary Cinema,"
for the Journal of Religion and Film, vol.4 no. 2. See also Conrad Ostwalt's focus on
apocalyptic elements of the film in "Armageddon at the Millennial Dawn," JRF vol. 4, no. 1

5. A viewer asked the Wachowski brothers, "Your movie has many and varied
connections to myths and philosophies, Judeo-Christian, Egyptian,
Arthurian, and Platonic, just to name those I've noticed. How much of that was intentional?"
They replied, "All of it" (Wachowski chat).

6. Feminists critics can rejoice when Trinity first reveals her name to Neo,
as he pointedly responds, "The Trinity?... Jesus, I thought you were a man.
" Her quick reply: "Most men do."

7. The Wachowski brothers indicate that the names were "all chosen carefully,
and all of them have multiple meanings," and also note this applies to
the numbers as well (Wachowski chat).

8. In a recent interview in Time, the Wachowskis refer to Nebuchadnezzar in this
Danielic context, (www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,22971,00.html
, "Popular Metaphysics," by Richard Corliss, Time, April 19, 1999 Vol. 153, no. 15).
Nebuchadnezzar is also the Babylonian king who destroyed the Jerusalem Temple
in 586 B.C.E., and who exiled the elite of Judean society to Babylon.
Did the Wachowski brothers also intend the reference to point to
the crew's "exile" from Zion or from the surface world?

9. The film also suggests Zion is heaven, such as when Tank says,
"If the war was over tomorrow, Zion is where the party would be," evoking
the traditional Christian schema of an apocalypse followed by life in heaven or paradise.
Ironically, the film locates Zion "underground, near the Earth's core, where it is still warm,"
which would seem to be a cinematic code for hell. Is this a clue that Zion is not the "heaven"
we are led to believe it is?

10. Neo's apartment number is 101, symbolizing both computer code (written in 1s and 0s)
and his role as "the One." Near the end of the film, 303 is the number of the apartment that
he enters and exits in his death / resurrection scene, evoking the Trinity.
This in turn raises questions about the character of Trinity's relationship to Neo
in terms of her cinematic construction as divinity.

11. The traitor Cypher, who represents Judas Iscariot, among other figures, ironically says to Neo,
"Man, you scared the B'Jesus outta me."

12. We would like to thank Donna Bowman, with whom we initially explored the Gnostic elements
of The Matrix during a public lecture on film at Hendrix College in 2000.

13. Gnosticism may have had its origins in Judaism, despite its denigration of the Israelite God,
but the issue is complex and still debated within scholarly circles. It is clear, however,
that Gnostic Christianity flourished from at least the 2nd - 5th c. C.E., with its own scriptures,
and most likely also its own distinctive rituals, entrance requirements and a creation story.
See Gershom Scholem, Jewish Gnosticism, Merkabah Mysticism, and Talmudic Tradition
(New York: Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 1960), Elaine Pagels,
The Gnostic Gospels (New York: Vintage Books, 1979, repr. 1989), Bentley Layton,
The Gnostic scriptures (New York: Doubleday, 1995), Kurt Rudolph, Gnosis:
The Nature and History of Gnosticism (San Francisco: Harper San Francisco, 1987).

14. This corpus lay dormant for nearly 2000 years until its discovery in 1945 in Nag Hammadi, Egypt.
The complete collection of texts may be found in James M. Robinson, ed. The Nag Hammadi Library,
revised edition, (New York: HarperCollins, 1990; reprint of original Brill edition, 1978).
These documents are also available on-line at The Nag Hammadi Library Section of
The Gnostic Society Library.

15. Gnostic texts are cryptic, and no single text clearly explains this myth from beginning to end.
The literature presupposes familiarity with the myth, which must be reconstructed by modern readers.
The version of the myth presented here relies on such texts as Gospel of Truth, Apocryphon of John,
On the Origin of the World and Gospel of Thomas. See The Nag Hammadi Library, pp. 38-51, 104-123,
124-138, 170-189.

16. Since the divine beings are composed only of spiritual substances and not matter,
there are no physical gender differences among the beings.

17. Depending on the text, a plethora of divine beings populate the pleroma, many with
Jewish, Christian or philosophical names, e.g. the Spirit, forethought, thought, foreknowledge,
indestructibility, truth, Christ, Autogenes, understanding, grace, perception, Pigera-Adamas.

(Apocryphon of John)

18. Humanity's characterization also resonates with the Tower of Babel story
in Genesis 11:1-9; in both we admire the work of our own hands.

19. The bulk of the following excerpt from the Gnostic "Gospel of Truth" might just as well be
taken from the scenes in The Matrix in which Morpheus explains the nature of reality to Neo:
Thus they [humans] were ignorant of the Father, he being the one whom they did not see...
there were many illusions at work... and (there were) empty fictions, as if they were sunk in sleep
and found themselves in disturbing dreams. Either (there is) a place to which they are fleeing,
or without strength they come (from) having chased after others, or they are involved in
striking blows, or they are receiving blows themselves, or they have fallen from high places,
or they take off into the air though they do not even have wings. Again, sometimes (it is as)
if people were murdering them, though there is no one even pursuing them, or they themselves
are killing their neighbors...(but) When those who are going through all these things wake up,
they see nothing, they who were in the midst of all these disturbances, for they are nothing.
Such is the way of those who have cast ignorance aside from them like sleep, not esteeming it
as anything, nor do they esteem its works as solid things either, but they leave them behind like
a dream in the night... This is the way each one has acted, as though asleep at the time
when he was ignorant. And this is the way he has [come to knowledge], as if he had awakened.

(Gospel of Truth, 29-30)

20. This is perhaps most evident in the subway fight between Neo and Agent Smith.
At a point in the film when Morpheus says of Neo, "He is just beginning to believe,"
Agent Smith calls him "Mr. Anderson," and while fighting he replies, "My name is Neo."
The Wachowskis confirm this interpretation when they state "Neo
is Thomas Anderson's potential self".

(Wachowski chat)

21. This twin tradition was especially popular in Syrian Christianity. See also Pagels, p. xxi,
where she wonders if the tradition that Thomas, Jesus' twin, went to India points to
any historical connection between Buddhism and Hinduism on the one hand and
with Gnosticism on the other.

22. See the online chat with the special effects creators in the "Matrix Virtual Theater"
from March 23, 2000.

23. Nag Hammadi Library, pp. 490-500. Compare the Gnostic idea of stillness with these
Buddhist sayings from the Dhammapada: "The bhikku [monk], who abides in loving-kindness,
who is delighted in the Teaching of the Buddha, attains the State of Calm, the happiness of
stilling the conditioned things" and "Calm is the thought, calm the word and deed of him who,
rightly knowing, is wholly freed, perfectly peaceful and equipoised. "
Quoted in Walpola Sri Rahula, What the Buddha Taught. [/size]

(New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1974) p.128, 136

24. See Nag Hammadi Library, pp. 256-59. We are grateful to Brock Bakke for the initial
equation of agents with archons.

25. In Gnosticism "Mind" or the Greek "nous" is a deity, such as in the text
"Thunder, Perfect Mind," Nag Hammadi Library, 295-303.

26. Note that as Morpheus and Neo enter the elevator of the apartment building of
the Oracle, images of "seeing" symbolize prophecy and knowledge: a blind man
(evoking blind prophets such as Tiresias) sits in the lobby beneath some graffiti depicting
a pair of eyes. Interestingly, the Oracle - a sibyl / seer - wears glasses to look at Neo's palm.

27. Note too the metonymic use of color to convey this dualism:
black and white clothing, floors, furniture, etc.

28. Ostwalt, "Armageddon" in JRF Vol. 4, no. 1. The parallel with apocalypticism does not work
quite as well as one with Gnosticism because like Gnosticism, the film understands salvation
to be individual (rather than collective and occurring all at once), to be attained through knowledge,
and most importantly to entail leaving behind the material Earth (that is, not resulting in
a kingdom of God made manifest on the Earth).

29. In its description in the original screenplay, the Temple of Zion evokes both the Oracle
of Delphi (three legged stool, priestesses) and the Jerusalem Temple (polished marble,
empty throne which is the mercy seat or throne of the invisible God).

30. A viewer asked the Wachowski brothers,

"What is the role or {sic} faith in the movie? Faith in oneself first and foremost –
or in something else?" They answered, "Hmmmm... that is a tough question!
Faith in one's self, how's that for an answer?"

This reply hardly settles the issue.

(Wachowski chat)

31. Specifically, these humans are Neo (the Gnostic Redeemer / Messiah) and Morpheus
and Trinity, both of whom are named for gods. As a godhead, this trio does not quite make sense
in terms of traditional Christianity. However, the trio is quite interesting in the context of Gnosticism,
which portrays God as Father, Mother and Son, a trinity in which the Holy Spirit is identified
as female, e.g. Apocryphon of John 2:9-14. For further reading on female divinities in Gnosticism,
see Pagels, pp. 48-69.

32. The brothers explain,

"There's something uniquely interesting about Buddhism and mathematics,
particularly about quantum physics, and where they meet. That has fascinated us
for a long time"

(Wachowski chat).

In the Time interview with Richard Corliss (see note 8), Larry Wachowski adds that they
became fascinated "by the idea that math and theology are almost the same.
They begin with a supposition you can derive a whole host of laws or rules from.
And when you take all of them to the infinity point, you wind up at the same place:
these unanswerable mysteries really become about personal perception. Neo's journey
is affected by all these rules, all these people trying to tell him what the truth is.
He doesn't accept anything until he gets to his own end point, his own rebirth.
" The film’s presentation of The Matrix as a corporate network of human conceptions
(or samsara) which are translated into software codes that reinforce one another illustrates
this close relationship.

33. Stupa: a hemispherical or cylindrical mound or tower serving as a Buddhist shrine.

34. Of course, the most transparent reference to Buddhist ideas occurs in the waiting room
at the Oracle’s apartment, where Neo is introduced to the "Potentials." The screenplay
describes the waiting room as "at once like a Buddhist temple and a kindergarten class."
One of the children, clad in the garb of a Buddhist monk, explains to Neo the nature of
ultimate reality: "There is no spoon." One cannot help wondering if this dictum only holds
within The Matrix or if there is in fact "no spoon" even in the real world beyond it.

35. Samyutta-nikaya IV, 54. In Edward Conze, ed. Buddhist Texts
Through the Ages (New York: Philosophical Library, 1954), p. 91.

36. Samyutta-nikaya II, 64-65. Ibid.

37. The entire process depends upon human ignorance, so that almost all who are born
into The Matrix are doomed to be born, to die, and to re-enter the cycle again.
When asked about the film’s depiction of the liquefaction of humans, the Wachowskis
reply that this black ooze is "what they feed the people in the pods, the dead people
are liquefied and fed to the living people in the pods." Tongue in Buddhist cheek,
the brothers explain this re-embodiment: "Always recycle! It's a statement on recycling."
(Wachowski Chat) Even in the "real world" beyond the Matrix, the human plight is
depicted as a relative and inter-dependent cycle of birth, death, and "recycling."

38. (Ed. Note: This clip can be viewed here. - Hit your back button to return to this essay.)

39. This dialogue also points to the "reality" (or the "Matrix") which we ourselves inhabit.
In our world, and in the world of Joe Pantoliano, he is an actor. Therefore, the world of
which both the actor Joe Pantoliano and we are now a part may be seen as the "Matrix"
into which he has been successfully re-inserted, and thus the film itself may be seen
as a part of the software program of our own "Matrix." The argument, of course,
is seductively circular.

40. Take, for example, this quote from the Sabbasava-sutta:

"A bhikku [monk], considering wisely, lives with his eyes restrained...
Considering wisely, he lives with his ears restrained... with his nose restrained...
with his tongue... with his body... with his mind restrained... a bhikku,
considering wisely, makes use of his robes --only to keep off cold, to keep off heat...
and to cover himself decently. Considering wisely, he makes use of food –
neither for pleasure nor for excess... but only to support and sustain this body..."

(Quoted in Rahula 103)

41. James Ford has argued that the film embodies in particular the Yogacara school
of Buddhism. Instead of pointing to that which is absolutely different than
the world as nirvana, Yogacarins point to the world itself, and through
the processes enacted in meditation, come to the realization that,

"all things and thought are but Mind-only. The basis of all our illusions consists
in that we regard the objectifications of our own mind as a world independent of
that mind, which is really its source and substance"

(Edward Conze, Buddhism. New York: Philosophical Library, 1959), p. 167

The Matrix exists only in the minds of the human beings which inhabit it, so that in The Matrix,
as in Yogacara, "The external world is really Mind itself" (p. 168). Yet a problem arises
when one realizes that for the Yogacara school, the Mind is the ultimate reality,
and therefore samsara and nirvana become identified. By contrast, the film insists on
a distinction between samsara (The Matrix) and nirvana (that which lies beyond it).
Because The Matrix maintains a duality between The Matrix and the realm beyond it,
Yogacara is of limited help in making sense of the Buddhist elements in the film,
nor is it helpful in supporting the idea that beyond the Matrix and beyond the Nebuchadnezzar
there is an ultimate reality not yet realized by humans (see note 4).

42. According to Theravada teachings, arhat ("Worthy One") is a title applied to those
who achieve enlightenment. Because, according to Theravada beliefs, enlightenment
can only be achieved through individual effort, an arhat is of limited aid in helping those
not yet enlightened and so would not necessarily choose to re-enter samsara to aid
others still enmeshed within it.

43. Rahula, p. 2.

44. Quoted in Rahula, 135.

45. Quoted in Rahula, 133.

46. A bodhisattva is one who postpones final entry into nirvana and willingly re-enters
or remains in samsara in order to guide others along the path to enlightenment.
The Buddha’s compassion serves as their primary model for Mahayana Buddhists,
since they point out that he too remained in samsara in order to help others achieve
enlightenment through his teachings and example.

47. The screenplay describes Neo as "floating in a womb-red amnion" in the power plant.

48. In the screenplay, Trinity does not kiss him but instead "pounds on his chest,"
precipitating his resuscitation. The screenplay states directly: "It is a miracle."
This fourth "life" can be viewed as the one to which the Oracle refers in her predictions
that Neo was "waiting for something" and that he might be ready in his "next life, maybe."
This certainly appears to be the case, since Neo rises from the dead and defeats the Agents.

49. These four "lives" suggest that Neo is nothing other than "the One" foretold by the oracle,
the reincarnation of the first "enlightened one," or Buddha, who "had the ability to change
whatever he wanted, to remake The Matrix as he saw fit." Buddhist teaching allows that
those who have been enlightened are endowed with magical powers, since they recognize
the world as illusory and so can manipulate it at will.

Yet supernatural powers are incidental to the primary goal, which is explained in
the very first sermon spoken by the Buddha:

"The Noble Truth of the cessation of suffering is this: It is the complete cessation
of that very thirst, giving it up, renouncing it, emancipating oneself from it,
detaching oneself from it".

(Dhammacakkappavattana-sutta. Quoted in Rahula, 93)

50. Buddhacarita 1:65. E. B. Cowell, trans., Buddhist Mahayana Texts,
Sacred Books of the East, vol. 49.

(Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1894)

51. See, for example, in the Dhammapada: "Of death are all afraid. Having made oneself the example,
one should neither slay nor cause to slay" (Verse 129)

(Dhammapada, trans. John Ross Carter and Mahinda Palihawadana. New York:
Oxford University Press, 1987), p. 35

52. The idea that violence as salvific is made explicit by the writers. Whereas they could have
chosen to present the "deaths" of the Agents as of the same illusory quality as other elements
within the software program, instead, they choose to depict actual humans really dying
through the inhabitation of their "bodies" by the Agents. This addition is completely
unnecessary to the overall plot line; indeed, the "violence" which takes place in the Hotel
could still be portrayed, with the reassuring belief that any "deaths" which occur there are
simply computer blips. The fact that the writers so purposefully insist that actual human
beings die (i.e. die also within the power plant) while serving as involuntary "vessels"
for the Agents strongly argues for The Matrix’s direct association of violence with
the knowledge required for salvation.

53. See the article by Bryan P. Stone, "Religion and Violence in Popular Film," JRF Vol. 3, no. 1.

54. When asked whether this irony was intentional, the Wachowskis reply abruptly
but enthusiastically "Yes!"

(Wachowski chat)

55. This is especially true in the "red pill / blue pill" scene where Neo first meets Morpheus,
and Neo is reflected differently in each lens of Morpheus's glasses. The Wachowskis note that
one reflection represents Thomas Anderson, and one represents Neo

(Wachowski chat)

56. A viewer asked the pertinent question of the Wachowskis:

"Do you believe that our world is in some way similar to The Matrix,
that there is a larger world outside of this existence?"

They replied:

"That is a larger question than you actually might think. We think the most important
sort of fiction attempts to answer some of the big questions. One of the things that
we had talked about when we first had the idea of The Matrix was an idea that I believe
philosophy and religion and mathematics all try to answer. Which is, a reconciling
between a natural world and another world that is perceived by our intellect".

(Wachowski chat)

http://www.dhammajak.net/board/viewtopic.php?start=30&t=7945
ข้อสังเกต :
นิกายศูนยวาทกับนิกายโยคาจาร เป็นคู่ปรับกันมาทุกยุคทุกสมัย เหมือนขมิ้นกับปูน
หรือน้ำกับน้ำมันไม่สามารถจะระคนปนกันไปได้ ข้อที่แตกต่างกันก็คือความเห็นในเรื่อง
สวลักษณะหรือสวภาวะ

นิกายศูนยวาทถือว่า โดยโลกสมมติ โลกนิรุตติหรือโลกบัญญัติแล้วสิ่งทั้งหลายทั้งปวง
ไม่มีสวลักษณะหรือสวภาวะในตัวของมันเอง เป็นมายาทั้งหมด และโดยปรมัตถสัจจะแล้ว
สิ่งทั้งหลายทั้งปวงเป็น ศูนยตา

นิกายโยคาจารถือว่า โดยโลกสมมติ โลกนิรุตติหรือโลกบัญญัติแล้วสิ่งทั้งหลายทั้งปวง
จะเป็นมายาไปทั้งหมดไม่ได้แม้มองจากภายนอกจะไม่ใช่ของจริง
แต่พีชะที่มาจากอาลยวิญญาณจนเป็นบ่อเกิดของภาพเหล่านั้นมี
สวลักษณะอยู่ด้วย โดยปรมัตถ์ก็ไม่ได้สูญเสียไปทั้งหมด

ยกตัวอย่าง
ถ้าทุกสิ่งทุกอย่างไม่มีสวลักษณะอยู่ภายในตัวของมันเองแล้วคนเราทำความชั่ววันนี้
พรุ่งนี้ก็ไม่ต้องรับความชั่วที่ตัวเองได้กระทำไว้ ถ้าไม่มีสวลักษณะหรือสวภาวะอยู่แล้ว
ใครเล่าจะเป็นคนคอยรับบุญรับบาป นายแดงทำความชั่ววันนี้พรุ่งนี้ก็กลายเป็นคนละคนไปแล้ว
ไม่ต้องรับความชั่วที่ตัวก่อไว้ เหมือนกับปลูกมะละกอถ้าไม่มีสวลักษณะอยู่ก็กลายเป็น
มะม่วงมะพร้าวไป

สรุปแล้วนิกายทั้ง ๒ ตีความหมายให้คำนิยามสวลักษณะแตกต่างกัน
ฝ่ายศูนยวาทถือว่าขึ้นชื่อว่าสวลักษณะแล้วจะต้องเที่ยงเปลี่ยนแปลงไม่ได้
แต่ฝ่ายโยคาจารถือว่าสวลักษณะนั้นเปลี่ยนแปลงได้
แต่ถึงจะเปลี่ยนแปลงอย่างไรก็ยังรักษาคุณสมบัติเดิมเอาไว้ได้ ดังนั้นฝ่ายศูนยวาท
จึงประณาม พวกโยคาจารว่าเป็นพวกสัสสตวาท ฝ่ายโยคาจารก็ประณามพวกศูนยวาทว่า
เป็นพวกนัตถิกวาทะ
http://www.history.mbu.ac.th/buddhism/bud4-2-main_info.html
http://www.pumenbaoensi.com/main/budhainchina.html
http://www.mythland.org/v2/archiver/tid-2429.html

http://www.watpaknam.org/knowledge/view.php?id=16

วิพากษ์แนวคิด “พระพุทธศาสนาสำหรับโลกหลังยุคใหม่”
โดย : พระศรีคัมภีรญาณ (สมจินต์ สมฺมาปญฺโ ป.ธ.๙, Ph.D)

พระพุทธศาสนาหินยานในญี่ปุ่น ไม่ปรากฏเป็นหลักศรัทธาในชีวิตประจำวัน
แต่ปรากฏในวงการศึกษาในมหาวิทยาลัยส่วนที่มีบทบาทในชีวิตประจำวัน คือ
มหายานนิกายเซนซึ่งพัฒนาการต่อจากนิกายสุขาวดี (โจโด) นิกายมาธยมิกะ(ซันรอน)
และนิกายโยคาจาร (ฮอสโซ) เซนจึงสอนเรื่อง “ศูนยตา” เช่นเดียวกันกับมาธยมิกะ
และเน้นเรื่อง “จิต” เช่นเดียวกับปรัชญาโยคาจาร การเข้าฌานหรือสมาธิก็เพื่อที่จะให้
ข้ามพ้นปัญหาอุปสรรคเข้าถึงสวรรค์แดนสุขาวดีซึ่งเป็นแดนเกษม ในขณะเดียวกัน
สภาพจิตของผู้ปฏิบัติก็เข้าถึงสภาวะแห่ง “อัทวยะ”กำจัดทวิภาพระหว่างจิตกับวัตถุ
ด้วยจุดประสงค์และเป้าหมายสูงสุดอย่างนี้ ท่านเอไซแห่งนิกายรินไซนิยมใช้วิธี
“โกอานและมอนโด” สนทนาโต้ตอบกันระหว่างอาจารย์กับศิษย์หรือบางทีก็ใช้วิธี
กระตุ้นให้เกิดความคิดหักเหหรือหักมุม ผลที่ได้รับคือกำจัดความคิดแบ่งแยกระหว่าง
เรากับเขาและสร้างอัชฌัติกญาณขึ้นมา
...
โลกของมหายานน่าสนใจ ประชาชนในสหรัฐอเมริกาหรือในประเทศยุโรปรู้จักพระพุทธศาสนา
มหายานและรู้อย่างลึกซึ้งทั้งศึกษาและปฏิบัติกรรมฐานแบบมหายาน แต่ถ้าถามพวกเขาว่า
“พระพุทธศาสนาเถรวาทคืออะไร?” พวกเขาจะตอบว่า “พระพุทธศาสนาเถรวาท คือ
พระพุทธศาสนาที่ฝ่ายพระมหากัสสปเถระและคณะประกาศเผยแผ่ เน้นวิธีการเฉพาะตัว
เป็นพวกอนุรักษนิยม เรียกว่า พระพุทธศาสนาหินยาน การตอบอย่างนี้แสดงว่า
เถรวาทหรือหินยานมีความเป็นพระพุทธศาสนาไม่ถึงร้อยเปอร์เซ็นต์
เพราะไม่ใช่สิ่งที่พระพุทธเจ้าสอนโดยตรง แต่เป็นสิ่งที่พระมหากัสสปเถระสอน
โลกตะวันตกรู้มหายานมากกว่ารู้เถรวาทความลึกซึ้งและความรุ่งเรืองของมหายานจึงโดดเดน
ในโลกตะวันตกตลอดมา แต่ในปัจจุบันมหายานก็ต้องมีการปรับตัวจึงเกิดแนวคิดในการ
สร้างมหายานใหม่ขึ้นมาก...

Return to Matrix

[eye in the sky]

http://www.abovetopsecret.com/forum/thread263433/pg2

THE CREATION OF EVIL

You said that the universe is beauty but remember looks can be decieving.
It is very heavy but if you read all the articles you would realize that it is the truth
and bout the satellite they have a thing called SOLAR panels which acts like a mirror.

NOW I WILL TELL YOU ABOUT THE CREATION OF THE UNIVERSE
(or the virtual reality)

xeeatwelve.com...

Evil stemmed from a celestial experimental error that would not correct itself,
nor take Divine Correction, but instead thrived on the Corrective Energy all the while resisting
and defying Divine Correction. Evil saw the Creation (The Expression) as the Ultimate
and forgot that without the Source there would be no Expression.

Darkness created the illusion that it is the Source. This illusion is so real that Darkness itself
is deluded and thinks that It (Darkness) is the Source. Evil chose the glitter over the substance.
The glitter attracts the majority of beings. Many of the Light beings also erroneously perceive
the Expression of Light as the Ultimate.

It is not the Source, but the Expression that is corrupted. The Source, the Unmanifest,
is all there is of permanence and it remains uncorrupted. Nothing is self sustaining
that is manifested from the Source. Only the Source is eternal and perpetual. Thus,
the statement that the Light is self-sustaining is clearly a simplification that needs further
explanation at this time. A simple explanation is that the Light of Creation has been deemed Good
by the Unmanifest, and so long as the Light tends towards Purity, it is self-sustaining
because by striving towards Purity it automatically connects Itself to the Source.

However, the Light can be contaminated by Darkness if Darkness invades Light.
Hence, if Darkness is not checked, the Light could be swamped and weakened
by Darkness and become contaminated by It.

The True Light carries an inner sound, an inner vibration, a blueprint which the False Light
cannot reproduce even though the False Light can imitate the appearance of the True Light.
This is where the awakened beings of Light will be able to discriminate the True-Light beings
from the False-Light beings AFTER the final stages of the separation of Light from Darkness
commence. There is the Pulse, the inner Sound, the inner Vibration that individual beings of
True Light can inwardly access to recognize the True Light

www.xeeatwelve.com...

Many think of Darkness as an absolute principle of Evil. This is not strictly so.
Some people think Darkness is the ignorant, unawakened part of oneself. Still others think of
Darkness as the shadowy part of the self that is temporarily separated from the Divine.
Whatever concept of Evil humans have put forward throughout the ages, the fact remains that
there is no complete, absolute explanation of Evil. This is partly because Evil, like the concept
of God, is not something humans can properly explain with their limited understanding,
especially under the constraint of using words as their means of expression. Hence, in this article
my explanations of some very complex and esoteric issues are highly simplified. Further, analogies
are used to try to make the explanations more understandable to the physical minds.
Therefore, they will not be perfectly adequate explanations.

The most dangerous misconception about Evil is that It is believed to be necessary in order to
balance the Light. This misconception actually justifies Darkness and is a deadly trap.
It locks people into tolerating, and, worse still, embracing Evil, thus giving Evil the same glory
and importance as Light. If that be the case, there would be no need to fight Evil, there would be
no need to counteract Evil, and there would be no need to work on oneself towards Purity
and goodness. If Evil were necessary to balance Light, then one's house should be open
indiscriminately to marauders as well as friends at all times.
continued...

[edit on 20-1-2007 by manchurian_candidate]

The first three evil minds were caught in an error that occurred in the True Creation Process.
Bear in mind that the use of the term "error" does not have the same connotation as
when the word "error" is normally used in the world. This error has been referred to
as the Celestial Error. The Celestial Error is actually the Principle of Darkness.

The first three minds (high beings of Light) went into the Celestial Error and refused to
accept correction to bring them back to the Light. These three minds escaped before
the Celestial Error (the Principle of Polarity) was corrected. For all intents and purposes
the Celestial Error has been corrected! However, the three minds refused the correction and
went on their way to form their own principle that defies the Light, which is now commonly
referred to as Darkness. Minds four through to eight were supposed to help retrieve
the three "prodigal children", but they became trapped and corrupted by the other three minds.
This is mainly due to the polarization energy that the three minds came up with in their early
stages of creation of the Virtual Reality. It was also due to the fact that Evil was so foreign
to the True-Light beings that they were naïvely caught in the traps.

I think i have posted enough.IF YOU WANT to know more about these tings and
other things like the spirit world plz visit www.xeeatwelve.com

reply posted on 20-1-2007 @ 11:36 AM by win 52
It sounds to me like Manchurian Candidate is none other than

Amitakh Stanford trying to sell copy.

We need to be sure of our sources. The parts about the Bible (God's Word) being
contaminated by Satan is something that we are warned of. It has already been done.
Rome, being responsible for the bulk of the translations as well as housing most of
the original copy makes me cautious.

reply posted on 20-1-2007 @ 12:18 PM by manchurian_candidate

no i am not amitakh stanford.Check my ip.The author of the website isin aus and
i am from asia.rather than giving you links which no one clicks i decided to post
excerpts which is in conformity of TOS from xeeatwelve and ats.

reply posted on 21-1-2007 @ 06:44 AM by manchurian_candidate

motion is illusion

sorry simon i should really hate you break it to you but you have yet to wake up.
Before the universe was created evil never existed.It was only after an celestial error
that 3 high level beings(imo they are the hindu gods aka bhrama,vishnu and shiva)
rebelled against the light and created thier own world in which they could be gods,
they created thier servants to do thier jobs(annunaki).(in sanskrit ichi dari nagas)

xeeatwelve.com...

Minds one through three became so dark that they openly rejected and rebelled against
the Light, and continue to do so to this day. Evil corrupts. The five subsequent minds that
were sent to retrieve the three "prodigal children" were infected by Darkness and corrupted
by the first three minds.
Thereafter, the other five minds joined forces with the first three and together they form a force
against the Light. However, minds four through eight are less evil than the first three minds.
This is primarily because minds four through eight can still recognize the Mother's Love to some
extent - they were sent out in an uncorrupted state to retrieve the first three minds.
Hence, the Mother has thereafter poured in her energy to the realm of Darkness to retrieve minds
four through eight. The more the Mother poured her Love into the realms of Darkness
the more Darkness exploited that Love, and the more entangled the Light particles became.
As Darkness trapped more and more True-Light beings, more and more energy was poured out
from the Light to sustain the True-Light beings until the Rescue Mission could be accomplished.

and you said motion is consciousness.Motion is the ultimate illusion
which has trapped everyone www.xeeatwelve.com...
The wheel was forced upon humans to extract the maximum possible efforts for as small
a benefit as feasible. Moving things by employing wheels is a very inefficient method.
Waste is ingrained into Anunnaki slave and penal camps. The entire Virtual Reality was
designed by the demiurges to thrive upon waste. Since the Anunnaki are chief agents of Darkness,
they have modelled their colonies to likewise thrive upon waste.

In order to achieve maximum enslavement while simultaneously demonstrating some production,
the Anunnaki forced humans to labour under the primary technology of the wheel.
Wheels cause motion without much purpose. Much more energy is put into wheel-driven
engines than can be extracted from them.

The planets move in circular or elliptical motions. On a smaller scale, atomic particles move in
similar patterns. These motions are devised to hold together the illusions of the Virtual Reality,
many of which appear quite concrete and physical.

Wheel or circular motion is basically motion without purpose, with an object going over and over
the same territory without making progress. While wheels can be used to produce physical results,
albeit very wastefully, wheels also mask the spiritual abyss into which they are plunging humans
and other beings.

As I have said before, there is no motion in the True Divine Realm.
Motion is an invention of Darkness to help achieve Its purpose of enslavement
of True-Light beings as well as False-Light beings.
Motion wastes a huge amount of energy, but motion helps to maintain
the illusion of the Virtual Reality.

Since motion is extremely wasteful of energy, Darkness must constantly feed Its world
with energy to keep the illusion afloat. Up until now, Darkness has stolen this energy
from True-Light beings. However, the Rescue Mission is so far along, and so many True-Light
beings have been retrieved from the Virtual Reality, that energy is getting very scarce.
Darkness is getting more and more desperate and has been forced to use Its reserves of
stolen energy to keep Its putrid illusion going longer in the hopes of finding a solution
before the illusion collapses.

WAKE UP

With all the knowledge i have gained i wonder how the real world is like.

[edit on 21-1-2007 by manchurian_candidate]

These claims are soo out of this world that not even Einstein could debunk it.
we would have to wait till end of 2008 whether to see if it is true.also i included
your trutism link in my first post and about warming here it another article xeeatwelve.com...
The real problem of global warming is artificial and beyond human solutions.
It cannot be solved by human efforts in mitigating the effects of pollution
because it is an artificial imposition upon the Earth by aliens.

The Lemurians know that the time for the Earth is short because nobody has re-started "Time,"
and it is quickly ticking away. The Lemurians know the date when the Earth will end,
but they had expected the Anunnaki Elite to return to Earth and re-start the cycle.
They also surmised that they would be safe underwater during the "re-start" of Time.
However, because the Attas of Light have kept the Anunnaki Elite at bay, the cycle is
counting down with no chance of a re-starting.

The Lemurians sense something has altered the Anunnaki plans to keep the Earth in
an endless and pointless cycle of re-starts. Therefore, they are taking desperate measures
to free their ice-encased mother crafts on Antarctica. They do not know whether
the crafts will still function,
but their small crafts are inadequate and impractical for deep space travel. It is so desperate
that they will risk running a blockade without any support since there is no other chance
of their survival. They want to make a rapid exodus from Earth and hope that their
mother crafts will function despite years of "hibernation" in the ice.

The Lemurians have constructed a huge microwave device that heats the water deep
under the Antarctic seas. It is a device which pulsates with whitish-purplish light.
As it rises and falls it superheats the water, which rises in a bubbling fashion and
spreads under the ice shelves, causing them to melt. As the ice breaks away from
the shelves, the glaciers will be more exposed to the water and air temperatures,
which will cause them to melt rapidly. The heated water eventually causes the rise
in air temperature around the globe.

The glaciers are like crusts that are covering the mother crafts. These ice crusts are
the main targets of the Lemurians because they need to be peeled away if the Lemurians
are to flee the Earth before it ceases to exist. The superheated water is dispersing throughout
the world's oceans, which is causing havoc by heating the water, air and land to hotter and
hotter levels.

[edit on 24-1-2007 by manchurian_candidate]

http://www.bibliotecapleyades.net/ciencia/ciencia_dimensiones02a.htm





by Laura Knight-Jadczyk
2001 from Cassiopaea Website

- Part I

The following excerpts are a more or less chronological presentation of the many instances
in which we have discussed concepts relating to hyperdimensionality with the Cassiopaeans.
On many occasions, they have "led" us in these directions with some obvious intent.
I wish to apologize in advance for the fact that, very often, the discussion breaks off
at precisely the point when it gets really interesting.

This is due to the fact that the Cassiopaeans will not give us any information that would be
"dangerous to know." Those who are familiar with the subjects, can fill in their own
conclusions as we have. There are many strange "connections" in this series, and many more
I have had to omit for the sake of brevity. These relations only serve to highlight the homogeneity
of certain phenomena down through the millennia which point, inevitably, to the idea that
SOMEONE on this planet has been time traveling for a very long "time."

The evidence I have been collecting from historical sources will be presented on an ongoing
basis in the "Grail Quest" series which is presently under construction.

11.19.94

Q: (T) Who created the structures on the moon that Richard Hoagland has discovered?
A: Atlanteans.

Q: (T) What did they use these structures for?
A: Energy transfer points for crystalline power/symbolism as in monuments or statuary.
Q: (T) What statuary are you referring to?
A: Example is face.

Q: (T) What power did these crystals gather?
A: Sun.

Q: (T) Was it necessary for them to have power gathering stations on Mars and the Moon.
Did this increase their power?
A: Not necessary but it is not necessary for you to have a million dollars either.
Get the correlation? Atlanteans were power hungry the way your society is money hungry.

Q: (T) Was the accumulation of this power what brought about their downfall?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) Did they lose control of this power?
A: It overpowered them the same way your computers will overpower you.

Q: (L) Who built the great pyramid?
A: Atlanteans.

Q: (L) What year was it built?
A: 10643 years ago.

Q: (L) Why was it built? What purpose was it used for?
A: Capture cosmic energy.

Q: (L) And what was this cosmic energy used for once it was captured?
A: Many things. Power, transport, healing, mind control, climate, etcetera.

Q: (L) Who built the sphinx?
A: Same.

Q: (L) Was the sphinx built at the same time?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Why was the sphinx built? What was its purpose?
A: Temple.

Q: (L) Are there records buried under the sphinx?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Was the story of Noah’s flood the story of the breaking up of Atlantis?
A: Yes. But symbolic.

Q: (L) How many people were on the planet at that time?
A: 6 billion.

Q: (L) Out of this six billion people, how many survived?
A: 119 million.

Q: (L) Was Noah’s flood caused by the close passage of another celestial body?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Which body was that?
A: Martek.

Q: (L) Do we know this body in our solar system now?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) What name?
A: Mars.

Q: (L) Was Martek an inhabited planet at that time?
A: No.

Q: (L) Did it have water or other features?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) When it passed close to the earth did it, in fact, overload our planet with water
we did not have prior to that time?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Did we, prior to that time, have a water-vapor canopy surrounding our planet?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) What event transpired to kill off most of the dinosaurs?
A: Comet impact.

Q: (L) Did a comet actually strike the earth?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Was it a large comet?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) How large?
A: No one was large enough for event. 14 hit at that occasion.

Q: (L) How large was the largest one that impacted at that time?
A: 18 miles diameter.

Q: (L) Did it happen before the flood of Noah?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) How many thousands of years ago counting backward?
A: 27 million years ago.

Q: (L) Now, the general scientific opinion is that the major dying of dinosaurs
occurred 65 million years ago. You have given us the figure 27 million years ago.
Can you explain the discrepancy?
A: Radio carbon dating is not exact science.

Q: (A) By your figures, Carbon dating is incorrect by a factor of at least two prior
to 10,000 years as L has suggested? We observe, on a number of occasions,
a factor of 2 variation in the scientific dating versus your dating. This is a repeating
phenomenon on nearly all dates you have given.
A: "They" fail to take into effect the influence of magnetic aberrations
caused by ancient cataclysms.

Q: (L) How can these magnetic aberrations affect radiocarbon dating?
A: By altering the isotopal imprints of matter.

Q: So, the cataclysm of about 1500 B.C....
A: All of them scramble the radiological data because of magnetic surges.

Q: (L) Was Velikovsky correct when he said Venus was on a 52 year orbit during
a certain period in our history?
A: Close.

Q: (L) How many passes did Venus make through the solar system before it was
precipitated into a regular planetary orbit?
A: 7

Q: (L) Where did Venus originally come from?
A: 19 light years away.

Q: (L) So, it is actually an extra-solar system visitor?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Is it true that at regular intervals the sun radiates massive amounts of
electromagnetic energy which then causes the planets of the solar system to
interact with one another to a greater or lesser extent, even to the extent of
disturbing their orbits?
A: Other irregular pulsations determined by external vibrational events.

Q: (L) The sun is not the source of the periodicity of "dyings", is that correct?
A: Sometimes. Many causes.

Q: (L) Well what is the cause that recurs like clockwork?
Is there some cause that is a regular pulsation?
A: Cometary showers.

Q: (L) Where are these cometary showers from?
A: Clusters in own orbit.

Q: (L) What is the periodicity or cycle to this comet business?
A: 3600 years roughly.


Q: (L) Where is the orbit of these clusters? Is it the Oort cloud?
Q: (L) Does this cluster of comets orbit around the sun?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Is this cluster of comets the remains of a planet?
A: No.

Q: (L) Is the cluster of fragments in between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter
the remains of a planet?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) What was that planet known as?
A: Kantek.

Q: (L) When did that planet break apart into the asteroid belt.
A: 79 thousand years ago approximately.

Q: (L) What body were the Sumerians talking about when they described
the Planet of the crossing or Nibiru? This body of comets?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Who were the Anunnaki?
A: Aliens.

Q: (L) Where were they from?
A: Zeta Reticuli.

Q: (L) Do they come here every time the comet cluster is approaching to sap
the souls energy created by the fear, chaos and so forth?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) The two events are loosely interrelated?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Is that why they are here now?
A: Close.

Q: (L) Is there a large fleet of space-ships riding a wave, so to speak, approaching our planet?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Where are these ships from?
A: Zeta Reticuli.

Q: (L) When will they arrive?
A: 1 month to 18 years.

Q: (L) How can there be such a vast discrepancy in the time?
A: This is such a huge fleet that space/time warping is irregular and difficult to determine
as you measure time. Mass affects electromagnetic transfer within gravity wave.
Mass affects time cycle: small equal short cycle; large or dense equals long cycle.
It is a large fleet.

Q: (L) How many planets are in our solar system?
A: 12

Q: (L) Could you tell us the names of all the planets, their distances from the sun,
the chemical composition, and the diameter.
A:

• Mercury=Opatanar, 36 million miles from Sun; 3000 mi diameter.
  
  
• Venus=Pemuntar, 67 million miles from Sun; 7,500 mi. diameter.
  
• Earth=Saras, 93 million miles from Sun; 7,900 mi. dia.
  
• Mars=Masar, 141,500,000 miles from Sun; 4,200 mi. dia.
  
• Jupiter=Yontar, 483,400,000 miles from Sun; 88,700 dia.
  
  
• Saturn=Zendar, 886,700,000 miles from Sun; 74,500 dia.
  
• Uranus=Lonoponor, 1,782,700,000 miles from Sun; 31,566 diameter.
  
• Neptune=Jinoar, 2,794,300,000 miles from Sun; 30,199 dia.
  
• Pluto=Opikimanaras, 3,666,100,000 miles from Sun; 1,864 dia.
  
• NI=Montonanas, 570,000,000,000 miles from Sun; solid matter; 7000 miles dia.
  
• NII=Suvurutarcar, 830,000,000,000 miles from Sun; 18000 miles diameter; hydrogen, ammonia.
  
  
• NIII=Bikalamanar, 1,600,000,000,000 miles from Sun; 46000 miles diameter; hydrogen, ammonia.
  

Q: (L) Is Martek an ancient human name for Mars or is it an Alien designation?
A: Combination of both as were many things at various levels of
the development of your history.

Q: (L) The remark was made that the planet earth, prior to its interaction with Martek,
had a water vapor canopy. How was this water vapor canopy suspended?
A: The water vapor canopy was a natural element of the particular composition of
your atmosphere at that particular measure point in space/time.

Q: (L) Was the gravity level the same as what it is now?
A: It was somewhat different. But not perceptible to you. That difference is part of
the explanation of why that vapor canopy remained suspended.

Q: (L) Did that condition prior to the flood of Noah, the altered gravitational state
as well as the water vapor canopy, was that condition more conducive to extended life spans
than the conditions that exist on the planet now?
A: Not only those things but all the other conditions that existed on the planet at that
particular point in space/time were more conducive to longer life spans. And,
by the way, Noah is a symbolic message rather than an historical event.

Q: (L) Do you mean a historical event in the terms of Noah being in an ark
or historical event in terms of the flood?
A: First of all, there was no Noah. Secondly there was no actual real flood as depicted
in that story. Thirdly, the whole story was a symbolic message as opposed to an actual event.

Q: (L) What did actually occur and what does the symbolism have to tell us?
A: It is a very broad representation. It simply means that there was a cataclysmic event
that did envelop the whole planet at that time and that those that were ready to experience
that as part of their soul development without exiting the body, were warned ahead of time.
But not by trying to manipulate events, but by simply allowing faith to let them acquire
knowledge and being naturally drawn into position to experience what they needed to
experience to survive the event.

Q: (L) At that time was Martek drawn close to the earth and did it have water on its
surface which the earth then robbed or borrowed?
A: That is very close to being the case. It is far more complicated than that
so we will leave that at this time.

Q: (L) How many years ago did the flood of Noah occur?
A: 12,656.

Q: (L) What land did this symbolic Noah live in, what continent?
A: Atlantis.

Q: (L) Where did the majority of the symbolic ’Noahs’ go to after the receding of the waters?
A: Egypt. Americas. Reference: Inca. Aztec. Maya. Hopi Tribe. Pima tribe.

Q: (L) What caused Martek to pass close to the earth at that time since that was
many thousands of years before the Venus interaction?
A: Planetary alignment gravitational aberration related to Venus.

Q: (L) So, there was a planetary line-up that caused Mars to be pulled out of its orbit?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) What was the event a hundred or so years after the flood of Noah that was
described as the confusing of languages, or the tower of Babel?
A: Spiritual confluence. Electromagnetic concentration of all gravity waves.

Q: (L) And what did they intend to do with these concentrated waves?
A: Mind alteration of masses. HAARP assembly was a continuation of the Montauk project
which is an effort to resurrect Antlantean crystal principle.

Q: (L) Do they plan to actually attempt to bring up the Atlantean crystals?
A: No.

Q: (L) Do they plan to use this for mind control?
A: And other uses.

Q: (L) What intention did they have in altering the mind of the masses?
Q: (L) What is the true meaning, the original meaning, of the Hebrew word "shem"?
A: Purity.

Q: (L) Why was this word related to the obelisks or standing stones later
called "shems" by the Hebrews?
A: Symbolic of purity: unification. Uniformity.

Q: (L) Did these stones themselves actually possess any power?
A: Residual.

Q: (L) What object were the ancients going to place in the tower of Babel to...
A: Crystal.

Q: (L) Is "shem" also synonymous with "crystal"?
A: Close.

Q: (L) How were Sodom and Gomorrah destroyed and the other cities of the plain?
And by whom?
A: Nuclear; EM pulse. Who else?

Q: (L) The STS Orion gang?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Why?
A: To implant fear and obedience.

Q: (L) Weren’t the Sodom and Gomorrans really evil and bad doing sodomy and Gomorrahy?
A: That is a deception of history.

Q: (L) Who were the original inhabitants of the city of Jericho?
A: Aramaic.

Q: (L) There was a stone tower at one of the lower levels, what was it built for?
A: Energy disbursement. Attempt to duplicate tower of Babel
and Atlantean crystal towers.

Q: (T) Are the crystals still active?
A:Bermuda triangle.

Q: (L) And what does that crystal do? Is it continuously active?
A: No. Erratic.

Q: (L) What activates it? And when it is activated, what does it do?
A: Many factors. Transdimensional window is blasted open.

Q: (L) Say a person was sailing along in the Bermuda Triangle and the window
was blasted open and these people passed through or were engulfed in it or whatever,
in what condition would they find themselves?
A: Something akin to suspended animation.

Q: (L) Would they be conscious of their state of suspended animation or
would their consciousness also be suspended?
A: Either or.

Q: (L) Do they stay in this state forever, or do they come back out,
or do they come out somewhere else?
A: Open. All are possible. Same thing happened to Philadelphia experiment participants.

Q: (L) If an individual were in this interdimensional state of suspended animation,
does this mean they are stuck there forever?
A: Maybe. To them they may perceive something like waiting for millions of years.

Q: (L) Is there no one or no way to rescue them from this state?
A: Why do you think those sailors were hopelessly insane?

Q: (L) Besides the crystal in the Bermuda Triangle, are any of the others still active?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Where are the others located?
A: Off Japan; in Brazil; in Ural mountains of Russia; North and South Poles.

Q: (T) Are the ones on the Moon and Mars active also?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) What were the physical dimensions of these crystals and were they cut or naturally grown?
A: Varied in size; were synthetic.

Q: (L) Were they faceted?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) In their faceting, what was the general configuration?
A: Pyramid.

Q: (L) Was that a pyramid with the same proportions as say, the Great Pyramid at Giza?
A: Close.

Q: (L) Where is the Bermuda Triangle crystal located?
A: 380 miles due East of you.

Q: (L) Some years ago a pilot reported seeing a pyramid near there in the water...
A: That is just the top sticking out of the ocean floor. It is 90 per cent buried.

Q: (L) How come this crystal didn’t shatter or break up during the subsidence of Atlantis?
A: Extraordinarily strong. An atomic bomb would not shatter it.
The chain reaction of a thermonuclear explosion would be absorbed into the crystal
and transferred into pure energy. That relates to the design function.

Q: (L) And then what would happen?
A: Energy dispersal unless focused as engineered by the Atlanteans.

Q: (L) What kind of power frequency did these crystals use?
A: Full range.

11.26.94

Q: (J) When higher density forces of dark and light are fighting,
is it any way at all possible for us to detect the battle?
A: First: We don’t "fight." Second, yes; it’s nature as in meteorology and earth changes.

Q: (T) Your form of confrontation takes the form of physical changes in the atmosphere
and environment of the planet?
A: And in space.

Q: (T) But that is how we detect it? The more activity, the more conflict is going on?
A: Remember, we are the light. They are the dark. We are both high level
thought forms reflected at all levels of reality.

Q: (T) So, what we perceive, then, is what comes through to third density which is not
what we would perceive if we were looking at it from 4^th or 5^th or 6^th. It manifests in
all densities, but in different ways?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) Does this have anything to do with what Hoagland is referring to when he talks
about the tetrahedral form he has detected from the Martian structures he has been studying?
A: Yes. This is a bridge to 4^th density.

Q: (L) What are Mars’ moons?
A: Disguised bases.

Q: (L) Who built them?
A: Who else? The Lizzies.

Q: (L) The film I saw at A’s house, the Mars landing, was that an actual film of
a Mars landing?
A: False.

Q: (L) Has there been a human landing on Mars by the United States as is claimed
by various sources?
A: No.

Q: (L) Did AB work on the Philadelphia project as he claims?
A: No.

Q: (L) Was he brainwashed to have fake outrageous memories?
A: No.

Q: (L) Is he lying deliberately?
A: Instructed by government for disinformation dissemination.

01.07.95

Q: (L) We talked at one point, I believe, of the tetrahedral structures of the various planets
and our perceptions of the planets in our solar system, and these matrices being
almost like a doorway to another density, and that if we were in the proper dimensional mode
that we would see the other planets of our own solar system quite differently from how
we see them in our third density mode, and that we would, in fact, be able to look upon Venus,
which manifests in 3^rd density as a pretty hellish place, with temperatures 900 degrees or
thereabouts, and we would find it to be something else altogether with beings inhabiting it,
is this correct.
A: Yes. Beings live absolutely everywhere in one realm or another.

Q: (L) Are the beings who live on the planet Venus aware of us on the planet Earth?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Are there beings also living on Mars?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Are they aware of us?
A: Yes.

Q: (L) Are the beings on all the other planets in our solar system aware of us here,
on planet Earth?
A: Yes, because they are all of higher density.

Q: (T) Are they interacting with us?
A: Okay, stop, whoa! A review session follows: Who is 1^stdensity?

Q: (L) Rocks and minerals, right?
A: And?

Q: (L) Plants?
A: Yes. Now, what awareness do you suppose they have of you?

Q: (T) When we ask why higher beings have awareness of us but we are not aware of them,
we need to ask what awareness beings lower than us have of us.
(J) Obviously no more than we have of 4^th density.
(T) But when you play music to a plant, it has some awareness because it makes it grow better.
(L) But music is not a being.
(T) It’s an energy wave.
(J) Wait a minute... what they are saying is: they have no more awareness of us than we,
as 3^rddensity beings, have of 4^th density beings.
(T) Does this mean that they interact with us the way we interact with plants?
A: Who is "on" 2^nd level.

Q: (L) Animals.
(T) Insects, lower life forms.
A: Now, think carefully, what level of awareness, and more importantly,
understanding, do they have of you?

Q: (L) Well, I guess they are aware of us in some way, but they don’t understand us...
(F) But their understanding is entirely different from our understanding of them.
In other words, they see these big hulking beings, but they don’t know what’s going on.
(L) Was Ouspensky’s explanation of how animals perceive humans very close to the truth?
A: Close. Now, what about 1^st level understanding and perception of 2^nd level?

Q: (L) Okay, 1^st density, minerals and plants... now rocks and minerals combine with plants
through growing actions, water dissolution, erosion, and so on, they have a real limited existence.
And what happens is that mostly animals come along and eat them.
(F) Bees pollinate flowers.
(L) Different kinds of animals live in trees.
(T) Some animals live in the ground and in caves.
(T) So, rocks and minerals and plants have a really limited understanding of the animals
above them which interact with them in various ways.
A: Yes, and you have a limited understanding of the densities above you.
Q: (L) Well, that is still begging the question, my question was...
A: Laura, unblock, do rocks and plants "see" you?

Q: (J) Probably not.
(D) We don’t really know.
(T) We see the 3^rd density manifestations of 1^st density objects.
We don’t see the 1^st density perception of itself.
So, how do we see the 4^thdensity manifestations, they see us on a 4^th density level...
not necessarily as we perceive ourselves.
(V) So, I am curious... what do rocks look like to each other?
A: They sense each other.

Q: (L) What example of our sensory apparatus would be close to an example of
what a rock senses when it is aware of another rock?
A: That is a cross conceptualization and will not work.

Q: (L) So there is no way we can interpret what a rock senses.
Well, another 1^st density example is plants. We know that plants can react positively
to certain persons and negatively to others. They have experimented with hooking them
up to polygraph machines and measured these responses.
(J) They also react to music...
(T) Third density reactions...
A: Yes.

Q: (L) If plants interact with each other, do they feel, say, fondness for one another?
A: Something akin to that.

Q: (L) Does it hurt a plant when we eat it?
A: Does it hurt you when a "Lizzie" eats you?

Q: (T) Yes, you see, on 4^th density... we are on 3^rd density and we eat 1^st
and 2^nd density, the 4^th density eats us.
(D) If we hurt plants by eating them like the Lizzies hurt us when they eat us,
how are we to survive without eating?
A: When you no longer crave physicality, you no longer need to "eat."

Q: (L) So part of the "fall" into the physical existence and part of the Edenic story
of the whole business, "you shall eat by the sweat of your brow," has to do with
being physical and needing to eat?
A: Lucifer, "The fallen Angel." This is you.

Q: (L) So, "falling" means going into physical existence wherein you must feed
on other life, other beings, is that it?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) So when a plant absorbs nutrients....
(L) Well, a plant is the same density as minerals, so it is almost like...
Like two separate entities becoming one?
(V) Like Jeffrey Dahmer... [laughter]
(L) My bologne has a first name...
(LM) Minerals dissolve in water and are then absorbed by the plant,
what pain could there be in this?
A: Subjective, L__.

Q: (L) Maybe the dissolution of, say, phosphate in water, is a "death" to it...
A: Close. You limit when you perceive on 3^rd level only and think that
your perception is all there is.

Q: (L) So, in other words, we should be able to perceive on 1^st and 2^nd as well as 3^rd
while working on 4^th level understanding?
A: No. Work on 4^th, 5^th and 6^th.

Q: (L) Is it not also beneficial to understand the 1^st and 2^nddensity levels as well,
just simply for the exercise in understanding that which is below us?
A: Strive always to rise.

Q: (V) Haven’t we already done our 1^st and 2^nd level work as evolving souls?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) Who eats the Lizzies on the 4^th level?
A: No one. 4^th is the last density for full manifestation of STS.

Q: (T) So, beings on the 5^th and 6^th level exist in pure energy?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) The 4^th level is the last for full STS. Does that mean that the 5^th level,
which you have described as the "contemplative" level... what is the state of existence
of a STS being on the 5^th level?
A: Souls of 1,2,3, and 4 go to 5^th.

Q: (T) So 5^th level is where they go to while waiting to go back to one of the 4
for their next incarnation?
A: Exactly.

Q: (T) That is why it’s called the contemplation level. You go and think about
what you have done.
(T) What about souls on 6^th density?
(L) Are there 6^th density STS beings?
A: No, when you get to 6^th you no longer need to recycle.

Q: (L) But still, is there an STS experience at 6^th density, like the 6^th density Orions?
A: These are only reflections of individuals, not unified entities.
These reflections exist for balance. They are not whole entities,
just thought forms.
Q: (L) Are these 6^th density beings what the Bible describes as a "gathering" of
angels as in the story of Job where "Lucifer" came in before the Lord...
A: Yes.

Q: (L) So, there are STS and STO at 6^th density which balance?
And they are just there, they exist?
A: Reflection for balance.

Q: (L) Is there any kind of hierarchy to this thing? Do these beings come before
some kind of "Grand Council" and make plans and discuss things, and make decisions
and implement them?
A: No.

Q: (L) Well, how do things happen? Do things just sort of happen as
a natural interaction of things and energies?
A: Yes.

Q: (V) If we are on the 3^rd density and you are working with us and we are striving
to make 4^th density, at the same time are you, at 6^th density, striving to reach 7^th?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) Is helping us, helping you to reach 7^th density?
(V) Are there others at higher densities working with you as you are working with us?
A: No, we all reach 7^th level together.

Q: (L) So, in other words, you guys are trying to bring us up and everybody else
is coming up, and when all the pieces are back together, we then go to 7^th, is that it?
A: Yes.

Q: (T) So that is your purpose in helping us?
A: It’s a natural process.

Q: (T) Will our function be, when we are at 6^th density, to help others on 3^rd, as you are doing?
A: Yes. We are you in the future.

Q: (L) Okay, what criteria constitutes the means of this ultimate translation into 7^th density?
A: The lessons completed.

Q: (T) When all the souls transition to 7^th density, will all the souls be integrated into one soul?
A: Close.

Q: (T) So that is why we have to get everybody, because we all become one on 7^th density?
A: Don’t have to "do" anything: has, will, is!!!